UNPUBLISHED WFSIW SESSIONS
FROM SUBSTACK ARCHIVES
- 070823-0143-MON
- 190723-0158-WED
- 160723-0125-THU
- 120723-0200-WED
- 100723-0200-MON
- 010723-0115-SAT
- 010323-TRANCE
- 040723-1515-TUE
- 010623-0205-THU
- 310523-0215-WED
- 290523-0200-MON
- 220523-0215-MON
- 200523-0215-SAT
- 290423-0200-SAT
- 220423-0145-SAT
- 190423-0150-WED
- 170423-1600-MON
- 090423-1230-SUN
- 070423-1215-FRI
- 010423-1530-SAT
- 280323-1530-TUE
- 221022-0252-SAT
- 270323-1530-MON
- 260323-0545-SUN
- 260523-1330-FRI
- 250323-1630-SAT
- 240323-1500-FRI
- 041122-0000-FRI
- 230323-1530-THU
- 301022-0000-SUN
- 121022-0000-WED
- 101022-0000-FRI
- 170922-0153-SAT
- 030922-0119-SAT
- 100822-0107-WED
- 260722-0108-TUE

MY EXCUSE!
|| This summary written on Tuesday 5th September 2023
The more observant reader may have noticed that there have been some extended gaps between my sittings for spirit-inspired writing. That’s because I’ve been a little busy with DIY stuff in the house.
At the beginning of this year, we set a plan to decorate all the rooms downstairs this year. New floors running throughout with no door stops, new radiator in the lounge, new sliding door to the kitchen from the hallway, wallpapering, painting and finishing everything to the highest standards I can achieve.
The problem I have these days is my energy levels are not what they used to be and the length of time I can work each day is very much less than when I was younger and healthier. So when I’ve been grafting all day on DIY, I find myself too tired to do anything else, including sitting for meditation.
In between all the house work, I’ve also had to produce the weekly content for my online presentations. A week’s publications takes around 25 hours to produce and I’ve managed to keep them all on schedule throughout the year. Thankfully, I had created a huge bank of spirit-inspired writing sessions that I could use to keep everything on schedule. And when we holidayed in Lanzarote in June, I sat for 13 new sessions, keeping the supply topped up.
As I’m writing this, I only have one more session written after today to use. But I’m not concerned. As you read this, we are returning again from Lanzarote where we’ve been for the past three weeks. I should have topped the sessions bank up with a further 21. That will make sure I have WFSIW content right up the the end of the year.
So, although today’s speaker appears to be having a poke at me about not sitting for them as often as I should have, I have my reasons, as you’ve just read. It’s not that I didn’t want to, I simply didn’t have the time. Although, I confess, I don’t like not sitting for writing as often as I’d like to. Gaps tend to allow my mental monsters to play in my mind.
Although those that work with me from the spirit world are always there, I’ve found that if I leave it a few weeks between sitting, I have to work harder on settling back into the flow. I suppose I should discipline myself and make sure to sit more frequently, as I used to. But hey, ordinary life does get in the way, as it does for all of us, yes?
Additional Thoughts
Yes, apart from the weekly publications I’ve produced, I’ve also had to complete enough to fill a schedule one month ahead of release date. As you can see by the title date above, I’m running about a month ahead of schedule.
Between now (as you read this) and the end of the year, I have the kitchen and downstairs bathroom to give a makeover to. Hopefully, these involve just a fresh coat of paint and shouldn’t interrupt my work with spirit too much.

CAVEAT
The words are heard as a voice in my mind and written exactly as heard. However, occasionally the translation from voice to words contains grammatical faults. Where these faults affects the structure and meaning of a sentence, I adjust them during this process of converting them to this format. Any changes will always show the original words in [square brackets] after the amendment.
WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
|| Session written on Monday 7th August 2023 at 01:43 am
Good evening dear friend. We have waited some time for you to re-join us for more conversations. We hope you’re not thinking of giving this exercise up. Please don’t. Remember that we also benefit from being involved. It is good for us too.
One of the interesting aspects of working with your mind is in some of the insights we have to the patterns of thinking you have, in particular, before you’re about to connect to us. This is how we know you’re going to. We experience some of the more emotional aspects of your thinking that is caused by your thoughts. For example, tonight you were spending too much time trying to think of something to write about.
I would politely remind you that this is something that is up to us to sort out. The fact you are trying to think of a subject suggests you’re lacking trust in us. Please don’t. Have we ever let you down?
I am also aware that you often feel lost as to what to write about in your other work. May I make a suggestion how you can overcome this problem? Sit in the power and ask us to suggest something.
Let me help you now. We know you’re going to write an article tomorrow. So here is the subject for you. Manners in mediumship. Yes that is it. I know that you will be able to write a good piece out, so I won’t waste time now. If you get stuck, call on us and we’ll give you some pointers.
You see, this is something that people are often reticent to do, and that is, calling upon us to help you out. It doesn’t matter what the subject or how important or trivial it might seem, just ask us to help you out. Of course, we can’t produce material solutions, but we can inspire ideas into your imagination that will get your flow of thoughts started.
You often use the notion that at the very least, it is your own higher spirit that you are occasionally tapping in to. Yes this might be so. But always remind yourself that your higher spirit is indeed in direct access to our world.
One suggestion that some people on earth believe works is to put the thing you’re seeking inspiration about to us as you’re about to sleep. This works well for us because when your mind is in that sleep state, we can plant our ideas and thoughts that much more easily into your mind. You’ll see tomorrow.
Although I’ve made one suggestion for a topic tonight, in the morning you’ll be aware of several more similar topics you can write about.
Anyway dear friend, your time with us has come to an end. We hope you’ll re-join us again soon please. Do sleep soundly and keep your pen and paper handy when you wake up.
Goodnight.
ORIGINAL NOTES EXPORTED AS A .PDF FILE
This session is also available as a free AI podcast ,found on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
🚩 AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Tuesday 5th September 2023 – 29 days after session was transcribed
I suppose, from the viewpoint of those working with me in the spirit world, I was due for a kick up the backside. As I explained above, I hadn’t been able to sit as often as I had been, due to commitments in my daily life. So, I hear their message to me loud and clear.

▶ I’m a little curious as to why those working with me for this work hadn’t taken into consideration all the responsibilities I have in my earth life. They must surely know that I would never leave my work with them for very long. Sometimes the balance between working with the spirit world and the duties of life have to shift.
▶ I did take their advice about the article for The Inspired Spirit and an article on Manners In Mediumship was produced and released. It’s not that often that I’m lost for a subject to write about.
▶ It’s an interesting notion the speaker suggests, regarding using the spirit world to help inspire us with ideas and help. I think that already happens, not just to me but most of us. We suddenly find inspiration for something, once we slept on it for a while!
MY FAVOURITE LINE
“One of the interesting aspects of working with your mind is in some of the insights we have to the patterns of thinking you have, in particular, before you’re about to connect to us. “

THE AI VOICE FOR THE PODCASTS
As a reminder to any new readers, the AI voices used in the podcast versions are not the voices of the original speaker. I make a judgement when I create the podcast as to what might have been the gender of a particular speaker, loosely based on the message and how it is presented. I use accented voices occasionally to appeal to the international readers and listeners.

Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
THE HIDDEN MESSAGES
|| This summary written on Monday 4th September 2023
There is a well-used phrase that suggests there is more to a simple message, if we “read between the lines”. As mediums, we find this out all the time in our work of passing on messages from those loved ones now residing in the spirit world.
Sometimes, there is more that is said, than that of the words themselves. In the spirit-inspired words example today, there is more we can learn beyond just the meanings within the words.
Let’s play with this for a few sentences , to get you warmed up. Whilst I was writing these opening sentences, Jane wandered in my sanctuary with a cup of tea and a sleeveless jacket with loads of pockets, she’d just bought at the charity shop that she thought I might like.
How much information have I just shared with you in that last sentence? You know I now have a cup of tea on my desk. You know I probably prefer tea than coffee. You know the sanctuary, is not in the house, by the use of the word ‘wondered’. You know that Jane most likely been out and recently returned back home. You know she likes charity shops. You know that she has me as part of her thinking when she’s browsing the shelves. You know that Jane must have a knowledge of what attire I like. Those are just some of the hidden pieces of information in that one sentence.
Now, put yourself in the role of a medium for a moment. Think carefully about what you know from my example sentence. What one question might you ask that could open up the conversation to reveal much more information to you.
Considering the connection between the spirit communicator and the medium is often very fragile, how we use that energy is important. Using our example sentence you might choose to ask what colour the jacket is. The answer would tell you a little about my tastes in clothing, but not much more than that. You might ask how much the jacket cost and that will only reveal its price.
But what if you asked, why might I need a sleeveless jacket with loads of pockets? Ah now the communication can open up. Let me answer this question. The sleeveless part of the sentence suggests I’ll wear it in a not cold climate. My hobby is photography and I always carry loads of related stuff in my pockets. I would answer your question with excitement to inform you that we’re soon to go on holiday as well.
It’s worth giving some thought to the questions you might ask your spirit connect. Ideally, you want to learn as much as you can with as little effort as you can. In this example today, read between the lines of the message from the spirit connect and appreciate how much information is shared without the need for words.
Additional Thoughts
Effective communication is often an unconsidered part of mediumship. While we’re concerned whether we’re communicating with a man or a woman in spirit, their age, their details etc, we’re missing opportunities to get to the heart of the reason for the communication.
The notes above were inspired by the communication of the spirit person in this session. In realising how much was said in between the words, I realised how we could utilise this ability within our communications with them.
As you read this presentation, we’ve been back to Lanzarote for three weeks and will be returning home in a couple of days – hence the need for a travel jacket!

CAVEAT
The words are heard as a voice in my mind and written exactly as heard. However, occasionally the translation from voice to words contains grammatical faults. Where these faults affects the structure and meaning of a sentence, I adjust them during this process of converting them to this format. Any changes will always show the original words in [square brackets] after the amendment.
WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
|| Session written on Wednesday 19th July 2023 at 01:58 am
Hello again. You join us tonight in our celebration. Every so often, our groups gather together to celebrate our life, and to spend time giving thanks to all the wonders we have witness to in our new world.
It pleases us so much when you, and other people on earth, discover what appears mysteries to your understanding. There are things that we take for granted that are part of our daily life here.
One such an example is your current research into the use of sound in your healing. You are correct in your realisation of the power that sound contains. Just as a reminder, although we don’t have those physical ears of our earth body, we are capable of hearing just as well, if not better than we ever did.
You are starting to understand the frequencies, and how they collide with each other. One being stronger than the other and thereby creating the domination needed for the necessary state of balance.
You see, we are aware of your knowledge. These things aren’t just coincidental. All the things that come into your path of unfoldment are meant to be there. Such events are happening to everyone living on the planet, every day. It’s like a constant flow of persuasions intended for the individual to pick up on and utilise for their own growth.
Of course, you can imagine, many such persuasions fall on deaf ears. But that doesn’t stop us trying to encourage and support.
Part of our celebration is in planning what each of us want to achieve in our growth. We in this group have similar interests. You described this as like-minded, which is more accurate than you might know. We have much to learn and even more to explore that we don’t even know about yet! This is why it excites us to learn of your progress, each of you. Your unfoldment brings more opportunities for us too to expand our knowledge.
Anyway, thank you for joining us this night. Do keep joining the lengths of strings together. Everything that happens, does so for a reason, especially when you recognise that you have many wise souls working for your betterment this side.
Goodbye dear friend.
ORIGINAL NOTES EXPORTED AS A .PDF FILE
This session is also available as a free AI podcast ,found on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
🚩 AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Monday 4th September 2023 – 47 days after session was transcribed
The main reason I connect with those in the spirit world is to learn more about their continuing life in their world. I don’t just want to learn about them though, equally important is that I want to learn from them. Today’s words may appear insignificant to many readers, but to me they tell of an exciting world of discovery, continued learning and a broadened understanding of our lives here on earth. The words have worked to inspire me – hence this high award.

▶ What a wonderful ‘vibe’ the speaker is sharing within the words. To join me whilst they are celebrating their rich life the other side is so exciting.
▶ How good is that – a constant flow of persuasions being sent to listening ears and senses on earth. Ain’t that a thing to be awake for!
▶ I had to reread the original notes several times to make sure that the word ‘collide’ was the intended one, in the paragraph about understanding frequencies ‘colliding’. I realised that their word was an accurate description of what is happening.
▶ How interesting. Our own unfoldment opens up opportunities for those working with us from the other side. I’d never thought about that aspect of this work. A partnership in more ways than I’d first thought.
*** NEW FEATURE *** MY FAVOURITE LINE
“Do keep joining the lengths of strings together. “

THE AI VOICE FOR THE PODCASTS
As a reminder to any new readers, the AI voices used in the podcast versions are not the voices of the original speaker. I make a judgement when I create the podcast as to what might have been the gender of a particular speaker, loosely based on the message and how it is presented. I use accented voices occasionally to appeal to the international readers and listeners.
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.

A QUICK CONFIRMATION FROM SPIRIT
|| This summary written on Friday 1st September 2023
I’ve mentioned in other of my online posts how several choices I’d recently made were apparently aligning with the universal forces to work for me. I don’t make that statement without evidence either.
Some months ago I had started to read a book called “Healing Sounds” by Jonathan Goldman because I wanted to learn more about this subject. The book is a well researched and comprehensive work based on the author’s extensive experience. For me, it’s a slow read because I’m keen to absorb all I can from it.
Meanwhile Jane began to have serious issues with her left ankle region and was suffering constant pain and swelling. Every night before falling asleep, I would sit for healing at the foot of the bed, before retiring with a session reading the book. All the while I was curious as to how I would be able to introduce sound to my daily healing.
My family have their homes in the south of England, several hundred miles from our home in the north. When I occasionally chat with my daughter, I don’t share much about my spiritual work and the conversations are usually based around grandchildren and other family members. My daughter could not have known about my need to work on Jane for healing, or my current study of sound in healing.
On my birthday, I received a parcel in the post from Kay. In the box was an authentic Tibetan singing bowl and striker. I was so excited with it and immediately started watching YouTube videos about how to use it, particularly for the purpose of healing. The first night after receiving the bowl I used it in my healing for Jane.
The results of the tones were felt by Jane and this became part of my regular healing routine. But the amazing thing about this sequence of events is how they all seemed to come together at the precise time of importance. Coincidence, or synchronicity at work?
I couldn’t brush aside these events as mere coincidences. This had, in my opinion, to be the work of the spirit world and the forces of the universe. After one healing session and reading, I felt a strong urge to connect for spirit-inspired writing, even though I was already very tired.
Today’s transcription is a copy of that session, which confirmed everything I had thought. These events were part of an order. When the short writing session concluded, I felt an urge to draw a figure on the next page at the end. I’m no artist, as you can see, nor am I involved with spirit art. However, in my tired state, I scribbled the depiction of a man and completed it by writing a name I was hearing. Joseph, the man in the spirit world that was connected to me to reassure the events were all intended. ~
Additional Thoughts
The challenge with personal mediumship, such as this, is in convincing others that your truth is the truth. Fact is, you don’t have to be convinced. It’s not your truth, but it is mine.
As I compose this edition, Jane’s ankle is very much better than it was. Through private consultant diagnosis, an issue with a vein blood flow has been found and in early November, she is to have a day patient operation to mend the problem. The NHS did not find an issue, and if they had bothered to, would have concluded that there was nothing they could do about it as this operation is not available as part of their treatments. She would have had to live with it forever.
Spiritual healing can often involve outside interventions that we have to follow up with, as is evident in our story.

CAVEAT
The words are heard as a voice in my mind and written exactly as heard. However, occasionally the translation from voice to words contains grammatical faults. Where these faults affects the structure and meaning of a sentence, I adjust them during this process of converting them to this format. Any changes will always show the original words in [square brackets] after the amendment.
WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
|| Session written on Thursday 13th July 2023 at 01:25 am
Thank you for connecting so quickly. I called you because I was excited for you after your healing session with Jane
You’ve mentioned synchronicity several times recently, as you’ve been aware of certain things happening. I wanted to confirm that with you tonight. Everything that is happening in your world, is doing so according to the order.
When you invoke certain events, then others related to it can fall in line. It is closely related to manifestation, which I know is a subject you’re not entirely convinced about at this stage of your journey. But let me explain for you. Too many people are concerned with believing manifestation means calling upon the universal forces to bring things into their lives. But all too often, this is associated with material gains. However, true manifestation happens when certain chains of events lead to a path needing things to be manifested, to achieve something for the greater good.
For over a month of your time you have been studying the use of sound within the healing you’re involved with. You had been concerned with how you were going to be able to make use of it in your healing. So we brought into your path the singing bowl that you got as a gift yesterday. Admit it, you’d not even considered that as a tool for sound healing. Yet here you are. Two nights in which you’ve used the tones created by the bowl in your healing.
Jane is already benefiting from this. Well done for the way you are combining it with your other methods of healing. This is very effective and will bring great results.
You are witnessing the work of the universal powers that you’ve been tapping into for help. We have listened and we are helping. These things can only happen because you laid the path and followed the signs to make them appear.
Your belief, the strength of it, has been important too. That was all I wanted to share with you. I just wanted to confirm and acknowledge that the universal forces are aligning to bring you the results you are wanting from the healing. It is happening, so please stay on track and don’t waver.
God is with you. Goodbye
ORIGINAL NOTES EXPORTED AS A .PDF FILE
This session is also available as a free AI podcast ,found on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
🚩 AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Friday 1st September 2023 – 50 days after session was transcribed
As I mentioned in my additional thoughts above, I don’t need to convince you, just myself. My own truth is all that matters to me. My depth of integrity and honesty is an important aspect of my work with the spirit world. So why, when I’m nearly falling asleep from being over-tired, would I choose to sit and write the words of the spirit speaker? Because I knew I had to. Based on the conditions of the writing session and not on the power of the words, I award this session a high spirit-inspiration.

▶ “Everything that is happening in your world, is doing so according to the order.” That’s wonderful to know.
▶ One aspect of my mediumship that’s important to me is in exploring the subject with a wider focus and learning about other elements. I could have chosen just to a messages medium, or, as I have done for many years, explore the subject and broaden my education.
▶ The session concludes with a confirmation that my work is on the right path and with advice to keep on doing so without wavering. Very comforting to know.
*** NEW FEATURE *** MY FAVOURITE LINE
“When you invoke certain events, then others related to it can fall in line. “

THE AI VOICE FOR THE PODCASTS
As a reminder to any new readers, the AI voices used in the podcast versions are not the voices of the original speaker. I make a judgement when I create the podcast as to what might have been the gender of a particular speaker, loosely based on the message and how it is presented. I use accented voices occasionally to appeal to the international readers and listeners.
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.

THE AGE OLD QUANDARY
|| This summary written on Thursday 31st August 2023
How free is free-will? Is our life pre-determined before we are born to this life on earth? Can we really have any control of the junctions we take in our progression through this life? I don’t believe so. I’m not convinced we entirely have any free will.
Of course, I might just be making some sort of justification for making many wrong decisions in my life so far. I mean, if I had no free will, then the mistakes weren’t my fault, right?
Well, that’s not entirely true, is it? Everyone has a choice for what actions they take. I am a strong advocate for taking personal responsibility. But how can that be so, if I had no free will? Let me explain how I see it, with one of my usual analogies!
Imagine a large paper map of the mainland UK laid across a dining table. The Divine is in the room, as is my soul and advisers you might consider as higher beings. The map itself is only different in that the place names don’t exist. Instead, the map contains situations, emotional states, learning curves, wisdom points, lessons, health issues, crises, and many other aspects of a human life on earth. The final outcomes of this journey are in the far north of the map, whilst the south contains a few situation points at birth.
The higher powers are there to help my soul plan a route through my life, birth being at the far south and death being at the far north of this life map. It is decided that my destination will be a specific point in the north, a final outcome place you might call it. The starting point will be one of the at-birth starting points in the south.
A journey is marked out along the way, that must include specific way-points. Maybe one of those way-points that must be passed through involves going through the city of Health.
Once that journey is decided, the birth happens and the new life can commence the journey north. There are thousands of possible choices of routes that could be taken and so long as the way-points are included, the new life can choose which ways to go.
That is my somewhat simplified way of looking at the dilemma of free will. Yes we can make many decisions along our path of life, but the route must include specific way-points.
I share this with you because in today’s session, the speaker teases with the subject of free will. It’s an interesting topic that nobody knows the answer to, yet everyone holds an opinion they are quick to promote!
Additional Thoughts
For weeks before this day, I had been reading a book about using sound for healing purposes. Nobody knows what books I’m reading at any given time, yet on my birthday, when this session was written, I received a singing bowl from my daughter in Portland. I could not have received a better choice of gift. Synchronicity is a true wonder.
Though I often comment that perhaps I made a few wrong choices in my life past that led me to some dark places, I would only change a few of them if I could do it all again. My life has been enrichened from the experiences and are now part of the fabric me now.

CAVEAT
The words are heard as a voice in my mind and written exactly as heard. However, occasionally the translation from voice to words contains grammatical faults. Where these faults affects the structure and meaning of a sentence, I adjust them during this process of converting them to this format. Any changes will always show the original words in [square brackets] after the amendment.
WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
|| Session written on Wednesday 12th July 2023 at 02:00 am
Hello again. With it being your birthday earlier this day, you’ve given some thought to the passing of time. Here you are after sixty five of your years on earth, yet you maintain some memories of when you were only ten. What has grown in that time?
Obviously your body has, and is aging with it. But your mind? Is your mind filled with all the experiences of that varied life you’ve passed through? Do you believe you’ve had the free will to make the right choices at every junction, every moment, every opportunity?
I’m not going to answer that question. It is one you must decide. The only suggestion I might add to the mix is, if you truly had free will in all of your choices, why, or what reasons have you for sometimes making the wrong choices?
If your path was entirely of your own free will, why would important decisions be left for an immature mind to make? I don’t mean that offensively, but you’ve often admitted that you were a late maturer, as are many other people.
Can you therefore be held entirely responsible for making bad or wrong errors in your life if you didn’t have the wisdom, experience, or intelligence to do so at the time? You see what I’m saying to you?
This might be considered as evidence to consider that perhaps your life wasn’t one where you entirely had free will to make the decisions, particularly the right ones. You’re turning to a ripe age now and your life is not yet over on earth. It would appear that the important education has only happened in the past twenty years, don’t you think?
If you could relive the years again from before that point, based on your current mind, how many wrong decisions might you make the second time? I like to think of life’s experiences as the colours of your personality. Your life’s colours reflect who you are now and somewhat to where you are heading.
Before I leave you to rest, can I compliment you on using that singing bowl for your healing tonight. It was wonderful and the resonance was felt here too. This will enhance your healing and I’m glad you’ve taken to it. You’ve come to realise that this new tool has synchronised with the book you’re reading about sound for healing.
Remember, there are no coincidences in your life choices now. You are very much in align with the desires of your spirit needs.
It’s time to rest now my dear friend. Tomorrow you’ll be richer that you are today in more ways than you could imagine.
Goodnight.
ORIGINAL NOTES EXPORTED AS A .PDF FILE
This session is also available as a free AI podcast ,found on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
🚩 AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Thursday 31st August 2023 – 50 days after session was transcribed
Of course I can’t be certain, but there is a possibility that this communication was with my own higher spirit. It feels like that to me now. If that were to be the case, it doesn’t change the importance of the message. Our higher Self, our own spirit is often much wiser than our conscious self, at least I hope it is in my case! So for that reason, I’m reducing the award for evidence of spirit inspiration.

▶ It’s one of those aspects of life, that our minds don’t age as our bodies do. My late father-in-law, at the age of 93, told me that he felt as young as he ever did. It was his body that was failing him.
▶ Even this higher source of intelligence is not answering the question of free will, instead scouting around it and teasing me with possibilities. I wonder, at what higher level of existence does true free will exist and by whom are those decisions made?
▶ When I opened the present I received from Kay, my daughter, I was blown away by how wonderful the singing bowl gift was, especially at that moment in time. The bowl was used on that first night of receiving it and Jane responded to the vibrations.
*** NEW FEATURE *** MY FAVOURITE LINE
“I like to think of life’s experiences as the colours of your personality. Your life’s colours reflect who you are now and somewhat to where you are heading. “

THE AI VOICE FOR THE PODCASTS
As a reminder to any new readers, the AI voices used in the podcast versions are not the voices of the original speaker. I make a judgement when I create the podcast as to what might have been the gender of a particular speaker, loosely based on the message and how it is presented. I use accented voices occasionally to appeal to the international readers and listeners.
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.

SUCH AN INSPIRING MESSAGE
|| This summary written on Wednesday 30th August 2023
The message from the speaker today is so simple, it’s deeper meaning may go unheard by the majority of people alive today.
I don’t consciously pick the topics of conversation. Through my trust with the connection to the speaker, I allow their message to be heard. After they’ve finished their message, I close my digital notebook and conclude that session with a verbal, “Thank you for sharing your words.”
It’s normally many days or weeks later before I re-read the message, for the purpose of this publication. The messages are therefore fresh to me, I never remember the time they were written. That gap in time serves to allow me to appreciate the words with more depth and understanding.
The message today is one that I really find inspiring and rich, yet the message is a simple one. After re-transcribing it today, I felt inspired, happy and blessed. I felt I’d had my focus realigned and my sense of purpose refreshed.
It is my hope that when you read the following message from our friend the other side, you too can feel the powers and energy contained within their words.
Additional Thought
By coincidence, yesterday as I write, I was preparing one of my cameras for selling. I removed the SD card from the camera and discovered a few photos I’d taken a few weeks ago that I’d forgot about. The opening photo above is one of those photos. Aren’t we lucky to have such beauty around us. But do we take the time to see it?

CAVEAT
The words are heard as a voice in my mind and written exactly as heard. However, occasionally the translation from voice to words contains grammatical faults. Where these faults affects the structure and meaning of a sentence, I adjust them during this process of converting them to this format. Any changes will always show the original words in [square brackets] after the amendment.
WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
|| Session written on Monday 10th July 2023 at 02:00 am
There is great sadness in your world at this time. Mankind’s vision has shifted away from the important aspects of living, onto the more trivial that really aren’t that important.
People are appreciating their lives less while they worry about money, assets, and possessions, rather than appreciating the food on their tables, the plants and flowers in their gardens, and the wonders of the animal kingdom around them.
Yet if those were all missing, their lives would be poorer. You too my friend, have depleted much of your energy in seeing only what you wrongly believe to be important.
I don’t mind telling you that although our world this side is beautiful, those that arrive here, do so initially with so many regrets about things they wished they’d done more, when they were on earth.
Today you took a moment yourself to smell the air after the rain, and you found your mind filled with fond memories of your younger years. That simple response to a feature of your world brought a feeling of happiness. In that moment or two, you felt alive, and more to the point, happy to be alive.
I challenge you to seek to do that more often every day of your life. Take the time to allow a moment of life to be absorbed, and allow yourself to value that that is there for you on God’s earth.
People that believe in the pursuit of happiness are often disappointed when they finally discover that happiness doesn’t come from acquiring financial assets and wealth. Happiness is found in appreciating every moment of every day for what it is – life itself.
Distract yourself from activities that serve no real value in your life. Instead, on appreciating the wonders of life, in the air you breathe, the colours you see, the sounds you hear, and the love that surrounds you and everyone.
Those that don’t entertain such assets are living blind to the real value of life.
I hope you’ve understood the message on this occasion. Remember, seek the value of, and in, every moment, every breath, and every wonder that surrounds you. To know that God is touching you, you must be ready for the feeling to be felt.
Sleep well my friend. Peace be with you.
ORIGINAL NOTES EXPORTED AS A .PDF FILE
This session is also available as a free AI podcast ,found on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
🚩 AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Monday 28th August 2023 – 58 days after session was transcribed
I’m indulging myself with the award today. It’s high in spirit inspiration, in my humble opinion. The message touched me when I re-read it.

▶ You could say that I’m better prepared for when the time comes for me to cross over. I came to this world with nothing and it looks like I’ll be leaving it in the same state! Of course, that is financially speaking. But I’m richer for more important aspects, I believe.
▶ Yes, earlier that particular day I had smelt the ozone from the rain and it made me feel happy. Perhaps it was because I knew I wouldn’t be able to do any gardening!
▶ What a wonderful line that was at the end of the message. Let me repeat it here.
”To know that God is touching you, you must be ready for the feeling to be felt.”

THE AI VOICE FOR THE PODCASTS
As a reminder to any new readers, the AI voices used in the podcast versions are not the voices of the original speaker. I make a judgement when I create the podcast as to what might have been the gender of a particular speaker, loosely based on the message and how it is presented. I use accented voices occasionally to appeal to the international readers and listeners.
You are welcome to click the photo at the top of the page, to make it bigger. Then right click on it and save it for your own use.
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
BACK TO SITTING FOR WORDS AT HOME
|| This summary written on Monday 28th August 2023
After sitting for spirit-inspired writing every day during the recent holiday, I took a short break from it for a couple of weeks, and I regret doing so. On returning home I had a lot of tasks to get on with, including starting the second phase of the DIY in our home. But I felt guilty not finding an hour or so for working with the spirit connect.
Eventually, I did find a time slot to sit, and today’s session is that one. Cards on the table, it was difficult to get started. I sat in the cabinet and tried hard to attune for the connection. I failed. So I tried again later that day before going to sleep. Truth is, I feared that the words would not flow, or be as meaningful as the previous thirteen sessions. A lot of me was now getting in the way.
I had now come to realise that the discipline of sitting every day, or at worse every few days, was an important ingredient for my spirit-inspired writing. In my mind, I knew I had written enough sessions to cover many weeks ahead and without dropping sessions from the schedule, I had no reason to continue for a while at least.
So I had to overcome my fears and sit anyway. It was only during the creation of this publication that I realised the message from this first session back home was more relevant than I had thought at the time.
Fear is an emotion that I do allow to control me more than I should. Primarily, my overruling fear is that of failing. This differs from the “shoulda, coulda, woulda” attitude, I think I’m beyond that. The fear of failing is the most dominating emotion of my makeup. However, I am aware of it. I recognise the symptoms and the signs of this fear and I do work very hard to overcome it.
There is a medical term for the fear of failure. It is known as Atychiphobia – an intense fear of failure. It may cause you to put off or avoid any activity or scenario that has the potential for an unsuccessful outcome. Someone with this condition may be scared to try new things, take risks or embrace growth for fear of failure.
There you go, another medical issue I suffer from!

CAVEAT
The words are heard as a voice in my mind and written exactly as heard. However, occasionally the translation from voice to words contains grammatical faults. Where these faults affects the structure and meaning of a sentence, I adjust them during this process of converting them to this format. Any changes will always show the original words in [square brackets] after the amendment.
WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
|| Session written on Saturday 1st July 2023 at 1:15 am
We have missed you over the past week. It’s an honour to be connected again with you. I am not the speaker you had during your holiday. That wonderful gentleman is present, but quiet for this session.
I am looking forward to this session. I want to talk to you about something I am quite familiar with, and I believe it might be helpful to you and your readers. My topic is about personal fear and how it can be a friend and an enemy.
Of course, while you’re living on Earth, fear can be a good warning emotion, especially in the presence of danger to your well being. In these such incidents fear is acting as your friend. But when you use that same emotion to stop you exploring or achieving a personal task that you’re unfamiliar with, that is when fear is your enemy.
My advice to you will be that in such circumstances, don’t try to stop the feeling of fear, you won’t be able to. Instead, embrace it, recognise it, and overcome it. That way you don’t let it stop you progressing in whatever pursuit it is you wish to desire to achieve.
When you take this approach to the presence of fear, you are harnessing the energy from it in a positive way that will help you, and guide you carefully forward.
Many people allow their fear to control their actions. Often they start to allow fear to take control well before they need to. This fear then becomes a reason to delay, to procrastinate, and worse still, to avoid. When this happens so long before the event is due to happen, dismiss it and don’t let it fester in your mind.
You often refer to these as mental monsters. Something that you are nervous or unsure about, that is due to happen in your short or long future, will not benefit from fear emotions. Nervousness is a sign of fear. Don’t let it become your enemy. Instead dismiss it until the time is upon you. Then welcome the fear, stay strong and commit yourself to overcoming it, and using it as a strength, a positive energy instead.
Please don’t allow your fears to determine your future. Progress will only happen if you learn to overcome fears and similar emotions. These act in such a way that they drain your positive energies away.
Recognise fear in not just physical activities, but also in words you receive from your connection. If you hear words from this side, then stop fear controlling your voice. The words you receive are being sent for a reason. Filtering such words, or not relaying them to your client or sitter is diluting your own potential as a medium. Fear based filtering is your enemy as a medium.
I hope you’ve found my words useful and they have given you something to think about.
Thank you for writing my words this time.
Goodbye for now.
ORIGINAL NOTES EXPORTED AS A .PDF FILE
This session is also available as a free AI podcast ,found on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
🚩 AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Monday 28th August 2023 – 58 days after session was transcribed
I’ve awarded this session a lower grade than we’ve been used to. I feel that because of my state of mind around this time, the words may have been more inspired by my higher self than an independent speaker. I do, none the less, feel there is a strong message to all of us within the message.

▶ Oh dear! The speaker from the Lanzarote Sessions 2 was a man! And I’ve produced all the podcasts using a female voice, because that’s what I felt they deserved. Rooky error. Do forgive me!
▶ Believe it or not, in life generally I am a positive person and don’t really allow fear to stop me doing something. I’m more a logical person. But in my work with the spirit world, I do harbour many fears, in particular the fear of failure, as mentioned by this speaker. So the paragraph where the speaker pleads, “Please don’t allow your fears to determine your future. . .”, is so apt for me personally.
▶ I’m not convinced that the speaker was directing the remarks about filtering at me personally. I suspect that the words were meant for one or two of the readers. I understand the rules about filtering messages, when, why, and how to. I believe that the speaker was aiming the words at those mediums that don’t relay their messages word for word, instead adjusting them and ending up with a wrong communication.

THE AI VOICE FOR THE PODCASTS
As a reminder to any new readers, the AI voices used in the podcast versions are not the voices of the original speaker. I make a judgement when I create the podcast as to what might have been the gender of a particular speaker, loosely based on the message and how it is presented. I use accented voices occasionally to appeal to the international readers and listeners.
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.

THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT CONNECT?
|| Written on Thursday 24th August 2023
Today, you’re going to hear a recording that I made in March of this year. As part of my own development and unfoldment I do sit in the cabinet with a voice recorder once in a while.
Normally, I choose not to make the recordings public. I feel that they are for my benefit and don’t offer any real benefit to anyone else. That said, I do understand that if this side of mediumship work is something that interests you, then learning from others can offer some benefits, I suppose.
What you’ll hear in this recording is my effort into releasing myself and allowing the words I hear to be spoken, initially by my own voice. As I always state, I know my own truth and therefore know how much of me was involved in the words that were spoken.
Spirit-Inspired writing and Spirit-Inspired speaking are two different disciplines, each requiring different controls from me. Writing has become easier over time. I can easily detach myself from the process. This has come about through the consistent and regular sitting I do for this work. Speaking, on the other hand, requires a different set of controls.
I am learning more about the process each time I sit for this. Since this recording was complete, I’ve probably sat and recorded a dozen or more sessions. Progress is slow!
My only advice to you now would be to listen to this with an open mind. Consider whether you feel my inspiration graphic in the afterthoughts below is too harsh or about right.
The production of this edition was quite a time consuming one. A total of three days were spent completing everything, including this edition. It involved dubbing a voiceover onto the recording, which was a new technical experience for me.

WORDS THE VOICE FROM SPIRIT -INSPIRED WRITING
|| Originally recorded in March 2023
This recording is also available on the playlist of The Spirited Talk Podcast.
🚩 AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Thursday 24th August 2023
I am the worst critic of my own work, always expecting high standards for myself and of course the listeners and readers. Releasing this recording for public scrutiny was something I gave much thought to. I would describe my spirit-inspired writing as very much ‘on the nail’. But my voiced connection needs a lot more work. It is raw and requires me to spend more time getting deeper. Though I spent quite some time in the cabinet building the energy for this recording, the depth of the connection is not enough, in my humble opinion.

▶ Whenever I have witnessed others demonstrate in the trance state of awareness, it often involves their normal voice changing. Some of the voices I’ve witnessed are, in my opinion, forced and far fetched. This often puts me off and distracts from the message. In this recording you can hear differences in my voice. But although I recall having an awareness, I don’t know whether I deliberately adjusted my voice or whether it was early signs of a speaker in the spirit world connecting with my voice box.
▶ Progress in this format is slow for me. I don’t have much spare time and when I sit in the cabinet, I tend to need to attune for written work, as this is the main content of my work at this time. So finding time to practice and develop the voiced trance work is a long term project.
▶ In the middle of this recording, you can hear that my voice is changing yet my awareness of the occasion still appears to be prominent. Maybe I need to discipline myself more and this is where a tutor such as Rachel Casson, or Andrej Djordjevic would benefit. Of course, there are financial constraints involved there.

Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
THIS IS THE SECOND PART OF A TWO-PART SPECIAL

MY TRUST IS ALL THAT MATTERS
|| Written on Thursday 6th July 2023
Scrutiny of our work as mediums has always been a key part of the process. Whenever a medium claims to be passing on information from someone in the spirit world, the information should be questioned. We usually do this in the form of evidence. What evidence does the communication contain that would suggest the information is being received by the medium from a source other than his own knowledge?
As a medium, I believe I set a very high standard of expectations with my work. I dislike wishy-washy messages that lack proof of their source with evidence to back it. But as every medium knows, the process of mediumship is fragile and often more shallow than we would like it to be. There are no mediums that give 100% information with 100% accuracy, 100% of the time. That is a fact that we should never forget, whether we’re mediums or a person given a reading by a medium.
These same rules apply to my writing mediumship. The main difference is that only I can make the judgement of the written work, after it has been produced. The whole aspect of spirit-inspired writing relies on me being often brutally honest with myself as to where that written communication originated.
The written word is often more lasting and powerful than the spoken word. So the writing that claims to be spirit-inspired has to be, not just accurate but also contain evidence of being from another spirit, other than my own. But with any mental mediumship, there are varying degrees of connection, visible in the evidence.
Acting as the receiver for the communication from the spirit speaker, and therefore the ghost writer for their words, it is only me that can judge the potential for the words have originated from a spirit-based source. Even with the best trance mediums in this world, there is always some degree of themselves involved in the process. Again, it is only that medium that truly knows how deep that connection was. Only I know how much of me was involved in the writing process.
Through the regular practice of spirit-inspired writing, I’ve learnt the best ways to judge the messages I’ve written. Obviously I don’t have a recipient for the messages, other than myself. One of the most important rules I’ve discovered is to only judge the writing a few days or weeks after the messages were originally written.
This approach means that most sessions I write, appear fresh to me when read some time later. At that stage, I can reliably read the message that has now become detached from me. I can never remember what I’ve wrote! Once a writing session ends, the notebook is closed, and I continue with my ordinary life. Even hours later, I can barely recall what was written earlier. This works to separate me from the words and allows me to judge the strength of the spirit inspiration.
It is my trust that matters, and I am the biggest critic of my work! Does this mean that some writing sessions are worthless in content? Not at all. If I have followed my normal procedures for the sitting, then I accept that there is some degree of spirit inspiration in the words, even if it is only my own higher spirit talking. This is why my Spirit Awareness graphics are important. Each one I use, from the ten available, is decided on after I have scrutinised the message and decided what percentage of me was involved in the words.
THIS QUESTION TODAY
Imagine the scene. I have gone into my cabinet and sat in the power of the energy for 15 minutes. I am then told by my spirit speaker to open the sealed envelope and read aloud, for the first time, the question that is written on the paper within.
On this occasion, as you can see from the photo above, this contained more than one question. Immediately, my mind worried about remembering all that were on the paper. Yet the spirit speaker requested I begin writing immediately and opened with a comical remark about my memory!
Before we get into the rest of the speaker’s words to me, here are the questions that were asked by reader and supporter Marianne B.
“ In the last podcast I read, you talk about beings from other dimensions. Are they fallen angels, or other concepts that we know from the bible?”
“These beings, are they what we call ‘extra-terrestrials’?”
“Do you work with them or learn from them, or do they learn from you?”
“Are we correct in the names we give them, or do we have much more to learn?”
“Do wormholes exist and do you use them?”
“So many questions!!”

*NEW CHANGE* The podcast versions are released free the day after this written version is published.
WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Tuesday 4th July 2023 at 15:15 pm
Good day to you. We are ready to begin. Now you may read the question.
[** I opened the sealed envelope and in the dark of the cabinet, read the contents of the paper aloud **]
Yes, this medium has read the many questions! I’m sure he won’t remember them all.
Let me explain more for you. It is only people on earth that fall short in their thinking and believe that life on earth is all there is. Of course, they base that assumption on their limited science and rules they believe govern all things created. But there is much more than that your science has not yet discovered, including the very basic knowledge of consciousness continuing after earthly death!
To us here, that is a simple rule, and one that is never questioned. Yet your scientists are still arguing and debating the possibilities. But my dear, you should also understand that your life form, that is, everything on your planet, is based on your limited dimensions and the extent of your energy fields. Of course, there is much more outside of those parameters. There are many other life forms, each with their own unique set of limitations.
This next remark may take your mind some getting around. We in this dimension also occupy your planet. But we aren’t limited to it. We are part of it, while part of everything else. Is your brain hurting?
So to answer your question, are there other life forms? The answer is yes. Many will reside outside of your limiting earth boundaries.
You ask if these are UFOs. Well yes, I suppose some might be classed as that, in the sense that they are life forms unknown by mankind. But this highlights another issue that your scientists have to deal with. Communicating with another life form is not as simple as your scientists want to believe. Language on earth is far to restrictive. Occasionally, a life form that appears similar to earth life forms may interact with earth people, by being visible. But that is as far as it goes. There is not likely to be any ways of communicating or understanding each’s set of natural rules for many hundreds of years to come.
I want to move on to your other questions.
Regarding “fallen angels”. Both of those words have been assigned by humans to describe a concept. First, angels. It’s a nice word to associate with these higher beings and to be honest, we use the word as well. But angels themselves would not understand that label, no more than a whale knows its a whale. Angels serve a purpose and don’t understand labels. As for “fallen”, again I’m afraid to disappoint you, but there is no such thing.
Angels don’t fail in their duties. There is no such thing as fallen angels. It is a man-made construct that sounds romantic or serves a purpose of scaring others. These higher beings exist for their purpose. The names and labels earth people give to angels is also a convenient way of differentiating between the various types. For example, there is more than one of your so-called angels with the label “Gabriel” or other such titles.
I would not want the task of counting how many of these angels there are. Thousands, if not millions. They are an integral part of the progress of life towards the Divine source of all. These angels will share their wisdon and knowledge with some human forms, but there is a strict hierarchy of order in which everyone knows their place.
So again to clarify my answer regarding angels. It is a human construct of using names and labels. Such things are not required in their domains.
You asked about the names in your Bible. Please, again realise that the Bible is very much a man-written book loosely based on the few records that were available at that time. The collection of writers had a bias to word everything fitting into their concepts of Christianity and other beliefs of that time. However the Divine recognises the book, and many other religious books, as morally serving a purpose for the greater good.
Wormholes? What are they? Are you referring to some way of slipping through your linear time? Your scientists already know the basics of moving out of your linear time frame. It has been proven on earth that if great distances and speeds could be achieved, the traveller would leave the linear time and if returned to earth, would not have aged as much.
Time shifting is indeed possible. I will allow this medium to share a story about the leaf on a river, after we have done here.
I believe I have covered all your questions. You take after your father with your curiosity, don’t you?
Many I ask you to sit with your own pen and paper and allow your team this side to talk to you some time. My medium today will help you get started.
Well, thank you for allowing me to answer your queries today. And I thank my medium for staying connected long enough to write my words.
Your world is wonderous. But it is like a single drop in the ocean of existence. There is so much more that you and I have to discover in our lifetimes.
God blesses you, as I do too.
Goodbye.
ORIGINAL NOTES
This session is also available as a free AI podcast and can be heard on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Friday 7th July 2023 – 3 days later
I bumped this edition up the schedule, because it is based on a reader’s questions for the spirit speaker. So as I write these after thoughts, only a short length of time has passed. There is one determining reason why I am going to award this session quite a high spirit inspired mark.
In the dark of the cabinet, where there is one very dull battery operated ceiling light that works when movement is sensed, I followed the request of the spirit speaker. I read the contents of the prepared sheet of paper from Jane and immediately thought, “there is no way I can remember all those questions!”
The speaker made a light-hearted comment about that and proceeded to answer all of the reader’s questions in quite an enlightening way. That’s why this session is receiving this award.

▶ I don’t feel I want to add any more observations at this point. The main outcome will be whether the reader accepts or approves the answers given.
THE STORY OF THE LEAF
Many years ago, I was attending a weekend workshop in the south of England where the tutor was UK’s wonderful Mia Dolan. I asked her how it could even be considered possible to be able to move through linear time, either forwards or backwards.
She explained that there is some belief that time does not actual exist as such. Everything that happened, as is going to happen is already one completed thing. It is just that we are reliving the events of that thing.
Now I couldn’t, nor still can’t, accept that theory. Mia knew I was unconvinced with her answer. She then went on to explain it this way:
“Time flows like a river. Imagine that river. Imagine you and everything in your world as being in that river. We’ll call that river, “The River of Time”. As the river flows, so is everything within it. As time flows, so does everything within it.”
“Now imagine that some force were able to move you from that river, to the river bank. Perhaps a wind might pick a leaf off the water surface and blow it up or down the river bank. The result would be that the leaf, you, have moved in position on that river. You have moved forward or backward on the river of time. “
Even if all solid objects are fixed to the linear time we know, who’s to say that our spirit without a solid body or presence is bound to those same rules.
Some years after that story was shared with me, I was talking to a scientist about this. I suggested that skipping time was nonsense. He then took out a piece of A4 paper and asked me to draw a straight line from one corner of the paper to the opposite diagonal corner.
He then asked me if that line I’d drawn was to represent time, was there a shorter way to reduce the distance between the corners. Of course, there wasn’t. My line was straight and direct. But he argued with me and said he could shorten that line easily.
He picked up the paper and loosely bent it so the two corners were together.
“You see. I haven’t tampered with the paper or the time line. I’ve just showed you a way of shortening it!”.
Now that is food for thought, don’t you think?
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
IS IT HEALTHY TO LIVE WITHOUT REGRETS?
|| Written on Monday 17th July 2023
“What has gone has gone. It’s behind you. You cannot change the past, forget it. All that matters where you’re heading, not where you’ve come from.”
We’ve all heard sentiments of this nature, advising us to leave the past in the past. In today’s session, the speaker appears to be directing the words at me initially and talks about leaving the burden of the past behind.
But I can’t help but wonder how many of us can really and truly do that. Someone once used the metaphor that we drive forward by looking forward and not by looking in the rear view mirror. But we do check that mirror from time to time. Is it even possible to live life without regrets about certain aspects from our past?
Some might suggest that by deleting past life issues from our memory is unhealthy in that it shows an arrogance or forgetfulness for those past wrong decisions. I don’t think I’ve been too bad a person in the past. Yes I’ve made mistakes, haven’t we all. I regret some of the choices I made as a teenager. I do hang onto some of the mistakes I made, but I don’t think they play much part in my life today, only that I have become wiser from them.
I worry that, pretending the past didn’t happen, is an unhealthy approach and a delusional approach that fools nobody, not even yourself. Without the past, I would not be who I am now. That’s the same for all of us. That said, I do understand this speaker today.

WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Thursday 1st June 2023 at 02:05 am
Good evening.
Do you ever look back on your life and wish you’d done some things differently? There are reasons why this is not a worthy project. Wishing you’d not done things in the past is stirring up negative energy that serves no purpose in the now, or the coming time.
Those lifestyle choices that you made are behind you. The truth is, they shape who you are today. The phrase of enjoying the view of the valley from the hills is the perfect analogy. But to get to the hills you had to climb and to focus upward and forward.
Everyone on earth will share stories of things they’ve done that they now regret. But that regret is only because they have moved to a different place on their path through life. Surely that is exciting?
The rough times, the rocky path led you to the here and now. Do not waste time and energy regretting your life that brought you to this point on your journey. There is no person that has ever lived, that lived their entire life without regrets of something they did. But carrying that regret is like carrying a rucksack filled with useless rocks. A burden to weigh you down.
Strip such thoughts from your mind. Remove this heavy baggage that you seem to want to carry forward. Instead, move onwards with who you are now and who you are becoming. The pureness of the spirit has no burdens. Only the knowledge that everything achieved, everything learned, everything gained, is part of the soul’s purpose.
I am aware that you, my friend, have passed through troubled times and that you may feel you have some challenges every day. But regret is not an emotion you should hold on to.
I remind you of that wonderful anti-regret phrase that contains such wisdom and directive…
“It is not who you were that matters. It is who you are becoming that truly is important.”
Focus on the here and now. What you have of personal value, and where you are planning to go in life.
In today’s chat with you, I am aware that others are going to read the words, and therefore the you is intended as a collective word, not entirely just you alone.
Take heed. No regrets, only positive achievements, worthy growth, and clear vision. That is all you need to focus on.
I’ve enjoyed this opportunity to connect with you. The last time I spoke was many of your months ago. But today, your light is much brighter, and so much more joyous.
I am looking forward to returning again soon.
God be with you my friend. Goodbye
ORIGINAL NOTES
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Monday 17th July 2023 – 45 days later
On the whole, I like the sentiments that the speaker has shared with me in this session. Perhaps I do hold on to some of the negative aspects of past life, surely we all do that. When I give it some thought, considering those aspects as useless rocks in a rucksack on my back is rather a fair analogy. But I hear the words, I understand the message, but will knowing it, really change anything?

▶ Interesting use of words in the two paragraphs midway through the message. Anti-regret? Never heard that phrase before. Followed by a phrase that has been somewhat reworded from its original writing!
▶ We humans have to hear something many many times before it sinks in. I guess that’s the reason for this message. Someone once told me, “to know and not to do, is the same as not knowing.”
▶ Of course, I like the final sentiments about my light now shining much brighter. I’ll take that as a good thing!
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
WELL MEANING SENTIMENTS MATTER
|| Written on Sunday 16th July 2023
Everyone says them. Everyone hears them. But do well-meaning sentiments make any real difference? Are they just hollow words that do little to help really? I think they do and if you’ll allow me, I’ll explain why.
Imagine yourself in the same light as a column. Strong, upright and supporting the loads of life. You’re under constant pressure of varying degrees while you maintain this solid exterior that says to others, I’m good thank you.
But even concrete columns breaks down over time. They get chipped, knocked, fractured and weathered. They’re taken for granted and yet remain upright and supporting. Isn’t that the same qualities that we try to project to the world around us?
Negative remarks, insults, abuse, violence, anger, rage and many more similar stuff faces us, often on a daily basis. Life brings with it stressful situations for us to deal with, whether physically or emotionally.
These all take a toll on our strength. Under the surface, tiny cracks appear in that hard exterior. Wrinkles appear on our foreheads. Our hair turns grey or falls out. Our weight becomes harder to manage. We fear meeting particular people that we don’t actually like. We become weaker for it all.
But quite the opposite happens when someone shares a well intended and loving sentiment with you. It acts in bolstering your inner resolve. It brings you a little self-esteem and it often brings a smile to your face. The well meaning sentiment strengthens your column! But that acts both ways. The giving of a positive sentiment also acts in making you stronger inside. How? Because you know it was the right thing to say.
So the next time someone gives you a well-meaning sentiment, thank them and make sure to return it to them or someone else that day. Even water can break down concrete as emotional remarks can work on the thickest skinned person!
Today’s speaker is talking to you direct. Accept these well-informed remarks as adding to your strength.

WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Wednesday 31st May 2023 at 02:15 am
I would like to talk to all of your audience this session please.
When I refer to you, I am referring to you reading these words at this moment in your time. That distance in time between my medium writing these words and you reading them, does not exist for me, only for you on earth. We can span time as naturally as you can see the distance stars in your sky.
You have chose to live your life enriched by the knowing that your life on your planet is limited, but continues after, in the kingdom you call that of the Divine. Every day on earth you are seeking new findings, exploring your inner potential and learning about the expanse of your existence.
This knowledge has brought your understanding into an exciting way of living. I’ve shared this knowledge with my medium in the past and called it “the knowing”. The knowing has such power and force. You fear your death with less anticipation. I know you don’t want to leave your earth plane just yet, but you have the comfort of knowing a greater journey lies ahead.
The work you are doing now is the preparation. Live your life with purpose and intent. Learning new concepts of understanding is fuelling your knowledge. Believe me, your greatest journey is still to come.
When life seems difficult and daily matters burden you, remind yourself that this is only temporary, and what is to come is a peace beyond all your imagination.
There are times when I remember my previous life on the planet. I look back with sentimental feelings. But they rarely last. Life here is so much better. I tell you this, not to make you feel life is poor on earth, because it is not in the slightest. I tell you so you can rest assured that what is ahead of you has great horizons and richer meanings than you might imagine.
Every day that you wake, take a moment or two to embrace the new day. Take a few deep breaths and fill your lungs with the life force that fills your world. Nothing you will face that day will be beyond your abilities to handle. Every day, seek out new opportunities to broaden your knowledge, to fulfil your desires, to strengthen your resolve.
Embrace every challenge with a passion and determination to succeed and grow. Do you realise that the only person that can lack faith in you is yourself. You are the ultimate creation of the Divine. You are unique in every way and you are the only you that will ever exist.
You carry with you the power of the universal forces for creating greatness within your soul’s journey.
My medium has allowed me this time to address you, and I do hope that my words can bring you great hope, and will act as a fuel for your days ahead.
Thank you for allowing my words to be heard in your mind.
ORIGINAL NOTES
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Sunday 16th July 2023 – 46 days later
Leaving aside that there is little or no evidence within this session, I still believe that there is a message within it that each of us can benefit from. If I had to file this message in a specifically named folder, it would be the one named, Greater Good.

▶ I love the idea of waking in the morning, taking a few deep breaths and smiling for the day ahead. I love the idea, but it’s not a habit I have. So there is a lesson I can learn. Perhaps I should put a small written note on my bedside cabinet to remind me to embrace the day ahead. Why not? Sounds like a sensible way of setting up the day ahead.
▶ A strong and valid point is made by the speaker when they suggest that the only person that can lack faith in me is myself! There’s another lesson for me too.
▶ The more times I read these words in this session, the more I feel they are rich in meaning and strength. Hopefully, you can appreciate that for yourself too.
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
THE TOPICS OFTEN SCARE ME FROM THE OFF
|| Written on Wednesday 12th July 2023
There I sit. A fresh notebook is prepared, the stylus pen lays ready for me to pick up. I’ve just finished a short session sitting in the power and energy. I listen patiently to the thoughts of my own mind, waiting. The speaker from the spirit world makes themself known to me. A repeating phrase, a few words over and over again. Time is ready to commence.
I pick up the notebook and the pen and write those few opening words, still with no clues what the session is going to reveal. What am I going to be writing about today? What subject will the speaker choose? I really don’t have a clue.
The voice talks to me. “Let me share with you an insight into our methods of connecting with each other this side.”
With a bit of my normal mind that remains I think to myself, “Really? How can I write about that? How would I know? How can I write something insightful about something I know nothing about?”
This always happens. And then the words flow. To some people this might sound like magic. But through the regular practising of this faculty and learning to understand the processes involved, I always trust that the speaker residing in the spirit world will share a message and communication with me of some value. The words I write are a direct transcript of the words I hear the speaker telling me in my mind.
When I first started this spirit-inspired writing I had many concerns about what my peers this side of life would make of it. Their opinions bothered me. But over time, I’ve come to trust my connection and the writing. I know my own truth and that has always mattered to me in my work with spirit.
Over time my trust increased and I believe my connection has become stronger and more free-flowing. Obstactles, such as my own thoughts, are less of an issue and the communications reflect that in the broadening content of the subjects of the words shared with me.
I no longer care about what my peers think of my work, it’s not important. As I said, I trust my own truth. So when you read these sessions, realise that I haven’t sought to find evidence of continuing life in every sentence I write. I haven’t expected to be the conduit for something startling about life the other side. I haven’t questioned every single word of the message. I’ve just trusted the process and my relationship with those that want to communicate through me and my pen. And that relationship and the connection have therefore become stronger through the process of learning.

*NEW CHANGE* The podcast versions are released free the day after this written version is published.
WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Monday 29th May 2023 at 02:00 am
It’s good to have you with us again. Let me share with you an insight into our methods of connecting with each other this side. There’s a belief on earth that we can meet and talk with whoever we choose this side. This is not so. It is no more possible here than it is on your side.
If we want to meet with someone in particular that is outside of our usual circle of acquaintances, then we do so by sending the wish to in a standard thought. The thought is relayed through others until it reaches the person of concern.
In the same way people have choices your side, we have choices here too. So others choose who they meet with and who they don’t. People often ask to meet me and sometimes I decline their invitation. That response is not received as negative, merely as a polite decline.
Because time is measured somewhat differently here, these types of communication happen quite immediately. There are many of my own celebrities and personalities here that I would love to meet. Some I have already, and others that have declined to. Elvis is very popular and someone I’d love to meet, but as of yet, our meeting of minds has not yet happened.
This order is part of the structure of life in much the same way as it is on earth. Your Queen carries on with her new life here, but is not crowded by other minds wanting to blend with her. When you learn to appreciate this order of things from what I have shared with you, you’ll get to see that that is an aspect of our continuing life that brings with it the same normality as we lived by on earth.
As I talk to you, I am in the company of three like-minded friends that have joined me for this experiment of communication with Mother earth. Each of us are aware of what is being said and some of your thoughts that filter through to us. Not all your thoughts, merely the ones intended for us. We don’t see all of each other’s thoughts, that would make life somewhat difficult. We only see the thoughts that are intended for us. So from the point of having private time in our own thoughts, that is as it was on earth.
We can think of someone without them being aware of it.
I do hope this has given you a little clarification on that detail that I know you have been curious about. There is so many aspects of our life this side that are more normal than you folks on earth would want to imagine.
The continuation of life is exactly that, a continuation of how we were and where we were in our growth. Of course, there are some adjustments we have to make, but they’re quite natural really. Thank you for allowing me to share this with you. Peace be with you.
ORIGINAL NOTES
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Wednesday 12th July 2023 – 44 days later
WOW – who knew that! I actually find some comfort in those words, knowing that if I meet some gorgeous bird in spirit, she’s not going to be reading my dodgy thoughts! Come on, you’ve thought about that aspect more than once haven’t you!

▶ The myth about us being able to meet whoever we choose when we’re in the spirit world is suggested as not so in the opening paragraph.
▶ There are hints of how thoughts travel in the spirit world when the speaker suggests that a thought moves through a network. Perhaps that’s similar to the way our digital signals flow from, for example, this keyboard now, to your mind as you read the word. Think about it.
▶ There appears to be an acceptance without a negative emotion attached, as described by the speaker later in this session’s notes.
▶ I thought that was rather insightful to know that our late Queen continues with her duties without the bombardment of thoughts from others in spirit.
▶ Can we assume that, unlike me, this speaker is a fan of Elvis Presley?
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
CHECK YOUR SENSITIVITY REGULARLY
|| Written on Monday 10th July 2023
Recently, I’ve written a lot about the sensitivity often expected of a medium. In complete synchronicity with my work, the spirit connect in today’s recent session talks about this and terms it as subtleness.
The speaker goes one further in their description by suggesting that being subtle is more subtle than we might at first consider. It’s about heightening that level of subtleness, that awareness, every time we work as a medium, or a healer, or simply connect to the spirit world.
Consider this. Your levels of sensitivity that you have unfolded are now yesterday’s news. You have already achieved them and are hopefully regularly using them in your work. They are therefore established. Time to move them to deeper levels.
To achieve deeper levels of subtlety on a bodily basis takes a few moments of your time to practise regularly. With your eyes, have you ever spotted a tiny money spider, or an ant walking on your feet, legs, or some other part of your body? It was your eyes that brought the creature to your attention. But if you didn’t feel it first, why not? Your sense of touch was not sensitive enough, or was not in use at that moment.
How many times today have you seen the number 34? None? I’ll bet that number has been available for you to see at least once today, but you didn’t spot it because you weren’t alert and looking for it. But now, before today ends, check how many times you’ll see the number. I’ll suggest it will be at least a dozen times.
How many times today have you heard a motorcycle and acknowledged it? By tonight, that is most likely going to be a number of times. What about the spirit world? Have you heard them talking to you today? Why not? They’re there, you’re just not letting yourself hear them perhaps.
When you work on your subtle senses, a whole new world will open for you. When you become aware of all the minute feelings in your body, the subtle aches, the twitches, the bubbles in the stomach, the rushing of blood through your ears, the whistle of air through your nostrils, you open a new canvas for the spirit world to use. It’s not that they haven’t been using these faculties already, it’s just you’ve not been subtle enough to notice them.
An Example Of Subtle Evidence
Some years ago, I was doing a private reading when I felt a weird subtle pain in my lower left leg. But at the same time, I thought it wasn’t real for some reason. I said to my client.
“Why am I sensing a pain in my lower left leg, but for some reason think it’s not real at the same time?”
The client responded, “My brother was an amputee that lost his lower left leg in a farming accident. He always complained of feeling phantom pains way after the leg was taken away.”
That ‘gold nugget’ evidence would not have been noticed if I hadn’t paid attention to my own subtle senses. So, work on sharpening your senses, like a carpenter works on sharpening his chisels. These subtleties are the tools of your work with spirit. Your eyes, your ears, your nose, your feelings, are all invaluable to you as a medium.

*NEW CHANGE* The podcast versions are released free the day after this written version is published.
WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Monday 22nd May 2023 at 02:15 am
Let us begin. Your mind is rather active, and taking control is often difficult through the fog of your thoughts.
During your healing on Jane this night, you experienced some new visions that you correctly interpreted. These observations were subtle, but you picked them up anyway.
If we were to make a dictionary for all the important words in yours, and others, unfoldment, one of the most important words would be that word – subtle. As your experiences tell you, working with us depends, for the most, on subtle feelings combined with accurate interpretations. The latter comes with experience of course.
Believe it or not, it is the same for us too when we connect with you. If there is any difference, it would be in our abilities to recognise the subtle signs with more ease, because we don’t have as many distractions as you have. We have all the senses, the same as you, but of course we don’t have the burden of biological distractions to tend with.
So many of the people your side don’t take this aspect of the work seriously enough. They are easily distracted or lack the focus strong enough to make the connection.
When we are working with purpose in this role of communications, we attribute every feeling, every sensitive change, every reaction as part of the connection. Your people ignore these sensations and create disconnects in the process.
When you were healing earlier, you felt a sharp pain in your groin. You wondered if that was connected in some way to the healing process. Indeed it was. You were focused on healing and therefore that symptom was connected to the process.
You are aware that heightening these senses and the subsequent sensations is part of the connection. Focusing on these subtleties strengthens the connection for the communication. A language of words is not required, only an understanding of the processes involved.
I say to you, and those that read these words, pay attention to the subtle signs. They are often more subtle than subtle would appear. Bring your attention entirely on the process of the communication, and if it helps, voice those subtle feelings. It is within these sensations the heart of the communication lies.
Let me share with you a subtle sensation now. Pay attention to your upper body and report in words what you are about to sense.
[** AN UPPER GIDDINESS FEELING, LIKE A MILD NAUSEA FEELING **]
Excellent. Now that wasn’t a random feeling. It was attributed to our connection. People should pay attention more to the processes. The clues are always there, though most of the time they are missed and go in unnoticed, not picked up, or accounted for.
In the dictionary of words I was suggesting, under the word trust, subtle should be listed. To trust more, people must pick up on the subtle signs more. This will build the trust too.
I’ve enjoyed conversing with you this night. Now go and sleep peacefully. Remember – take note of the subtle signs.
Goodbye.
ORIGINAL NOTES
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Monday 10th July 2023 – 49 days later
As with many of the messages I receive through this process, this one covers a basic part of unfolding our potential, one that I thought I was fully aware of. Yet, during the production of this edition, something happened that proved I need to work on my own senses more and gives me reason to award this graphic

▶ I lost my mobile phone around Thursday last week. I searched high and low and could not find it anywhere. I used the Samsung tracking system to locate it, but could not find it where the tracker showed it to be. I rang my phone from another phone while I wandered around the house and garden trying to hear it. Nothing!
All weekend, Jane and I hunted every nook and cranny trying to find it. I searched my car, the flower border I’d weeded, the shed, the Sanctuary and even under the bed in our bedroom. Nowhere was it to be found. But the tracker showed the phone’s battery percentage and where it was. This tracking is usually accurate to within 20 feet, according to Samsung.
Late Sunday, I finally gave up on finding it. I rang Three and ordered a replacement sim card. Jane then ordered a new cheap phone from Amazon, for a birthday present for me.
This morning, I came out to my office to prepare this edition of More WFSIW. Meanwhile, Jane had gone off in her Smart car to Home Bargains to do some shopping. I sat at my computer, lit the screen and was faced with the browser window still showing the Samsung website from the previous day’s phone tracking.
My curiosity got the better of me and I pressed the ‘Track My Phone’ icon, expecting it to show my phone where it had been for four days – somewhere in our front room. Suddenly the results changed and a blue dotted line led across the screen to a new location for the phone. Immediately I was concerned that someone had it. The first word I seen on screen was ‘Ormskirk Road’. Oh dear.
I zoomed into the satellite map and within seconds laughed aloud. It was showing that my phone was at ‘Home Bargains’. Jane must have it! But we’d checked her handbag and it wasn’t in it. I’d even searched her car at least once. Yet here was my phone, 13% battery and showing to be with Jane.
I reverted my attention to preparing this article you are now reading, knowing there was nothing I could do about the missing phone until Jane returned home soon. I transcribed the session notes, followed by writing the opening section (which I’ve not changed since writing these after thoughts.)
When Jane arrived home I declared excitedly that my lost phone must be in her handbag or in her car, which I had not been in for many days so was highly unlikely anyway. She emptied her handbag onto the kitchen worktop. Thankfully there was enough space for everything in it! But no phone.
I took the Smart car keys and went to search inside it. First I searched the tiny boot – no phone. Then I turned my search to the front seats, searching under, behind and in the gaps alongside the seats. No phone.
Jane joined the search and proceeded to search the boot area. I told her I’d just searched there. Moments later she held my phone out and said, “Sorry. I’ve found it”. The phone was in the netting bag attached to the back of the seats that I’d checked minutes earlier. Finally the phone was found.
We think we know how the phone got into that mesh bag. Jane had probably inadvertently picked my phone up in the house last week, with a shopping bag and placed it there . We were both excited, relieved and just happy that the mystery was finally over. By the way, the Smart car is parked right near the front room of the house!
But why had I missed it? I pride myself on having sharp eyes, yet even on searching that mesh, I had not spotted my phone in it. I couldn’t help but smile at the synchronicity of this lesson. I’m writing an edition on subtleness and sharpening our eyes, thinking I’m good with it, only to be given a lesson by the spirit world about how I’m not! Lesson learnt!
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
A POSSIBLE ANSWER FROM THE SPIRIT WORLD
|| Written on Monday 3rd July 2023
Regular readers will be aware that I am deeply involved with healing for my partner Jane recently. But I have been seeking answers as to why bother, when there is no actual evidence of the healing energy doing anything useful.
This is where my personal focus is at the moment. I’ve been asking the question about the purpose of sending healing when there is no actual evidence of it making any noticeable difference.
During the task of taking today’s session and converting it into digital writing, I was struck with a possible answer, hinted at from this speaker today. Jane has to cope with this constant pain in her left ankle. It takes strength to continue her daily life as normal as she possibly can while always aware that her ankles are giving her pain and sapping at her strength, both physically and emotionally.
In my enthusiasm to ease her pain, I have hoped that the healing energy I relay to her is going some way to alleviate the constant felt pain. My focus has only been on that part of the healing.
Today’s speaker mentions an inner strength that is called upon by Jane (3rd paragraph). The speaker describes this strength as trickling out gently. Thinking of that a little more closely, that said strength is therefore present in the form of an emotional state of being. Perhaps this is where the healing energy goes. Perhaps it goes to top up that source of strength she needs to live with the pain. Think about it. If you don’t understand what I just suggested, reread the paragraph. It makes a lot of sense.
I’m not someone that likes what I call ‘cop-out’ answers, but I am prepared to consider this suggestion, hinted to me by the person in speaking sharing their words with me today. I believe that is a very insightful notion.

*NEW CHANGE* The podcast versions are released free the day after this written version is published.
WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Saturday 20th May 2023 at 02:15 am
Some time has lapsed since you last sat for our words. None the less, it’s good to have you connecting once more.
The healing session you’ve just completed was powerful. There was a rich mixture of the healing element in it, and we’re confident that your partner will find benefits from it tomorrow.
There is strength, an inner strength, that is tapped into when people are suffering from bodily diseases. This strength comes deep from within and it flows out at a trickle-like rate when the person needs it.
Your friend you were with earlier today is having to tap into this strength so much at this time and you’ve seen the suffering she is having to live with at the moment. Healing will come in both physical and emotional form for her.
Everyone has guides, as you call them, in this world that do what they can to ease their conditions. But emotional and spirit related healing relies very much on the person’s cooperation.
This is present in their inner belief that the ‘invisible’ healing will work. Negative thinking often counters the positive effects of healing, particularly on a body or physical level.
The often difficult aspect to explain is that symptoms of ill-health on earth are really only happening for a minute period of time, even though it can be years on earth.
When the day comes that people learn to accept that each has the power to heal and be healed, greater progress will come to many problems. Mental issues are rife on earth at this time due to some of societies new beliefs. More often than not, these new beliefs are without foundations and mis-information can lead to poor education and an acceptance of ways that should not be so.
You were talking about such issues earlier in this day. People are not always evolving as a society as they should be. This is as a result of this general ignorance and a belief that their ways and methods must be the right ones. Only humans are inventing such terms as non-binary to describe their sexuality. Imagine if other forms of life adopted this thinking!
I’ll say no more on these matters, because I do know how you think and don’t want you letting your own mind controlling my words. The fundamentals of life are simple and should remain so. Why would people want to complicate such a simple thing as life with notions that are man-made for no good reason, and certainly no for progress or better understanding.
If mankind wants to find itself, then take the time to understand their purpose and their inner Self. There is where the truth lies. It is through using the powers that people have, in the wrong way, that they produce a life that is filled with confusion, and is far-fetched from that expected of them.
For many years on earth you have worked hard on finding the true you, your soul purpose. Your life has become richer and with purpose. But always be aware that this is your path, and others may not yet have found theirs, as you’ve found yours.
I will leave you now to rest. You have written my words well and I am grateful for the opportunity. Continue with the healing that you share. It is a strong building block in your journey.
Goodbye dear friend.
ORIGINAL NOTES
This session is also available as a free AI podcast and can be heard on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Monday 3rd July 2023 – 44 days later
Due to a heavy workload of DIY in the home, over three weeks had passed since the previous sitting. I strongly believe that the spirit world are clever enough to give me a message that, although it might mean little at the time of writing, the message will find ears when the time is right. Today’s session is absolutely what I needed to hear right now. I describe why this is in the opening statements at the top of this edition. Based on that, I have to award a high spirit-inspired mark to this one.

▶ Had I been looking in the wrong place for evidence of the healing energy working? I now believe that might well be so. The healing energy might be topping up Jane’s inner strength needed to deal with the constant pain.
▶ The spirit communicator talks of the healing energy going to both physical and emotional use. I’d allowed that obvious possibility to drop from my mind, in desperation to deal with the pain issue myself.
▶ The last few paragraphs appear to show the speaker’s annoyance with the ways our society are prepared to change the unchangeable and accept notions that are not meant to be. I did smile when they suggested that it might be amusing to watch animals realising they are non-binary!
APPEAL FOR YOUR REFERALS
I don’t wish to keep appealing for help with funding in all of my work, so this is the last time I will do so for a while. The truth is, I will most likely have to stop presenting my work publicly before the end of this year.
The Spirited Talk website has already been mothballed due to costs and the next major expense is the podcasts. I suspect I will also be removing those from the distributer before this year is out. There are not enough paying subscribers to cover the costs.
I will continue to write as long as I can afford to, but without new subscribers, I know time is running out very rapidly. If you can help by referring like-minded friends, I would be extremely grateful. Believe it or not, I only need a dozen or so subscribers paying monthly to cover the costs. Currently there are fewer than half of that amount.
Thank you.
Trev
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
IT’S MEDIUMSHIP
|| Written on Sunday 2nd July 2023
There is no magic or special power required for my spirit-inspired writing. Nor is there a need for constant evidence or proof that the speakers are in spirit and this is more than just my vivid imagination at work. All that is required from me is trust.
That trust comes from two sources. First, I trust myself to know when I am connected to a higher source than my consciousness. And then I trust that those words I write are coming from that source.
I’m not doing this to impress anyone, or big myself up in some egotistical way. I don’t actually care what others think of the work I carry out. I have belief in myself and that is the most important aspect of my writing.
There are many other mediums and people around the world that sit for inspired writing in the privacy of their own homes. They also don’t seek evidence of an afterlife or proof that the words they write are coming from an invisible influencer. They just do what they do because they know what they know. Those words are rarely made public.
In today’s session of writing, it appears that the speaker impressing the words on me is wanting to talk to someone specific and not myself. The session reads as if it is a mediumship communication, which it actually it, when all is said and done.
My ego has some curiosity as to whom the message is directed at, but really that’s not important and I’m not going to let that become an issue. There are many more dynamics involved that I could never know, but the spirit speaker does. For example, they will know who the message is for and when they are going to read it.
My role as a medium, is to simply be the channel that relays that message and makes it possible for that reader to get it. Nothing more of me is required. We might all do well to realise that that is all a medium is meant to be – an empty vessel for the spirit communicator to use for the greater good.

*NEW CHANGE* The podcast versions are released free the day after this written version is published.
WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Saturday 29th April 2023 at 02:00 am
We welcome the opportunity to speak through you and your pen this day. I want to extend my warm gratitude also to you reading these words.
While I am speaking to this medium in this frame of time, I am fully aware that as you read this, my words are aimed at you. I am aware of what it is you want to hear, and I know you will relate and be ready to take these words on board for your personal growth.
This medium has no idea yet what will be written until I start the message. Your life has been a complete one that has much adventure and excitement. Yet you’ve also had to overcome many obstacles along the path of life. If awards were being given out for wisdom, you would most certainly be receiving one.
You have an active and enthusiastic group of heavenly souls working with you from this side. So many, that you have often been confused as to who is who. They have worked very closely with you, particularly in the past few years when you most needed their assistance. You were aware of spirit people from when you were in your youth, but circumstances meant you often walked away from this work, because of other circumstances of your life that weren’t always appropriate.
Your mother knew you were a bit different than the other kids. But recently you’ve wanted more assurance from our world. You’ve had doubts in yourself and your abilities. Several times you’ve had quiet talks with your guides and asked for their reassurance. They do hear you, even if you don’t always hear them. They want you to know how close they are to you. Your anniversary is coming soon and you have a planned celebration to mark the occasion. Know without doubt that your mother will be there with you.
This medium is curious as he writes these words as to whom the words are meant for. I’m laughing at his probing mind. The secret remains between us, though I’ll leave it to you as to whether you want to enlighten him.
Our world is filled with active souls busy working with their assigned earth people. It is humbling at times to experience this, yet at the same time, miraculous to witness. I must let this medium rest, it’s late into his night and he should rest now.
I want you to know that as I represent those this side working with people on earth, we do so with much joy and love. The miracle of life is more enjoyable for us this side and in sharing our words with you, we hope to open your minds to the wonderment and power of the Divine universe.
I will leave you with my love. Reach out and let us touch you today and always. Goodbye.
ORIGINAL NOTES
This session is also available as a free AI podcast and can be heard on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Sunday 2nd July 2023 – 64 days later
My opening section introducing this session is very important. But in the spirit of the purpose of these awareness graphs that I use, I will have to mark the session as slightly lower than normal.

▶ By the nature of the conversation that the spirit communicator had through the words, there is little or no evidence that this message came from a higher source. But that is the same with all mental mediumship. Mediums are hardly aware that they are possibly relaying communications from some source far and away from this world. They just do it without thought.
▶ Sometimes when I read the words back, I wonder if there is evidence of my alto-ego at work. That is something that that a non-understanding person might rightly consider. But I believe deeply that the conversation are often evident of a good relationship bonding between me and the spirit-based speakers.
▶ There are a couple of beautifully comforting words being shared with me, particularly in the final lines.
APPEAL FOR YOUR REFERALS
The only funding I have for my work is from the handful of paying subscribers to this publication & The Inspired Spirit. These funds are currently used to supplement the ongoing costs of maintaining the podcasts, though fall well short of covering them entirely. With just a handful of new paying subscribers the costs would be entirely covered.
If you have like-minded friends that you feel might benefit from my work, please consider recommending my work to them. If you successfully recommend a friend that does sign up for the subscription, I will extend your subscription by 3 months as a thank you. Of course, you will have to let me know their name, after they have joined us, so I can make sure you get your reward.
Thank you.
Trev
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
HEALING REASSURANCE
|| Written on Wednesday 28th June 2023
On Monday 3rd July 2023, I am releasing an article on The Inspired Spirit that was inspired by today’s WFSIW session below.
As some of you might be aware, I have been having some personal challenges with my own healing practice recently. A blip came when, during our holiday in Lanzarote in June, I gave up on administering healing to Jane, after months of daily healing routines.
In the article to be released, I will explain where my thinking was and why I temporarily gave up. I will share with you my doubts and frustrations during that dark period and why I realised one of the possible challenges that even I could not overcome.
If I had read this WFSIW below, during our holiday, it might have helped with my thinking. That might sound strange, but let me explain. When I sit for writing, I have a specific routine. When the words of spirit are transcribed, I close that notebook and never read the notes again until I convert them to digital text for these publications. That is often weeks later. I rarely recall what had been originally written at the time of listening to the spirit speaker, and so when I convert the notes, I read them fresh and detached from the original process. The notes are always new to me and I am detached from any ownership.
I believe that the speakers in spirit are aware of that timing when they relay messages through me. The evidence for that assumption is clear when some sessions appear to synchronise exactly with actual events I am living through at that time. That is the case with today’s notes.
I hope, like me, you find this session below useful and an important reminder to our involvement with healing. Don’t forget to read the accompanying article in The Inspired Spirit being released on Monday 3rd July 2023.

*NEW CHANGE* The podcast versions are released free the day after this written version is published.
WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Saturday 22nd April 2023 at 01:45 am
Hello. Yes we would like to talk to you about the healing you have been doing again this night. It is the awareness that helps focus the energy. When your mind is focusing only on the energy, as whatever images you choose, it starts the flow, like an attraction to you, as in a magnetic force.
Many people seem to worry that the healing they request doesn’t do anything significant. That is not so. There are several layers to the healing process. There is the actual tangible energy that your focus attracts.
Then there are the less subtle energies that the body needs via the spirit within. This is the energy that the healers this side use. When you see this energy you attract as a colour, it acts like a dye put in water. This is why some healers, including yourself, can see the impressions of some ailments.
Jane’s disease is challenging because some of her own system has reversed itself, and instead of defending, it is attacking. This is why her joints ache and her muscles are tired.
It can all be reversed, but it is quite a complex process, even for us to achieve. But never believe that the energy healing is not beneficial, because it most certainly is.
Often, during the healing bouts, we are able to learn and to improve each time.
I would like it if you would spend a few moments after each healing session, directing at yourself. For your visions, see it as cleansing and don’t forget to visualise yourself as rooted to the ground. This will help with the flow of negatives away from you.
People often don’t spend enough time with the healing. Some don’t do it often enough, and those that do, often do it for too short a period of time.
I will send you a healing gift. You will recognise its purpose when it comes your way. Enjoy it, and of course, use it.
Time for you to rest up now. It is late and you should be resting. We will speak again soon.
Goodbye.
ORIGINAL NOTES
This session is also available as a free AI podcast and can be heard on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Wednesday 28th June 2023 – 67 days later
There are at least two reminders to me personally in this session that I really should take on board. As people, we often take short cuts on routines in the belief that what we omit is not important. A good friend and teacher, Mark Stone, once said to me, “Don’t try to short cut a short cut.” I confess, I think I am probably guilty of doing that more often than I should.

▶ I appreciate the opening analogy regarding the energy being attracted due to our personal intent. A worthwhile reminder.
▶ I had not realised that there might be more than one layer to the healing energies. The more I think about the statement in the second paragraph, the more it makes complete sense.
▶ A reminder that healing oneself is equally important. But I wonder how many of us bother with that. I don’t, but I should. I recall my reiki instructor telling me how important it was for our own healing energy to be pure before we consider healing others.
APPEAL FOR YOUR REFERALS
The only funding I have for my work is from the handful of paying subscribers to this publication & The Inspired Spirit. These funds are currently used to supplement the ongoing costs of maintaining the podcasts, though fall well short of covering them entirely. With just a handful of new paying subscribers the costs would be entirely covered.
If you have like-minded friends that you feel might benefit from my work, please consider recommending my work to them. If you successfully recommend a friend that does sign up for the subscription, I will extend your subscription by 3 months as a thank you. Of course, you will have to let me know their name, after they have joined us, so I can make sure you get your reward.
Thank you.
Trev
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
THE IMPORTANT MESSAGE OF PEACE
|| Written on Tuesday 27th June 2023
I was concerned with one of the recent WFSIW examples. The premise of that message was rather basic, and I thought that the readers might consider it a bit shallow and lacking substance. I was wrong in my thinking.
After the session was published, I received several wonderful comments from readers thanking the spirit speaker and me for reminding them of the importance of going back to the basics every so often.
My original concern and not been in my acceptance of the message from Spirit, but of how it would be perceived by the readers. I learnt a valuable lesson. It is not my remit to decide what should and shouldn’t be published, merely to relay the message.
So based on that new lesson, I was surprised when I read today’s transcription from April 2023 and discovered that the message appears to be continuing the theme of the basics once more. This time, I embrace the message and hope you do too.
When you read today’s sample, note how the message uplifts you and fills you with a warm feeling of comfort and peace. As you’ll know only too well by now, I don’t pick the topics that the speakers from the spirit world wish to share with me. I trust them, every time.

WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Wednesday 19th April 2023 at 01:50 am
We are always ready for you to connect with us. We have so much to share with you about the beauty and wonders of our world.
You spent too much time worrying yourself about the physics. I promise you, when you arrive here, you will not question anything. Our world is bountiful and reveals the marvels of the Divine’s creations in all the slender, only visible to us. Our lives are filled with happiness, peace, and fulfilment. We enjoy everything and everyone, and have no threats, enemies, or dangers.
We have a constant protection surrounding us from entities from other dimensions, should they try to enter ours. If they do, we surround them with love in abundance, until they slip back to where they came from.
It is thought that when they experience our love, it helps them experience how their existence could be better if they chose to move on from where they are.
Many of us continue with our interest in the Divine work, and we gather together to communicate with our earth friends, as well as our higher realms. The wonderful things about life here are simple things that we often take for granted. Such things as equality amongst all, agreeance of purpose, love and expression of desires and hopes.
Many of the students on your earth plane have experienced some of our visions and landscapes through their moments of sanctuary. Many people that have taken time to recluse themselves and have learnt to tap into their higher selves, have witnessed the views through the dividing gates of their minds.
You have too, no doubt, though you may not remember those occasions as they often happen when your mind is resting.
Death, as you understand it, is really only the beginning of your new life. Free from all the baggage and yet wiser for the experience. Life as you are living it now is essential. Only the highest of the Divine’s creations have no need for the experience of earth life. So, for that, you can count your blessings.
My friend, I hope you can appreciate the words I’ve shared with you this time. Sometimes it feels like we’re living a life drunk on the honey of all that is good and proper.
We do wish for greatness amongst people on earth. We are filled with happiness when people fulfil their potential. And we are saddened when some lose their ways, and life only becomes an unlit road.
I’ll leave you to sleep on my words tonight, and pray for your peace. When you return to us again soon for the conversation, we’ll be enthused and delighted .
Rest now. Goodbye.
ORIGINAL NOTES
This session is also available as a free AI podcast and can be heard on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Tuesday 27th June 2023 – 69 days later
As I suggested in the introduction, on the face of it, this message doesn’t appear to reveal anything new. But it does remind us that sometimes we can get so bogged down in the mechanics of mediumship that we kind of take our eyes off the ball. When I read this message today for the first time since transcribing it, I was left with a wonderful glow inside my stomach. Based on that power, I am awarding the following awareness graphic.

▶ I was inspired with the following analogy when I read this message today.
|| There is a window. One person looks at the rotten frame, the scratched and dirty glass. The broken handle and the big crack in the corner of the glass. Another person doesn’t see any of that. They just see the beautiful view through the window and thanks the window for sharing it. ||
Let us not worry about the mechanics and only focus on the destination.
▶ I love the sentiment that the people watching over us from their world only want us to fulfil our potential for the greater good. How wonderful is that?
▶ “Only the highest of the Divine’s creations have no need for the experience of earth life. So, for that, you can count your blessings.” That appears to be a double negative, which of course makes it a positive message. Quite a statement, don’t you think?
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
NORMAL ROUTINE REINSTATED
|| Written on Friday 23rd June 2023
Finally, we’re back in the UK and slowly getting back into our normal routines. The annoying thing is that it’s actually quieter here at home than it was on our noisy holiday. It was the first time in a long while where both Jane and me were wanting to get back home, a few days before the end of the holiday.
On my desk surrounding me is piles of holiday mess to still tidy. There are cables, power bricks, cameras, and all sorts of odds and ends that I’ve dumped on here from my suitcase. But, I do love my sanctuary.
While I was away I did convert a few of the WFSIW into digital form so as to make my job at home a lot easier. I also sat every day for transcribing a new WFSIW and they were, in my humble opinion, powerful messages from the single speaker that connected every day.
Anyway, I’m back in my old comfy office chair, three computer screens lighting up my desk and it’s time to get back into the routine and try to get ahead once more.
Yes, I did do some Tik Tok videos on holiday and was amazed at the numbers of viewers they received. I did three Facebook lives into the Spirited Talk group and in total only a few people have watched them, (they have now been deleted). Literally fewer than fifty views in total. Yet on Tik-Tok my videos have already received over 1000 views and I only have 15 followers! There’s a corporate lesson for me there I think!

WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Monday 17th April 2023 at 4:00 pm
Hello again and welcome. It’s good to be speaking to you once more. I want to mention something, it’s regarding your sneezing you did a few moments ago. This is a sign of your sensitivity to the energy changes. So rather than considering these sneezes as an interruption, you might prefer to see them as evidence of the energy changes happening around you. You’ll find out in your research that sneezing is quite common amongst mediums looking to go deeper with their communications to us.
Wisps of cold air are often reported correctly as being caused from our activity. Other things to look out for are hot spots on random parts of your body. These are easy to notice and a sure sign of us adjusting within the energy. Sneezing and runny nose too. Also watch out for tiny movements of the hair of your head and arms. These are easy to detect.
Sometimes we try hard to create sounds that might sound like whispers to you. Your tummy might start to rumble. This is caused by the change in the energy, and is another great piece of evidence for you to watch out for.
One of our favourites is when we are able to make you suddenly recall a specific song for no obvious reason. It’s a sure fire thing that we’re using the song to get a message to you. It’s not always in the lyrics though. The message can often be in the memory you have of that song. There is where the message is.
We were aware today that the card Pam asked you to look out for on your holiday, suddenly made sense to you today. What a great message, don’t you think? And doesn’t it demonstrate to you how aware we are of your travel through time?
Would you help us out a little more? Next time you sit in the cabinet, do so for a little longer please. You might find it easier to write your words first. We’ll inspire a message to start you off. Later in the sitting you can return to the same notes and continue.
This is all I have to say for now. Thank you for connecting with us. We always look forward to you connecting through the energy.
Enjoy your evening.
ORIGINAL NOTES
This session is also available as a free AI podcast and can be heard on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Friday 23rd June 2023 – 66 days later
Looking at this WFSIW session, I could quite easily suggest that there is nothing included in the words that I didn’t already know. Many people might suggest that this is a weaker set of words, containing nothing of real value. However, I do believe that we are all forgetful of the basics of this work with spirit.

▶ The problem with people is that we often don’t want to hear the basics, because we believe we already know them. But to know them and not to act on them is where the issues begin. This speaker today is politely reminding us of all the ways that the spirit world can communicate with us. But we do have to be listening and ready to accept.
▶ The speaker is subtly telling me that I need to sit longer in the power for my personal growth. It is true that I don’t appear to need long to get a connection and begin working. But I would benefit from more me-time with the silence of the power.
▶ This session is a good example of normal conversation. Every day, when we communicate with others we do so in quite a mundane way, often repeating things we’ve already talked about before. Our conversations aren’t always going to be enlightening every time, and this session is an example of so. The speaker is reminding me, and you reading this, that there are things we need to hear time and time again before we start to appreciate the message.
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.

POWERFUL WORDS TAKE TIME TO BE ABSORBED
|| Written on Sunday 4th June 2023
I read today’s transcription and honestly can’t recall originally writing it. Yet today, the words bring me comfort, as if hearing them being spoken by a power way beyond me. A voice that guides with precision, care and support, and a complete understanding of my weaknesses.
From an early age, I’ve sought the approval of my peers and others that touch my life. But my parents weren’t forthcoming of such care and understanding, often hard to approach and dismissive of my needs.
This need to be valued has followed me throughout my life and is with me in everything I do. But I have learnt to be a lot wiser about who is really important to me and whether I should value their contributions to my growth.
Being a spiritualist I expect others to care, in the same way I care for them. But I have learnt that spiritualist people aren’t without egos, or without their own self-importance agendas. I know these people don’t care about my work or what I do. They don’t know me, and therefore why should they?
So I struggle. Every day doing this work, I struggle. I question why I do this in a public arena. Who really cares, and more important, as I said, why should they? Although I live in a beautiful home, have a loyal and loving partner, enjoy frequent holidays abroad and have the benefit of being able to spend more time than most exploring my relationship and purpose in life, I still have unfed and driving desires.
The truth is, we all have, at some level of awareness, a need for love from others. Our egos need feeding. Pursuing such desires misdirects our focus from the important reasons for our life, particularly working with an awareness of spirit.
The words today from this spirit connect are truthful and although they appear to be personal to me, I suspect the words will mean so much for many others. In my work, I’ve often removed my metaphorical clothes and showed myself bare to all. But that is also an invite to others to stop hiding behind a ‘public’ image that holds little representation of their real personality.
My dad always used to say to me, “the truth often hurts.” But when that truth comes from a higher spirit source, it should be listened to without judgement and accepted as a meaningful lesson for our life journey.

WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Sunday 9th April 2023 at 12:30 pm
Worry not what other man thinks of you. It is what you think of yourself that contains the real value. When others judge you, they do so through the lens of their own life. Yet you can gain no value from an opinion expressed without those foundations. A compliment or criticism remains just that, and holds little long-term value.
But how you see yourself is where all the value lies. Those thoughts within that really are a true reflection of the outer you. When you asked us what it is you need to do to advance yourself, you are showing some misguidance and lack of direction. Your inner self knows what it is you need to do, not the opinion of others who know little of you.
When you were a young boy, you’ll recall the day your father removed the stabilizers from your bicycle. At first you hated it. The security you had relied on was gone. You were left to balance yourself, or fall over. Once you’d mastered riding, you were free of the restrictions.
When you seek reassurances from others and us, you are putting stabilizers on your journey. Your inner self knows what needs to be done. Stand strong with a knowing that you are a complete person. Stand proud knowing that you and you alone have brought you this far on your journey.
Stand firm with your eyes wide open and know without doubts that where you are going is where you choose to go.
My dear student friend, you don’t need to hear the voice of others for reassurance. You are the master of your destiny.
Now you are understanding that being a pioneer, or an explorer is a pursuit for your own spirit. Only time and history will choose whether that is so.
So many of your audience also share doubts in their own abilities. This is because they haven’t yet removed their mental stabilizers. When they do, and that is their choice when, they will experience the freedom of their own expression without the burden of doubt.
Remember your phrase, “life is not a rehearsal.” Life is real and now. Free yourself of doubts and limitations and go be the person you are – unique in expression and powerful in thought.
Enjoy your Easter Sunday. Goodbye my friend.
ORIGINAL NOTES
This session is also available as a free AI podcast and can be heard on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Sunday 4th June 2023 – 56 days later
At times in our life, the words we hear resonate with us at a more meaningful level. We take ownership of them, and they become more powerful. This session was one such example. After every session I sit, I close the notebook and within a few minutes entirely forget what the message was about. So when I read this for this edition, I was moved by the message from the spirit connect.

▶ The opening paragraph actually doesn’t address an underlying issue that I, and probably others, might have. That is, loving oneself enough to value oneself. I do battle with what others might think of my work, though as I age, I am less concerned any more. I am able to see through the false veils that most use to cover themselves. But I have always had difficulty in respecting and loving that person looking back at me in the mirror.
▶ The second paragraph takes the emphasis of loving yourself and firmly places it on your direction and purpose in life. An interesting shift of focus.
▶ I love the analogy of the use of stabilizers. Comparing the seeking of others approval as akin to needing to put the stabilizers back on the bike.
▶ There is a wonderful marriage of philosophy and meaningful advice present in this session.
▶ I can’t help myself from wondering where and who was the source of these words. At the very least, if it was my higher spirit, what lessons lie within me and therefore all of us.
▶ Let me put this on the table! I would suggest that the reason so few earthbound spirit workers can’t and don’t write their own words from a spirit source is because of a) their egos getting in the way b) their lack of desires to be honest with their words c) their lack of belief in the value of their higher self.
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
MY MIND IS MAKING SENSE OF IT ALL
|| Written on Saturday 3rd June 2023
It’s only taken 65 years to reach this place, but I believe I’m finally piecing things together regarding the difference between my brain and my mind! I guess it’s because it’s like a pea rattling around inside my skull and has been slow to learn and understand.
Today, as I re-transcribed this session from early April, I found myself understanding the words on a deeper level. One of the worst frustrations us older folks have is contending with our knackered bodies. Bending down now brings with it a groan quite naturally. Whenever I’m on the floor for whatever reason, I always look around me to see if there is anything else I can do whilst I’m there, before groaning and getting back up.
My mind is so youthful, energetic and lively. But it now has to live with a slow, tired and worn out bag of skin and bones. It deserves better. “Tell me about it,” I hear you chuckle.
My late father-in-law, when he was 96 years old, said to me once how frustrated he often got, when his mind wanted to do things that his body could not. The mind operates without the friction, wear and tear of a container made from elements of a body. Even if you believe it is connected with the brain, then that rarely gets exposed to any bumps and scrapes like the external body.
Today’s transcription is quite enlightening and contains one or two gems that should give you some food for though! See what I did there?

WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Friday 7th April 2023 at 12:15 pm
Hello. I’m glad you enjoyed that meditation. Your energy was again very strong, as was the healing energy you called on for your current infection.
I inspired into your mind the topic of the aging of your mind and your deep consciousness liked the idea of that.
Often, people on earth will ask such simple questions of us that appear beyond their own interpretation or understanding. One such question is, why and how can we live an infinite life?
Have you ever heard an elderly person on earth tell you that their mind still feels young, yet their body is so tired and barely working? Therein that statement lies the answer and the secret to eternal life.
While the body ages and eventually breaks down, the mind does not age. It becomes wiser and more filled with all the experiences. But it does not age. Your mind evolves as has yours.
Remember how it was when you were younger in body and filled with naivities? Well, over the lifetime of experiences, your mind has evolved and become greater in power and wisdom. Those experiences from this lifetime are gathered together as a collection. Your mind is now akin to a resource library. But it has not aged and will continue to exist for eternity.
I don’t know for sure, but I believe it will eventually merge with other minds to create a greater still power of consciousness. But before it can do that, it has to reach a state of fullness. We know this as the completion.
I am only sharing with you information I have come to understand from talking to other more advanced beings this side. A question I hear in your mind is, what about those humans with Alzheimer’s or mental issues?
Those obstacles are related to the connection the mind has with the host, the brain. The mind continues to exist, evolve and grow behind the outward symptoms humans see.
Your spirit does not contain such ailments and therefore when you cross to this side, the mind arrives free of the human difficulties. Did you know that Albert Einstein had symptoms of Alzheimer’s when he was in his last period on earth?
The mind is remarkable. It is an infinite and eternal aspect of you. So when humans suggest their minds feel so young and they are wanting to do things their body’s won’t commit to, it is because their minds have not aged.
Thank you for connecting with me today.
ORIGINAL NOTES
This session is also available as a free AI podcast and can be heard on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Saturday 3rd June 2023 – 57 days later
This is one of those transcriptions that contains new information that I have never heard of before. Of course, I have no way of proving such statements, but based on my trust in the work of the communicator, I feel I have to give this a high mark for spirit inspiration.

▶ The statement that suggests the mind becomes wiser as we age does offer another point to debate. If we have previous lives on earth, why does the mind not just continue growing, rather than start again with each new life? Perhaps I’m overthinking that one. I could probably answer that myself!
▶ What an incredible insight offered by this speaker, regarding the term, “completion” – when the mind is full and ready to merge with other similar state minds. That makes complete sense to me. Technical we would be living an eternal life, but an evolving one too when other minds unite and become one. That’s quite a statement.
▶ Albert Einstein – well I never knew that. Examinations of his brain after his passing did reveal he had early onset Alzheimer’s. Read this article to find out more
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
FROM PARADISE TO CHAOS
When we returned from Lanzarote at the end of March, we faced starting the next phase of the work I’m doing to our interior of our home. It didn’t take more than a few days for the memories and the lifestyle of Lanzarote to fade in both our minds’ as we planned recommencing with the work.
It took me a couple of days back at home, catching up on paperwork and getting back into the swing of working in the sanctuary before I sat in the cabinet for a session of spirit-inspired writing.
Sceptical people might believe that everything I transcribe comes from my own mind, which of course it does. But the words are really not mine. The spirit voice talks to me in my mind and I write what I hear, often not having a clue where the sentence is going. Let me demonstrate why this is important to understand.
At the time of this session, returning from a holiday and now facing weeks of hard graft in the house, my mind was pre-occupied with planning and preparations. So when I did find a few minutes to sit in the cabinet once more and write, I found it quite frustrating that the spirit communicator didn’t seem aware of the pressures I was under.
As you’ll read in this session, new instructions were offered for ways to improve the writing quality and allowing the spirit world to physically work with my hand. The challenge was, and will be, finding a space in my daily routine where I can sit for longer and allow their ideas to be worked on.
I have a single-minded personality that often finds multi-tasking difficult to manage. I do one thing at a time, rather than several at the same time. With the decorating chores filling my mind, from waking every day, to retiring at the end of it, there’s not much focus for anything else.
So although I want to embrace the advise from this speaker, I’m afraid it might take several weeks before I will be able to.

WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Saturday 1st April 2023 at 3:30 pm
Now you’re back home from your trip away and you face so much work that needs to be done. But I ask you to pace yourself. Everything will get done, so don’t be trying to do it all overnight.
When people’s time comes to pass, they look back and realise how much of their time on earth was wasted on things that weren’t really all that important.
You witnessed the glow of purple light around the palm of your writing hand a moment ago. Yes, that was us. We are learning how to control your hand from this side. Our hopes are that some time in your future, we’ll be able to control your hand holding the pen, while you remain in a still state with your eyes closed.
To help us with this, you need to remain consistent in coming into your cabinet for these sessions. Please don’t be frightened. The energy will need to build up quite some amount. You wont feel anything, other than a desire to relax the hand. Our first few attempts will probably be squiggles and not legible.
In a few sessions, we’ll be asking to start the experiment properly. We’re keen to embrace your enthusiasm and hope to help you progress. Just for a quick test, would you open a new page and close your eyes while we try something please?
[visible on the original notes, illegible squiggles can be seen, before the speaker continued talking to me]
Ok thank you. Your own questioning mind is still rather too strong, but we’ll work on that.
I am aware, as is the team working with you, that you’d like more evidence during the writing. Please understand that it is your own reluctance to let go of your mind entirely that has a significant bearing on our progress.
We are doing all we can to keep the connection as pure as possible. Notice how we’re trying hard to change your natural writing style, so that less effort is required to form each word. This alone will help us improve.
You’ve become over-tired now and I recommend you go and rest. Enjoy the rest of your day.
ORIGINAL NOTES
This session is also available as a free AI podcast and can be heard on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on 1st June 2023 – 61 days later
Charming! As if I’d not enough to focus on! This session displays how I do not control the topics that the words cover. If I did, I would not be suggesting improvements at that busy period of my life! That is why I grade this session quite highly.

▶ The opening paragraph suggests that the spirit connect is aware of my circumstances and how I am going to devote much time to the tasks I have to get done. As I write these afterthoughts, several weeks later, the phase of decorating that had to be done, is now complete. And it looks beautiful, by the way!
▶ The cabinet is dark with the only light being from the screen on my digital notebook. I did witness a strong glow of purple light, like an aura, surrounding my hand. The notebook is black and white and the light from it contains no colour. So I was puzzled at the time where that colour of light had come from or how it could have been produced. I was pleased that the spirit connect mentioned it.
▶ Since being suggested by this connect, I have spent several minutes before and after sessions allowing myself to be free of the control of the stylus/pen. I switch the light off the notebook and close my eyes. I have several examples of the writing that has been produced so far, and will include images of them in a special article for The Inspired Spirit.
▶ That was an understatement when the spirit suggested my mind was still strong! Indeed it is and this is one of the obstacles I am learning to overcome with the pure automatic writing sessions. I sense the movement and find myself monitoring the movement of the pen to feel what words are being written.
▶ I have issues with the levels of energy I have. I tire very quickly these days. To combat this I have embraced to old man’s skill of ‘power-napping’!
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.

THINGS THAT WE TAKE FOR GRANTED
It’s quite common, I’m finding, for the spirit voices to speak to me about elements of our life on earth that appear to hold no special place. Things that we ordinarily take for granted on a daily basis.
I’ve come to learn though that these basic elements of our life hold great value. During previous sessions, the spirit voices have shared words about love and emotions, the air that we breathe, the things that we see, and even the sounds that we hear, as in today’s session.
In some ways, the topic of peace, chosen for today’s words, was quite apt considering this was our last day on the island and we were soon to be leaving for home. The words are very much an interpretation of peace for my ears and not necessarily everyone else’s.
I say that because each of us have our own ways of defining such elements. What, for example, does the word peace mean to you? How do you find your peace and how often?

WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Tuesday 28th March 2023 at 3:30 pm
Hello again my friend. This is your last session with the pen in Lanzarote for a while. One of the elements that you have enjoyed most about this stay away from home is the peace you have experienced.
This surely must be one of the great gifts from the Divine force. Peace is all around you, disturbed only by the sound of the waves, the birds, the distant traffic, and people enjoying themselves on the beach beside you. The noise background is peace. Along with peace comes tranquillity, love, and healing.
Yet, back home in your usual life, peace is often difficult to find. Not just for you, but most people don’t realise peace is missing from their day-to-day existence.
We spoke a few days ago about how there is no such thing as silence. Sound is everywhere. Peace also has a soundscape. For some, it’s the sound of the waves breaking. For others it’s the sound of a babbling brook. Others might like the sounds of nature, birds, trees, the wind, the rain, and much more.
I have an exercise for you when you get home. Sit in your cabinet with only a candle. No electronic devices, just a lit candle. Then I want you to attune your hearing until you can hear the subtle sounds of the candle flame. Yes, it makes a sound.
When you do this, you will be creating your own peace for that period of time. It is during the peace that your mind can digest what has already occurred during that day.
When a lifestyle doesn’t appear to allow real peace, then it is up to you to create it. That one exercise is one way to achieve it. Peace is important in your work with us. It has a neutrality that is important. Peace on a larger scale is now difficult to comprehend in your world at this time. But understand, it is there. It is just that it’s overshadowed by other events. If all the troubles were to end, peace would be noticeable and appreciated.
I applaud you for allowing peace to thrive in your world. You find time and live with it never far away from you. When we, and the Divine, say, “peace be with you”, you can now understand what is being referred to in the simple phrase.
Peace is filled with other greatness’s. Healing and love, I’ve already mentioned. But health, growth, dis-ease, enlightenment and unfoldment, all reside in peace.
That is all I wanted to share with you today. Myself and the five other speakers have enjoyed the sessions you’ve written whilst in this wonderful place.
We hear you’ll be returning here again in June. We’ll be ready for you. My final words today must naturally be peace to you and to all your readers hearing our words through your pen.
Goodbye.
ORIGINAL NOTES
This session is also available as a free AI podcast and can be heard on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on 31st May 2023 – 64 days later
A big part of my unfoldment is, not just in the attunements, or the ability to relay communications better, but to appreciate the wonderful gifts within my life. So, although today’s session may not offer any ground-breaking insight, it does bring me personally back down to earth, the here, and the now.

▶ It is true that I have difficulties in finding peace. Not the outward sort, but the inner peace. Outwardly, I can find peace everyday and usually anywhere. Inwardly, I have constant mental battles with myself to overcome. These go from my life temporarily when I’m away on holiday.
▶ More and more these days I am realising that these simple ingredients that the spirit voice talks about are far more important than I give time to. I suppose it’s similar to the humble shoelace. Hardly an important consideration in your day, until one breaks and you can’t keep your shoe on!
▶ This speaker uses the word dis-ease in the opposite context than normal. The meaning meant by the speaker is life without disease. Interesting use of the word and one that I would not have made.
▶ I did sit in the cabinet with a candle. I did hear the occasional flutter from the flame and I learnt that holding a candle too close to your ear is a good way to singe your sideburns! But I also learnt how much other noise there was. Beyond my own tinnitus I could hear the occasional creak of the oil-filled radiator in the room, birds in the trees outside, loud cars passing the house, the wind ornament in the garden occasionally squealing, and a few other sounds. The moments of peace, without the need to write notes after, was a pleasure.
PS: I also heard a distant ice-cream van playing the Colonel Bogey theme. Do the kids today actually know the words to that song, I wondered! And then I found myself wondering why Hitler only had one!
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
TAUGHT TODAY, UNDERSTAND TOMORROW
I don’t mind admitting, I’m a slow learner. I mean, really slow learner. Some of the tutors that have tried to teach me will validate that. I ask loads of questions and when I still don’t understand something, I usually dismiss it from my mind for the time being, often disbelieving it.
One tutor once told me that not everything we read or are taught is going to be for us at that time in our life. Revisit it months or years later and it will make sense – when you are finally ready to accept it.
I could list many things I was taught years ago that I dismissed as nonsense at the time. But years later, I have grown, become wiser and more rounded. Often I find that those lessons I originally dismissed, now make complete sense.
Today’s spirit-inspired writing session is one such example. I sat and wrote this in October of 2022 and it was released a few weeks later. In my original afterthoughts, I described the words within it as “deep and meaningful”. But I’m not entirely convinced I understood the message.
When I was looking through the archives for an example for today’s edition, I found this one, read it again, and was blown away by the power of the message. Why did I not see that just 9 months ago?
WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
written on Saturday 22nd October 2022 at 02:52 am
The voice of our world can be heard in your world through many vessels of communication. Our existence is the only reality that messages should embrace. It has been said by many souls on the earth that the reality of this world is greater than the reality of life on earth.
Delusions do not exist where life is eternal for that is the ultimate gift a soul can expect. The pureness comes from the almighty peace and realisation of the vastness of the universe of the Divine.
Mankind has lost its way on earth due to the blindness it suffers for sight of the bigger picture. All beings on earth have intelligence offered at equal quantities, like water in the oceans. Yet how much consumed is determined by the individual of the greater part. So many people living on earth will realise the gift they had, after they reach the light once more.
Time only matters for those being washed along in the flow of it. Yet, united with the Divine force after the gift of life on earth has been removed, these souls wake to the greatest realisation. Life is life and there is nothing to remove it.
Mankind has learnt to embrace their intelligence only for self-gain rather than the greater good. Like drops of water away from the source, they live with disregard for their purpose and their originality.
The great Source of all life is tolerant, ever-giving and within all that exists. It is the wise that are aware of it. Open your arms, your eyes and your mind like doors to greet the all-present force, rather than closing everything and creating a life of isolation void of the greater good.
The world is not in peril, only those blind to the greatest knowledge born of the Divine. When the sun sets each day, it is only the foolish that believe beyond any reason that it will rise again. Though the sun will indeed rise, not all will be there to appreciate it.
Their lives naturally end through the frailties of mortal life, only to discover their lives were always greater than their appreciation had allowed. No being alive on earth will ever know when their next breath will be their last one.
Learn to challenge your understanding of what is and seek out what is unknown. God be with you, today and always.
Original Notes as a PDF
AFTERTHOUGHTS
revisited 220 days later on 30th May 2023
Reading this fresh it feels like I’ve never read it before. It doesn’t even sound or feel like my words. So I feel I have to give this a high inspired graphic.

▶ Right from the opening sentences, the speaker gets straight to the message. Three powerful sentences, each with concise points. “Our existence is the only reality that messages should embrace.” Are we being told that the trivial stuff, such as the logistics of living with no body, the landscapes, the other lifeforms etc, is not what the focus should be?
▶ The second paragraph is still, for me, a hard one to understand. Is the speaker suggesting that whatever we think whilst in the next life becomes the reality for that soul?
▶ The powerful message continue sentence after sentence throughout the session.
▶ When this was originally written in October, my mother-in-law was still living this side. In the last few paragraphs, the message hits me hard now. Barbara woke one morning, decided to go to the local shops, and never returned home. Just like that, she was taken from this world. Can we really count on being here when the sun rises each day?
▶ I don’t recall the circumstances of this sitting, except that it was written while in bed in the early hours of the new morning. According to the time, I must have been very tired and perhaps that meant my mind was in a more open state (alpha-theta perhaps).
What are your understandings of the messages given to us by this speaker? Comment below, or in our Facebook group.
🚩 The free Sunday edition of WFSIW is now fortnightly – next edition 18th June
An AI version of this session is available as a short podcast on Spirited Talk Podcasts

CLUES WITHIN THE WORDS
Whenever I sit for transcribing the words from the speakers the other side, I have half an ear open listening for clues about them as a person. I know I shouldn’t but I can’t help it.
In today’s penultimate session written in Lanzarote, the speaker is straight into the conversation at the beginning by declaring he or she had never visited Lanzarote when they were this side of life. But continues by declaring they had visited the popular island of Gran Canaria.
Does this suggest that the speaker is someone that passed in more modern times perhaps? The ever present issue with this writing is how much of my own mind intercepts the speaker’s words and rephrases them to suit my own vocabulary. It happens, and cannot be avoided at this level of trance work.
But that rephrasing can take away some of the personality of the original speaker. Characteristics in their speech, their phrasing, their use of the language could be degraded during the writing process.
As I said to a fellow student recently, we have to avoid being hung up on whom it is working and talking to us from the other side, me included. It is the message that is important. While we’re using our mind for trivial identification purposes we are inadvertently weakening the strength of their message.
Since doing this public inspired writing, I have apparently been privileged to have Colin Fry, Alec Harris, Glyn Edwards, and the great Gordon Higginson share words with me. Can I prove it? Nope. Does it matter? Nope again. It’s their words they want us to hear that matter. That said, I can’t help being curious at times!

WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Monday 27th March 2023 at 3:30 pm
It’s lovely to connect with you again. You’re in a place I’d never been when I was your side. I had been to Gran Canaria though. I know the islands are all so different really. Like the mediums that connect to our side. Everyone is unique and each with their own traits and skills.
We do learn to adapt to whoever we’re connecting to. The clues are often in the energy field colours. Yours, at this moment, are dominated by the colour yellow. There is some green around your feet, which must be because of how connected you are to the earth.
You also have tints of red in places around you. I’m thinking these are a reflection of your emotional state, as they are quite stable.
Every medium has their own unique signature that those working with them from this side recognise. We can read much from the colours, but of course there are certain things it would be unethical of us to tell. Only the few mediums ever ask anyway!
It’s often asked if being a medium on earth means that will continue to be so when they arrive here. That is a choice for the individual. Some just want to appreciate the eternal life they have been given. Others want to study it when they arrive here.
But a medium on earth is not necessarily going to be a medium this side. Some mediums believe they will teach the subject when they get here. That is a role that is only available to the very best.
I believe you’re travelling back home soon. You have just one more sitting with us tomorrow. I congratulate you on your discipline over the past two weeks. You’ve kept a good routine.
Before I leave you today, I want to ask you to go back to sitting in the power in a few minutes. Please sit for another fifteen minutes. Thank you.
It has been a pleasure sharing words with you and I hope your remaining days are wonderful.
Goodbye
ORIGINAL NOTES
This session is also available as a free AI podcast and can be heard on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on 29th May 2023 – 63 days later
OK, so there doesn’t appear to be anything hugely significant in the message today. But I am still going to award this a decent awareness score, based on other factors such as how I did not control what was shared with me. If I had, I might have chosen a deeper message.

▶ I found it interesting that the colours within our aura are clues to the spirit connecting with us as to the state of our being at that time. They appear to be able to use psychic powers to determine information as well as the usual connection methods.
▶ I was intrigued to think what was meant by the spirit when discussing colours information that could appear unethical to share. Perhaps a heightened sexual awareness was my first thought, until I realised they were probably hinting at medical ailments.
▶ I totally get that point about mediums continuing their work from that side. From their perspective, they might want to focus on bigger and deeper meanings of life and working with the higher sources.
▶ Interesting comment about mediums that think they’re going to teach when they cross, only to find that there is an expected standard of work before being allowed to. I wonder who judges that!
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.

AM I RELIGIOUS IN THE TRADITIONAL SENSE?
We often hold beliefs that a religious person is someone that attends church regularly. Someone that does good in their community, is law-abiding and has a strong belief in their God and shares it with pride and openness. Someone that has an outward presence of holiness about them. Someone quite the opposite to me then?
I don’t consider myself to be a religious type. Or do I? I rarely attend church these days, I swear, I have tantrums regularly, and am most certainly not always doing the things to be considered with a God-abiding person.
My path through life has been rocky, and that’s an understatement, believe me! I’ve not been a good parent to my children in the traditional sense. In fact I have many flaws as a human being. So, why on earth would I even consider myself religious?
If we’re all honest with ourselves, the truth is that we all have flaws. Nobody is a perfect person, though I often think I’m close! So I’m really no different than anyone else. Yet I have a purpose with my life, a path if you like, that I know is taking me to the same destination as everyone else. It just might not be the most direct route at times!
I’m comfortable with God. I understand his needs and desires. I know who and what that invisible and mythological force is. I’d go so far as to say I have the God element within me. I pray at least once every day, often more. I talk to that Divine force. I seek guidance, support and help in tapping into the power of God.
Do I believe every word in the Bible? Absolutely not. I do believe in the general sentiments of the words and the message it is intended to relay. I believe in my purpose though. I suppose, when I weigh everything up, yes I am more religious than many people. But I will always remain a work in progress!
Today’s topic chosen by the speaker is one that I strongly believe in – the power of prayer. When you read it, you’ll possibly recognise my own enthusiasm coming out in some of the words shared with me.

WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Sunday 26th March 2023 at 3:45 pm
That was a wonderful prayer you said before writing this. It was so powerful. As you thought the words, and the sentences formed, they echoed around us bringing such love and light. Thank you for sharing that with us, and of course, the Divine force that is the ultimate audience.
Based on that, I’m changing what it was I was going to share with you. Instead, I want to talk more about the power of prayer that every human has the ability to use.
Prayers are conversations, but more than that, they are addresses to the almighty consciousness that hears every word, every sentence and every emotion attached to them.
People seem to have this habit of believing prayers are only for Sundays or church occasions. This is their ignorance of the purpose of prayer on display. Prayer is the absolute communication with higher forces. No rituals are required, no fancy buildings or furniture to kneel on. You just need to offer a few moments whenever you can to address the Divine. A prayer might just be a thank you for the meal just eaten, or a longer prayer with gratitudes and thanksgivings. Even requests can be voiced in a prayer.
Everything is heard, even though an immediate response may not occur. The opening words, such as “God” or “Divine” are the marker that acts like an alert that this is a prayer.
When people use such phrases as “God forgive me”, or “For God’s sake” whether positively or negatively intended, all get heard. Perhaps there’s a lesson for people to focus their thoughts a little more when they use the Divine’s name.
A phrase that is out of fashion in your modern world is “don’t use the God’s name in vain.” It might not be so popular today, but the sentiments remain. Like if there was no word for sand. The sand would still exist.
The power of prayer cannot be over-estimated. Though everyone, including us, has the God element within them, there remains a force so mighty that it unites everyone in some way. The Divine force hears all and responds according to the laws of the greater good.
So my friend, I thank you for that opening prayer and for inspiring me to share my thoughts about prayers with you this day in your world.
The Divine force is within you and all that read your words.
Peace my friend.
ORIGINAL NOTES
This session is also available as a free AI podcast and can be heard on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on 29th May 2023 – 64 days later
I’m being honest with this awareness grade. I suspect that there was a lot more of my own thoughts in these words than normal. That is fine by me, so long as the real sentiments of the speaker are heard through the words.

▶ Before the actual writing session began, I used a few minutes to thank the Divine for the life that I had and for the people that are in it. I thanked God for my good health and for bringing me to that location to appreciate the sun, the sea and the wall-to-wall sunshine. I thanked God for bringing Jane into my life and keeping me on a straighter path than the one I might have been on without her. The prayer was deep and meaningful and one I like to do every so often.
▶ The comments from the speaker about the blasphemous use of the word God strike a chord with me. I know we all use these phrases every day. But we do so unaware of the real meaning of the words. When Erling Haaland misses a sitter of a goal, I can be heard in our neighbourhood shouting, “For God’s Sake man”!
▶ The speaker suggests that the power of the Divine inside us is a uniting force beyond boundaries. I can appreciate that. I do, however, find it hard to comprehend why there are still 32 religion-based wars across the world right now.
▶ If each of us were to write a list of single words that describe the benefits and purpose of praying, it might help us appreciate the power it can bring to us. Here’s five of my own, to start you off. Manifestation | Gratification | Solace | Edification | Love.
Now spend a few moments and create your own list.
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.

INTRODUCTION
For many more weeks than I’d wished for, I’ve been involved in major DIY in our home. This has taken most of my time and has meant that I’ve had little to no time remaining for my spiritual work. Several weeks ago a reader sent Jane a question for me to put to my spirit speakers. It was sent to her so that I would not read it, ahead of sitting in the power with it.
Jane printed the email off and cut everything away from the sheet leaving only the question asked by the person. She put it in an envelope which I placed near my cabinet to deal with as soon as I could. (photo above)
Today, Friday 26th May 2023 at 1:30pm I took the envelope into the cabinet. After a while sitting in the power, I opened the envelope and read the question for the first time before attuning to the higher spirit and transcribing the notes below.
Believe me please when I tell you that even as I write this to you now, I have no idea who the question was from and when I return into the house shortly I will tell Jane I still don’t want to know. It’s not relevant to me and in knowing I feel it would allow me to start analysing what was written. This detail is something I don’t wish to know until this article has been published. However, if the person that sent the question does now wish to send feedback, of course that would be nice.
The words you are about to read are a digital version of the writing. As always, you can open and read the original pdf version of the notes. There is also an AI podcast of this session now available in the Spirited Talk podcast collection, found on your favourite podcast app.
WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed on Friday 26th May 2023 at 1:30pm
“There is an amber glow around me as I placed this piece of paper on my crown, prior to reading it. The name Joe is important to this person.”
THE QUESTION
Received by Jane on Sunday 30th April 2023 at 1:13pm
“Hi Trevor.
Over the last couple of months, I have felt a change in my spirit guides. At first I thought the change was in me, but more and more I feel that my guides have moved on and have been replaced by others. is this possible? And if so, can your spirit communicators say what the indicators are that would verify the situation?”
My dear child, you have been progressing so well with your unfoldment. For several years you were unable to dedicate much of your time to yourself, and support was often tested from those around you.
Over your earth time you have had many guides on this side that have worked with you. You’ve had one or two that have been more familiar with you and explains why you developed such closeness. Understand though, even people here are growing and forever moving on in their own journeys of self-discovery.
You established a relationship with your relative over here, but they too have needed to move on. Your new guides have been watching and learning about you for several of your years. Let me explain something important to you.
As you evolve on this spiritual pathway, your desires and needs change. This is when there is often an adjustment in those assigned to work with you. Your needs change.
I would like you to make an adjustment in the way you think of us working with you. Our names and personalities are irrelevant and pay no value in the relationship. It’s a romantic notion that some humans on earth choose to manifest in having knowledge of a guide with a name and description. Believe me when I tell you, this plays no important part in your unfoldment.
You would be better prepared for your unfoldment by focusing only on the messages, the signs, and trust aspects of your relationship with those working with you at any given time. Names are not important, only the teachings and guidance. This is an important part of your growth that you need to establish. It will help you with your trust issues.
Child, sit in meditation and ask your guides to draw close, one at a time. Expect nothing from them, only to be able to sense their presence.
I am aware that you often seek the comfort of knowing your passed relative is around you. Indeed they are, but they too will move on, when your trust allows them to.
I have been told that you often take your unfoldment too seriously, expecting so much to happen so quickly. Unfoldment takes much time and is not something you can rush. You’ve always been receptive to learning and have all the ingredients to take you to higher levels of unfoldment. Keep doing so, with less focus on the trivial detail and more on the lessons that give you the self-growth you desire.
Your guides are always around you, protecting you, and giving signs of their presence. Accept the signs and let the other details flow over you.
You will have exciting times ahead, especially after September when more doors will open for you.
As I share this with you, I am aware that this medium’s mind is trying to intercept my flow. So I am going to ask him to do a past/present/future reading with his tarot cards after this writing is over.
Your power is strong dear child and you have so much to share with your world. I do hope my words have been a comfort to you. The light is strong around you. See it, feel it, and accept the rewards from this side as they come to you.
Goodbye.
THE TAROT READING
as suggested by the communicator
Caveat:
The meanings of individual tarot cards vary from one reader to another. When I read the tarot, I am very much listening to my inner voice, my intuition and to my connection with the spirit world. The cards act only as an outline for me.
After leaving the cabinet, I came to my desk with my tarot cards. I shuffled and when ready, I dealt three cards to represent the past, the present and the future. The following is my interpretation of those cards, as requested by the spirit speaker today. I remind you that these cards reflect your circumstances at this time and where you are in your journey.
Past – 10 WANDS reversed
I’m drawn to mention that your life has often meant you’ve felt you were carrying the load for everyone else. ‘Bringing home the bacon‘ is a phrase that comes to mind. It is the way you are. Hard working and loyal to those around you. I get the feeling that you often buried your true self by just getting on with the things that you wanted to do outside of your home. That outside space has always been your safe zone. Your passion and single-mindedness has been your driving force, even when times were tough and love and emotional connections were missing. You’ve often had many irons in the fire, sometimes too many for you to handle. But although you knew you were taking on too much, you needed to, in order to cope.
Present – 6 SWORDS reversed
Oh how you want to escape it all! Dreams of exploring other countries, even moving away. But you must surely realise that wherever you go, the challenges you wish to escape will follow you. But keep the dream alive and explore what possibilities there are for you, and the person you are caring so much for at this time. Leaving the rough waters of the here and now may be something you want and dream of doing and when the time is right, it will happen.
Future – DEATH CARD reversed
There are major changes ahead for you. You will need to leave many uncomfortable situations when the dramatic changes come into play. I sense that you are someone that often cannot and do not make decisions without careful thought. This procrastination often means you put off the inevitable for longer than needed. So when the opportunities come to radically make changes, don’t hesitate. Those that have been hurtful, unsupportive or not helpful in your life, you should walk away from them and don’t look back. I sense there is one particular person that has or will become a thorn in your side. Don’t let them contaminate you. Remove them from your life.
During the writing of this edition, I have only been in my house once, that was to collect a cup of coffee! I instructed Jane to email the sender of the question and inform them that I had sat with the question. I also asked Jane to tell them not to contact me until this article is published on the coming Sunday, two days from now.
I hope I have displayed to you my integrity and trust in doing the work I do. Now this is published, I welcome your feedback and comments below.
If you want me to sit with your question to my spirit communicators, you need to send it via email only to katharinejaneberry@gmail.com. She will inform me and process the question as talked about above. Keep in mind that I cannot guarantee when or if I will sit with the question.
ORIGINAL NOTES AS TRANSCRIBED
An AI version of this spirit-inspired transcript is available as a podcast. Search your favourite podcast app for “Spirited Talk Podcasts”

DOES ANYONE KNOW EVERYTHING?
A bit of a stupid question you might think. I’ve met a few mediums that seem to claim on knowing everything there is to know! Not me, I’m like Jon Snow, according to Jane. But I do like learning something new and the more weird it is, the more I am likely to remember it.
Some of the insights shared by today’s speaker could be considered weird. These claims are easy for us to dismiss, when we consider them behind the blanket of science we believe rules everything. But if we take that blanket away and imagine a life where those rules don’t exist, we open our minds to an infinite amount of possibilities.
Therein lies the first challenge. How can we exercise our mind to consider other possibilities beyond those we know and understand? How can we possibly even consider an infinite space when we believe everything is within something?
Today’s speaker talks to me for a very short length of time. Yet, in these few minutes of scurried stylus movements, the speaker shares news of things way beyond my thinking, and possibly outside of my beliefs.
The frustrating conclusion is that we will only find out if these things are true, when we’re living in that world. Prop the doors of your mind wide open for this session!

WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Saturday 25th March 2023 at 4:30 pm
I want to talk to you today about the simple word Infinite.
You often associate it with living an infinite life. But the word can be used for many more experiences and happenings that you could never be aware of. Why? Because you are limited as humans to the faculties you have to work with.
Could you imagine having infinite hearing, for example? Imagine being able to look at something in the very distance, even in your imagination and being able to attune to the sounds from there. Infinite hearing is available.
Imagine the same with all your human senses. Seeing, smelling, even touching. We can do that this side of life. I can bring you the sounds at Sydney right now, or anywhere you can think. What about the sounds on the moon, or the winds on Mars. I can hear them by just attuning to the location without moving an inch, so to speak.
The word infinite has a great depth of meaning to us here. Though we share with you the knowledge that there are infinite solar systems, planets, galaxies, and yes universes, God, or the Divine, did not restrict these great realms. There are infinite life systems, infinite chemicals and elements that humans could only dream of.
Infinity is without restrictions, without limitation, without boundaries. When you take a few moments to appreciate that concept you might feel your mind expanding and opening to the infinity of everything.
Many of human’s rules, regulations and governing councils like to set limits on everything. You spend your life programmed only to understand that your life is based on limitations. In our infinite world we survive well with no such restrictions. Our thinking, our minds, our outlooks are without boundaries.
I hope I’ve given you something to think about this session. Thank you for letting me connect to you.
Until the next time.
ORIGINAL NOTES
This session is also available as an AI podcast and can be heard on your favourite podcast app by searching for Spirited Talk Podcasts.
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on 23rd May 2023 – 59 days later
Evidence. This session is lacking it. The claims would, of course, be difficult to provide evidence for. My inspired estimation is therefore low.

▶ Reading this session now, some fifty nine days after writing it, I’m unconvinced that any of the words are beyond my own possible imagination. I sat with good intent and I followed the usual rules, but the message doesn’t transport me anywhere I couldn’t have gone with my own imagination.
▶ Regarding the ability to be able use senses at a distance, as discussed by the speaker, I could easily be convinced that that is possible. After all, I’m never limited to a location when I have a vivid dream. The precise location within that dream are often not known and not even important. But I reckon that in a world based on thought alone, the ability to use senses at a distance, seems more than a plausible notion.
▶ I agree with the statement that we have spent our lives in a contained environment, governed by the laws of our nature, the rules of our sciences, and the restrictions imposed by our laws and governments. With so much of our life being influenced from containments, seeing beyond that would stretch the imagination.
▶ Finally, although I might be seeming to be over sceptical over this session, I do so because of my frustration with being able to prove the speaker’s words. I don’t deny them. I simply find them hard, on this occasion, to adapt to fully.
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.

RESEARCHING IS EXCITING & EDUCATIONAL
For as long as I can remember, I’ve enjoyed researching stuff. Many years ago when I lived in Weymouth, I was assigned a task of researching King George III on behalf of the local authority. It was to coincide with events being arranged to celebrate the 200 years since King George III made bathing popular in the seaside town in Dorset.
In 1989 there was no internet as we know it today to use for the research, so I used the local library. Day after day I visited this quiet place and sat pawing through history books gathering information. My final presentation to the local authority was approved and much of the work was indeed used for leaflets, posters, press articles and such like. I loved doing the research and I learnt so much in the process.
Nowadays I continue to enjoy researching, and thank goodness, we have a wonderful tool we can all access easily to do so. The internet. From the comfort of our armchair we can all type in a few words into a search engine and read the findings with little effort.
Today’s speaker set me a challenge which I dutifully accepted, which you can read about in the Afterthoughts. Before we read today’s session, watch out for the incredible statement about wise men. It blew my mind when I writing this up for this edition.

WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Friday 24th March 2023 at 3:00 pm
Your place of sanctity that you just imagined in your mind is one you might share with your student readers. It was a useful way of containing all the fragmented thoughts of the mind.
Dear friend, you hope for so much of yourself, yet your course through this lifetime has been very direct for a number of years now. Each day of your time you progress further with your unfoldment. Do you know who invented that word? I believe it was Edgar Casey. Perhaps you could check.
The wisest man alive is the one that believes he is not the wisest. For in that difference is room for the learning.
Your life is opening up to great new adventures over the short term. You have now developed an understanding that could be considered as quite unique amongst your peers. I would suggest that one of your strongest strengths is in the way you remain open for us to touch you with hope, love and wisdom. This is our greatest gift that we can offer. Eternal life is certain. But when you arrive in this world, education-wise it is important for your foundations and starting of an eternal life.
Many of your readers still harbour some doubts and lack belief. Not in us, or the eternal life, but in their own abilities with their potential. Striving for betterment often comes without noticeable and immediate rewards. They must learn to appreciate a knowing. A knowing that they too are individually on the right path to future enlightenment.
Keep working, keep studying, and keep practising every day in some small way, and the path of gold will reveal itself over time. My friend, it has been a joy and pleasure for me to connect with your energy today. Your mind is very receptive and has proven for me a great medium to work with.
I do hope to speak again soon.
Goodbye.
ORIGINAL NOTES
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on 23rd May 2023 – 60 days later
I am going to give this session rather a high inspiration award. There are specific gems within the words that I cannot claim to be from my own awareness.

▶ The speaker suggests I should share with you the technique I often use to remove myself from the distractions of this world when I am meditating. To give it justice, I will be writing a full explanation in an article for “The Inspired Spirit” shortly, so be patient and wait!
▶ In the second paragraph, this speaker suggests that I might like to research the word ‘unfoldment’ and may find out that Edgar Cayce was the first to coin it in his writing. My subsequent research found out that he did use the word and was possibly one of the first to use it in relation to working with the spirit world. But whether he was the first to use the word at all is highly unlikely as there are references to earlier writers using the word as far back as the seventeenth century. But I did learn so much in doing the research.
▶ A powerful statement is made by the speaker when describing wise people.
”The wisest man alive is the one that believes he is not the wisest. For in that difference is room for the learning.” How true that is and how wonderful a reminder too.
▶ The speaker makes reference to the importance of using our time on earth to improve our education in preparation for the next life. This makes a lot of sense and aligns with the theory I was aware of that when we pass into the new world, we reside in a ‘level’ where we are most suited according to our earth life. I like to believe these levels are increasingly nearer the Divine according to our growth.
▶ The final point I want to pick out of this session is regarding our doubts. It is somewhat my belief that these so-called doubts are often escalated when we compare our personal growth with that of our peers that surround us. We take on feelings of inferiority that feed our doubts. Instead, we should just focus on ourselves and our own personal unfoldment. We are unique. In fact, I’m the best me I can be right now!

Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
CHANGES & UPDATES
written on Friday 19th May 2023
It’s been busy in Spirited Talk Towers. As I write this, we have a chippy in and fitting the five new doors for the newly decorated hallway. I somewhat dislike the chaos that comes with such work being done. Sawdust everywhere, dirty footprints on the new floor and basic mess as the work is being complete. I know, it’s transient, get over yourself!
Meanwhile, some of the changes have also been happening to my digital work online. This week, the ‘More WFSIW’ were sent from their new home as a sub-section of ‘The Inspired Spirit’. No change visible to the readers, just a big deal for me in administering it.
I also decided to make the newish AI podcasts free to all and I went through and removed all the paywalls from around 100 short podcasts, including the new AI podclass editions. My thinking behind this decision was because the subscription service had only two people. This meant that nobody was hearing the new podcasts. My work was not reaching an audience. So, rather than nobody hearing the new podcasts, I felt it would be better to just give them away free and find some alternative ways to raise the needed funds.
The buffer of productions I had created has nearly run out. Over the coming weeks I hope to build that buffer back up and try to get ahead once more, as the decorating comes to a halt for a month. Two more key changes are coming into place later this year. These are regarding the Facebook group, and these free Sunday archived editions.
Regarding the FB group, I am currently planning to close the group before the year ends. It appears to serve no purpose as fewer than ever members are choosing to interact in the group. The competition offering free readings from Maxine Meilleur only attracted a handful of interested members and that really surprised me. Even the diehard members have showed no interest. So, unless there are good reasons offered by the community, the group will close overnight at some point this year.
The final change to tell you about is regarding this Sunday edition. I have planned to stop it altogether at some point. It was originally created in the hope of attracting readers to switch to the subscription service on the ‘More WFSIW’ & ‘The Inspired Spirit’. But over the year of producing this edition, only one person has chosen to subscribe. Therefore this edition will have to end soon.
I’m excited about the future plans. I see myself being able to continue with this format of writing and producing podcasts for some time to come, the main difference being there will be no schedules to abide to.
“I think if there is one thing I can suggest to you as a reader and follower, and someone that reads newsletters, emails and content online, it would be to occasionally acknowledge your appreciation, or disappointment with anyone that creates content that you read or hear. I know I do this with other writers and content creators. I let them know with a comment every now and then, or an occasional like. Equally, I also unsubscribe to anything I don’t want in my email inbox! A compliment, a comment, or feedback costs nothing, yet means so much. I think that is a good lesson for all of us as we digest so much free material online. “


This session was originally written on Friday 4th November 2022 and published in More WFSIW #64 on 28th December 2022
Good evening. We are ready to begin. Clear your mind and just write the words you are hearing. You are in danger of having too active a mind. You were almost trying to decide what the subject was going to be this time, but you should know by now that it is us that make that decision on most occasions.
I have a question for you to ponder over after I’ve finished with you.
What would you do differently each day if you were to find out that you had a year of your time to live?
Now the problem that most people have with answering the question is that they do so with the comfort that it is only a rhetorical question and not really going to happen. But even so, most will declare details of things they’ll get done in those remaining days and weeks. They’ll suggest visiting lost or distant family members. Perhaps they’ll decide to go places they’ve not been yet but want to go. They’ll live life with more care for themselves for fear of reducing the time accidentally.
They’ll get all their things in order, such as wills. And as that time remaining reduces, they’ll panic even more and reduce their sleeping time. They’ll eat more food and their attitudes will change. They’ll become sad, disappointed and angry.
So why am I asking this question? Well, it’s not for the reasons you might think. I’m not asking it so you can appreciate your days more. Nor am I asking it because it relates to you, because it doesn’t. I’m asking it because time on earth is the most undervalued asset that you all have.
We know there’s nothing you can do to stop time flowing by. But there is something you can do with it now. That is to appreciate it more and spend more time being aware of the here and now. Living with your thoughts too much on future plans and events is a sure way to make time pass faster.
Many of the stress-related worries people have are future based. Worrying about things that might happen tomorrow. Even living in the past is stressful because too much energy is spent on missing things that happened and judging how much better those days were apparently, compared with nowadays. [sentence reworded from original]
Think of the timeline as the arm across the weighing scales. Too much time spent in the past and in the future off-balances the scales, whereas living in the here and now brings balance and stability.
When people have that example in their minds, they can learn to recognise how balanced their imaginary scales are. Time is precious of course. But a normal balanced life isn’t lived by constantly thinking about it. However, living life with an attitude and awareness of how time is used does bring with it more peace of mind.
Keeping the balance of mind right is one really good way to honour the time you have. Everybody on earth will, at some point, take their last breath. Worrying about it or when it will be is nothing more than wasting energy. Equally, worrying about every thought and moment of time is also wasteful energy. Being occasionally grateful by reminding yourself how important this time is, is appreciating the gift of time. Appreciation is one of the most powerful and positively charged emotions to live life by.
Have you understood my message this time? Thank you for letting my words be heard in your world.
Goodbye.
ORIGINAL NOTES
041122 0156 Fri
9.71MB ∙ PDF file
An audio version of this session is now available.

UPDATED AFTERTHOUGHTS
Friday 19th May 2023 – 196 days later

In my original afterthoughts about this session I made a big deal about the subject of balance in life, as discussed by this speaker. I did include this following simple graphic to establish the point:

But of course, as with so many of the words of wisdom shared with us from those the other side, these messages are easier said than done. Life is hectic and it is often very difficult, if not impossible, to establish new ways of living that differ to that we are used to. I believe it is therefore quite natural to accept these deep and meaningful messages as guidelines for our lives, rather than hard and fast rules that we should obey.
It is most unlikely that when we wake in our beds at the start of a new day, we’re going to approach it as if it’s our last on earth. If we did, our lives would be chaotic at the very least. But the sentiment that we can take from this message is that we should work harder on appreciating the time we have, forget the past as it is gone, don’t worry too much about the future as we don’t know what might happen, and learn to live more in the here and now.
Reading this session again seven months after originally transcribing it, I believe the message it contains is really a good one to consider. The subscribers to the ‘More WFSIW’ series will have read the transcript when it was originally published, but I bet that reading it again now brings fresh eyes and ears to the core message.
Your feedback is always welcome. Leave your comments below.

THE SCIENCE FASCINATES ME
We’ve all heard the saying, “Does the falling tree still make noise if there is nobody there to witness it?” It’s a rather shallow suggestion that we cannot be sure the tree makes a noise without someone being present to hear it. Of course it is nonsense. The fact that there is nobody there to hear the sound does not mean it did not exist.
But when it comes to this session’s subject, the scientific evidence supports most everything the speaker has shared with us. The basis of their message is that colours don’t actually exist. The science backs that theory. What we see through our eyes is an interpretation. Bear with me on this for a moment!
Without spending too long trying to put this all in words, our brain interprets the signals it receives from the eyes and translates it to the pictures our mind sees. Light is reflected or absorbed by everything at millions of varying degrees.
There is no fixed number of colours we can see with our eyes, it varies from person to person. It can be as little as 1 million or as many as 100 million. There is no way of testing whether the colour I see is exactly the same as the colour you see. It comes down to our individual interpretations, based somewhat on the quality of our eyesight.
Colours are a result of the radiation of the objects energy and light being interpreted by our brains. We all, therefore, live in our own uniquely coloured worlds. Even this text is made up of thousands of varying shades of black and grey. Scan the text above and you can see light and dark areas, subtle but there. What you see is your interpretation.
Personally, I find this entire subject as truly fascinating. I was delighted that this speaker chose this subject, though my own mind kept wanting to interrupt and share what I already knew!

WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
transcribed from spirit on Thursday 23rd March 2023 at 3:30 pm
Hello again. You’re seeming to be enjoying your holiday, but be careful not to do so much work. It will all survive without you! Have you taken the time to note what the dominant colours are around you? Write them down please.
Blue, white, green, pot colour I can’t recall at the moment.
Excellent. Now how does the blue make you feel? Alive, vivid, healthy, healed?
And of course the white of Lanzarote buildings is so fresh and clean. The green of the palms and cactus plants helps you appreciate nature and reminds you of staying grounded and humble. The other colour you were struggling to think of was terracotta – a beautiful historic colour suggesting earth and nature too.
People tend to not give colours much thought in their day-to-day lives, yet each one plays a significant part in the healthiness and maintenance of the body. Your colours of Lanzarote are not unique to them though. Ask anyone what the dominant colours of their holiday place would be and white, blue, green and perhaps red would be the most popular. The colours – each give off their own unique energy that serves a different purpose to the observer.
But here is the point of my talk with you. Do you think those colours exist even if you don’t see them? Perhaps without your eyes and brains deciphering the wavelength, they may not exist as colours, only energies of various wavelengths.
Much of what humans perceive through the use of eyes is not real. It is only the interpretation of the brain and the mind. How do you know an orange is really an orange? Colour, feel, smell. But if each of those signals were different, would you still be seeing an orange? You see, most of the work is done by your brain when it translates the signals it receives.
This was just food for thought – nothing more. But it helps you appreciate the colours with a deeper understanding. Take your landscape now, and imagine if it was just greyscale. So much of the appeal would be lost.
Enjoy your day my friend and see if you can notice something orange by the end of the day!
Goodbye.
ORIGINAL NOTES
AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on 15th May 2023 – 53 days later
You can tell by the length of this session that it was shorter than normal. The speaker made a point and was gone! But the point made acted as a reminder to me of how interesting the whole subject of colour is. Colour does not exist. It is our interpretations of the energies, radiation and reflections that our eyes receive, send to our brain and are then interpreted as images in our mind. That is scientifically factual.
As I mentioned in the opening section to this publication, the facts therefore point to each of us interpreting this world differently, all be it marginal in variations. In plain words, the world is unique to each of us individually.
It is often stated by the people in the spirit world that the colours they experience are more varied and vivid. When we consider that this side of life what we see is filtered through the eyes, the brain and then the mind, we can easily accept that without those limitations everything would be more ‘raw’.
Our science dictates that the colours we see or interpret are based within the spectrum of the rainbow. Why would there not be colours outside of that limiting spectrum?
Here’s a difficult challenge for you to log into your mind. See if you can experience colours in your dreams. That is a hard exercise for many reasons. But try to recall colours when you wake up and realise you’ve been dreaming in your sleep.
Colours play a valued role in our work as mediums. We use colours to describe someone’s hair for example, or the colour of their front door, their car etc. But ask yourself how you see those colours in your mind. Are they vivid, or are they just the labels of the colours. Improving our inner vision is a powerful and very useful tool.
What do you see if I say – a blue banana? I’ll bet you had to adjust your banana colour from yellow to blue before you could visualise it.
This is a fascinating subject and so relevant to the work we do with the spirit world.
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
RETIREMENT ON THE HORIZON
Finally, I feel in the right place about announcing my pending retirement. I’ve been giving this a lot of thoughts over the past few months and am now ready to to start planning for it.
But what will retirement look like for me, and how will affect my writing? Those are the big questions! The answers to both questions are answered with two words. No schedules.
For many months now, I’ve been desperately trying to make a little income on the internet with the knowledge and experience I have regarding working with the spirit world. I have nothing to hide and therefore don’t mind telling you I have largely failed at that.
My beliefs and character has led me make mistakes. I’m not business minded enough and my expectations were too much for this working model. I created a busy schedule of releasing seven productions every week, a mixture of written and audio. I did so in the hope of attracting paying subscribers, enough to make it worth while. After many months of effort, I have achieved just five paid up regular subscribers. For all the work, I have an income from it of around £25 per month.
At least I’ve tried. And now, as Jane is always encouraging me to do, it’s time to throw in the towel, as the saying goes. The schedules will be the first to be dropped. Working to such tight deadlines has been too hard for me.
What will I do instead? With my writing, I will continue to produce regular content, but not to a schedule and not in the quantity I’m currently producing. The details of the subscriber registrations are to be ironed out before I retire. The Facebook group is already scheduled to close at the end of this year and I’m now hoping to step back from the current schedule around September 2023.
Of course, I will keep you informed as and when I have planned the adjustments. In the meantime, I do hope you continue to get something from my words.


This session was originally written on Sunday 30th October 2022 and published in More WFSIW 63 on 23rd December 2022
Blessed are you, my friend, for we heard your prayers for your friend who’s lost her daughter to us.
You have also brought a question to us from one of your readers. She is asking about the subject of evil, I believe. I would like to address that today for you.
The first and most important point I need to say is that evil is a man construct and only exists in your world. It does not exist in the Kingdom of the Divine. The word evil is used many times in the transcripts that make the Bible and other religious books.
Mankind wants to believe that in the same way that the Divine, or God, rules the heavens, then an opposite [force] rules hell. The devil, lucifer as referred to often. Does the devil exist? Yes, but in the same context as the Divine exists.
God is the Divine force, the power for good. It is not a person taking human form. Nor has the Divine such qualities as a personality or characteristics of human beings. The Divine, God, is a universal force of magnitude beyond anything else. It is a power that, without it, nothing could exist. Yes, nothing. Even the force you know as evil could not exist without the Divine force.
Evil, or should I say, the force of evil has always [existed] been there. It fills the voids where the Divine [force] does not. It, therefore, does not comply with the Divine forces and could not exist in a void without the Divine force, because no such void would exist.
You might wrongly believe that evil exists amongst human beings, perhaps feeding on the powers from the void. Perhaps there is some truth in that. However, evil people, no matter how evil they may be judged, have the power of the Divine in them and around them. By not recognising it in their actions only serves to suggest an evil force is working within them. I suggest that maybe so. But I cannot explain it in such a way that would make sense, for this is another occasion where our limited language restricts my abilities to simplify this enough to satisfy a comprehensive answer.
I find a block in your mind’s knowledge that makes this conversation difficult to get across to you. You have no evidence in your present knowledge to suggest you have had many lives before this one. Because you’ve no evidence, you fail to open up to the possibilities as being so. But trust me, my friend, you have lived on earth many times in the past. Perhaps not as the person you are now, but the spirit has evolved. Your soul has experienced much and has so much more evolution ahead. How is that related to evil?
To inflict pain on others, humans must first understand pain. So humans experience pain. And the same is so for hurt, misery, despondency, dissolution, despair and many other feelings and emotions that are of a negative nature. What if you were told that in a previous life time on earth, you were evil in your actions? How would you feel about that? Would it upset you? Would you feel better for knowing? No. You have chosen in this lifetime to work with the Divine forces. You’ve chosen to appreciate the greater good of making and to live a life that reflects it. However, many people don’t take that path. Their lives without any thoughts or belief in Divine forces. Many would suggest they don’t believe in God, and that such things don’t exist. But ask them if they believe in evil, or the devil and their answers will surprise you.
Evil is hugely a construct of mankind. Delusional people, void of recognition of the Divine forces, void of a purpose, void of knowledge of the force known as the greater good. This is an environment that evil can exist within. Evil thoughts that lead to evil actions.
But here is the challenge. What you might think of as evil, may not be evil to someone else. The nearer you are to the God force, the more things you will consider as evil. So yes, evil exists. And if you want to believe that there is some kind of universal intelligence overlooking that evil, then you might refer to it as a devil.
Finally, in the few minutes left to me in this session, may I explain what happens to evil people when they die? It hurts so many people to hear this. All souls, all people, all living beings are welcomed into God’s kingdom, even those considered evil. But that is because you are acting as the judge. God does not judge anyone.
Do those you consider evil live amongst you in this world? Yes, they do. But they are not in your awareness because your soul has developed beyond that. For the large, my friend, evil is a force created by mankind and does not actually exist. Everyone born onto the earth has the God element within them. That cannot be destroyed.
Your mind is not strong enough for me to continue on this occasion. It is thanks that you’re within your cabinet that has maintained the energy allowing in this length of time together. I would like to address this question of evil more over time. For now, I thank you for transcribing my voice.
Healing will be sent to your friend Vicky. Goodbye.
[ME] Thank you, Spirit communicator. I remain humble to learn.
ORIGINAL NOTES
301022 1355
13.5MB ∙ PDF file

AFTERTHOUGHTS
Friday 28th April 2023 – 180 days later

For this archived edition, I’m reproducing the original afterthoughts as they were for that edition. I don’t feel the need to add anything more.
This session was written from my cabinet in my sanctuary. It is the longest session of writing since beginning this public experiment in March 2022, consisting of thirteen pages and written over an hour in time.
Anyone with any doubts about the source of my words written for the spirit world should be more convinced by this example. Here is my judgement graphic.
When reader M.B. sent me this question, I allowed the email to sit in my inbox for several days without fully reading it. I did not want to allow my own mind to start formulating a potential answer. I read the question fully for the first time, from a printout of the email that I took with me into the cabinet.
I sat in the power for around fifteen minutes before I felt it was time to open the notepad with my eyes closed to allow time for my vision to adjust to the digitally created light. Then I commenced writing.
I knew that this would be a difficult and testing session from the off. I knew that my own knowledge would not be able to do justice in answering this question of whether evil exists. Therefore, I was committed entirely in trusting the spirit communicator to answer the question.
I strongly believe that the speaker in spirit was brought in to this session to answer this question. Their words and explanations are comprehensive. I should remind you here that all the words have to come into my mind and be instantly transcribed with as little or no personal interpretation. I believe I did well, though I can detect in this transcript moments where my mind was translating incorrectly.
There are one or two examples where the speaker appears to contradict themself. That said, I feel blessed and humbled that this sort of inspired writing can be achieved and further, that I was privy to being the writer.
Finally, when I created the accompanying podcast version of this transcript, I got to hear many more meanings from these words than I did when simply reading them. If you’re a subscriber to the podcasts, I recommend listening to this session and embrace the true power of the words. (click banner above to listen)
Your feedback is always welcome. Leave your comments below.
WHAT’S HAPPENING?
The other publication, “MORE WFSIW’ is currently enjoying the sessions written whilst on holiday in Lanzarote. In my view, these seem a lot more detailed than the ones I write in my cabinet at home.
The Inspired Spirit readers have had some interesting articles over the past few weeks, including a variety of topics within our work with spirit.
The Spirited Talk Podcasts – subscribers only episodes are appearing to be not receiving any listeners at the moment. There are a hand-full of subscribers, so I’m making enquiries as to why there are no accurate stats available for these specific episodes. Meanwhile the free podcasts continue to be downloaded across the world at rates of 650-1000 every month.
Spirited Talk on Facebook is suffering with a lack of interest from the 100 members. The possibility of closing this group at the end of the year is being considered. This would be in align with my personal plans to retire during 2024.
Subscribers are following my publications, mostly from sources other than our Facebook presence. Currently 30% of all subscribers are not members of the Facebook group, hence previous bullet point makes more sense.


This session was originally written on Wednesday 12th October 2022 and published in More WFSIW 58 on 7th December 2022
We are ready for you. How are you? I believe you’ve been out in your garden today. Your muscles are aching a little I suspect.
We’re often asked if we do physical work here in this world. The physical part of the question is of course something we cannot experience in the same way as you do with a body to contend with. And because we can use the power of thought, it is not really necessary or desirable to feel pain and aches as you would understand them. But we do have a sense of tiredness on occasion.
As we’ve mentioned before, without fully understanding our physics, it is not easy to explain some aspects of living here. So to answer the question as close as we can, the answer is best left at no we don’t. There are specific aspects of life that are only connected with an earthly life. Physical work being one of them.
It doesn’t mean we don’t do anything or don’t have things we need to do, because we do. Life here is often very busy and each of us have responsibilities we have to fulfil whilst we’re here. These tasks are not forced upon us. It is always our choice what we spend our time doing. But we like to have routines that we stick to quite passionately.
Of course, we’re not needing to breathe in the same way as you do on earth. You breathe to take oxygen from the air, to fuel your body. We have no need for that tiresome feature of life on earth. But we do breathe in a way that is unique to our lives here.
We have no eyes, nose or mouth in a physical form. But we still experience visions, scents and talking, in the same way as you do in your dream state. We can and do create the sensations and stimulations of earth people. The end results are the same as they are for those living on your side.
The physical aspects of life should be considered a wonderful gift for your journey through life on earth. The beautiful touch of a flower. The fragrance from a rose bloom. The comfort of warm sheets. These gifts of life on earth are all elements of life that you need to appreciate more.
Trevor, you really are too tired to continue this. So can we bid you farewell for now. You need to sleep to rest that tired physical body! We are always with you and will await your return to us again soon.
ORIGINAL NOTES
121022 0149
6.72MB ∙ PDF file
AUDIO EXCERPT
A short sample from the complete audio version of this session. Click the banner to subscribe and listen to all of the audio versions and short podclass episodes.

UPDATED AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Sunday 16th April 2023 – 186 days later

This is a reduced awareness value to the one I awarded the session previously. As I previously mentioned, the more I do this work, the more I can see improvements and deeper messages. So, when I share these archived versions with you, I can see clearly that I have advanced since those earlier sessions.
In my original afterthoughts at time of first publishing I commented the following;
“I’m curious about the comment about having no eyes, nose or ears. Obviously that’s true of a physical nature, but they must surely recreate them in their world of thought.”
This was also picked up on by reader & spirit warrior, Ann Bennett, who responded with;
“Very strange comments to ponder on.”
Now, I believe that during those early sessions, I was somewhat fixated on finding out about the physical life of the people in spirit. Of course, they wouldn’t have such physical features in the true sense of the meaning, but they do maintain the body as a thought and memory. And I suspect that is the ‘cloak’ they wear with their ongoing life.
I recognise now that for the messages to be of greater impact and more important, my need to move on from logistical matters has been an important step.
Your feedback is always welcome. Leave your comments below.
MINOR UPDATES
The more enthusiastic reader may have noticed a few minor modifications to this free edition, particularly in the title and logo. These are simple changes aimed to distinguish this edition apart from the ‘More WFSIW’ publication.
As you will naturally understand, I will be putting a little more emphasis on asking you to subscribe to one or both of the other paid subscriptions. As a reminder, these are
MORE WFSIW & THE INSPIRED SPIRIT
2 publications with 1 subscription – £3.50 per monthTHE SPIRITED TALK PODCAST SUBSCRIBER EPISODES
AI podclass & WFSIW audios with 12 new editions monthly – $5 per month
There are plans to merge the current More WFSIW with The Inspired Spirit, though this may take some time to complete. Also part of the long term planning, the Facebook group will most likely be closed on11th July 2024.
GUEST WRITERS, ARTISTS, POETS & PHILOSOPHERS WANTED
To add more colour and variety to my online work, I am inviting you to submit something you would like to share with the other members of this community. Perhaps a short story or poem. Or something philosophical or short story. Maybe you have a piece of spirit inspired art you’d like to show everyone.
All you have to do is forward it to me attached to an email and include your declaration that you are giving me permission to use it publicly.
EMAIL: spiritedtalkpodcast@gmail.com


This session was originally written on Friday 10th October 2022 and published in More WFSIW 56 on 25th November 2022
Welcome back, and you’re back in your own home. There is a difference in the amplification of the vibration. A bit similar to the volume on a radio. Where you are writing our words now contains a build-up of residual energy which helps. This is why we like it when you use your cabinet.
We know you experienced some confusion with some of our recent words to you about life being considered precious by people who don’t understand the bigger picture. One of your readers clarified our point well [Bill C.].
We love to set you challenges with some things we talk about. It’s good for you to need to research some of it. You were surprised to discover that about water being a good facility for messages. Well done for looking it up.
Of course, you’ll be very aware that we use many methods to experiment with our earth communications. You were using one such method tonight with your healing. The pendulum is a sensitive way to extend your healing abilities. Although divination tools are often considered as psychic energy, you’ll understand that for whatever method to work, the handler has best to be attuned to attain the best results. The original rods used to find water and ley-lines only work with an experienced handler, someone who understands the sensitivity required. Someone with no experience and equally no interest in anything Divine connected won’t get any results from any of the tools.
You’re very keen at exploring these additional methods of communication between our two worlds and we’re delighted for you. We think you’d benefit from learning and practising more with telepathy. You’ve had some experiences when you were a child. A simple example may be to get two blank cards and write Yes on one and No on the other. Use them with your pendulum for simple answers. That answer is still channelled through you to influence your choice of card. All you have to remember is that influence is coming from us.
We don’t like bringing you bad news, however, expect to hear about a plane crash in the coming weeks. It is a sad event and 165 people are to cross over without warning. These tragic events do upset us when they happen. Don’t ever believe that there is some Divine doings that cause such tragedies. That is not true. They are accidents that occur without anyone being able to stop them from happening.
Mankind has always had this need to blame God for any misfortunes. This simply is not the case. God creates the life and its biological misprints are beyond the Divine’s control most of the time.
Well I hope you’ve learn something from this session and we look forward to speaking again soon.
God be with you my friend.
ORIGINAL NOTES
071022 0110
6.9MB ∙ PDF file
AUDIO EXCERPT
A short sample from the complete audio version of this session. Click the banner to subscribe and listen to all of the audio versions and short podclass episodes.

UPDATED AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Tuesday 11th April 2023 – 186 days later

I’ve not changed my original graphic (above). Even now, with all this time passed, I still believe that there is sufficient content in the writing that is outside of my normal mind’s imagination.
At the time of writing the original afterthoughts, I could find little evidence to support the air crash claims that I felt were relevant. There had been two main crashes in history where the number killed was 165.
However, there was a plane crash earlier this year (after the original writing) that sadly seen a number of people lose their lives. The Nepal airline responsible have had a catalogue of such disasters over the past few years and when this latest crash happened in January 2023, it brought the total killed in the airline companies history to165.
My favourite quote from the writing is this one:
Mankind has always had this need to blame God for any misfortunes. This simply is not the case. God creates the life and its biological misprints are beyond the Divine’s control most of the time.
This was an interesting session that received no comments from the subscribers at that time.
Your feedback is always welcome. Leave your comments below.
WHAT MEDIUM IN SPIRIT WOULD YOU CHOOSE TO MENTOR YOU?
If you could possibly have one medium from the spirit world connect to you regularly to advise you on your direction with your unfoldment, who would it be? That is most certainly not an easy question to answer.
The candidate list would be quite long to start with. Some of the great pioneers were living hundreds of years ago, while others have passed more recently. But each had their strengths and of course, their weaknesses.
Who would give it you straight and who would talk in riddles? Who would lean on too much philosophy and who would beat around the bush? Would being the greatest pioneer in mediumship automatically make them the best to help you personally?
I’m only guessing, but I’ll bet many people would choose Gordon Higginson to be their mentor. But what about Edgar Casey, or perhaps Emanuel Swedenborg? On the face of it, the question sounds easy to answer, but on closer study, there could be no perfect choice. And then again, would it really make a difference to your unfoldment? That unfoldment is a very personal journey and requires so many conditions to be in place for it to happen. So even if you could learn from the master of all, Jesus Christ, would it move you forward any quicker?

* REPLAY * WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
– originally written Saturday 17th September 2022 at 01:53 am – published to MORE WFSIW issue 52 on 11th November 2022
There are six of us here tonight and I’ve been delegated as the speaker. You are correct, I am a lady, but not the first [lady] to speak from this side to you.
ME: [my intuition felt that it was a lady speaking]
I look forward to these meetings when we’re connecting to the earth’s energy. The energy from your side is very blue at this time. As you know, blue is the healing colour and it is in abundance in your location at this time due to the sad events.
I believe my colleague spoke to you recently about remorse and its connection with contemplation. There is much remorse on earth at this time. Many people have experienced a feeling of their life’s not being as finite as they believed before. Many people have witnessed this public outpouring for the Queen. She led a very spiritual life and now people are seeing what respect the lady has accumulated from many people around the world.
You have seen some of her teachings in her children who are all fine and upstanding examples of good people living a positive and God-like life. As we mentioned in the last session, this energy you’re experiencing at the moment is affecting many people in a lasting way. It will take a long time for them to forget the power they have experienced over this period.
You’ve heard the phrase, ‘God moves in mysterious ways, his wonders to perform.’ You are witnessing such an example of that now. The Queen knew she was to cross, she had prayed the night before. In her prayers, she had sent thanks for her blessed life and for every part that God had played in it.
She also sent healing to one of her grandchildren that had been ill recently. She heard the voice of God and that is how she knew. But what have you learnt yourself from the event?
Yes, I know you’ve realised that time is rolling on and in doing so is revealing your vulnerabilities. But what lessons have you learnt from observing the actions of others? How will this change you, do you think?
You too are one of God’s children. You are therefore instilled with the love and goodness he gave you. How will you use that more?
It is time you slept now, but please do think on. Let these times be a platform for learning and reaching out from. As you sleep, your spirit will not rest in the spirit world as it always does. Ask your spirit, your inner self every morning, “What have you for me today? How can I live up to your requirements? Help me grow from your wisdom this day.”
Those simple questions will set your intentions for the day ahead. We are with you and God is all around and within you.
Goodnight.
ORIGINAL NOTES
170922 0153 Sat
3.71MB ∙ PDF file

UPDATED AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Saturday 7th April 2023 – 203 days later

My original afterthoughts highlighted the ending comments from this lady speaker.
“What have you for me today?
How can I live up to your requirements?
Help me grow from your wisdom this day.”
I know my own thinking and these phrases are not of my natural language, but I do like them, particularly the last line. It needs thought to understand its meaning. I believe that we have to make decisions on a daily basis that through the wisdom we have gained from our spiritual unfoldment. Such examples are tiny decisions that have bigger consequences.
In my original comments I suggested that being tired, as I was at that time of writing, has an impact on the continuity of the flow of words. Perhaps that was something I had overthought at that time as nowadays I don’t believe that is such an issue.
Your feedback is always welcome. Leave your comments below.
IS SEX IMPORTANT?
Now there’s a good clickbait heading that’s got your ears pricked up and your reading mode switched on. I fear you’ll be disappointed though! I’m respectfully talking about whether being a male or female medium makes any difference.
If you’re still with me – I suspect there are subtle differences between the two sexes as mediums. I’ve no concrete evidence to back up my claims but I would suspect that female mediums are the better communicators with the audience generally speaking. Men, on the other hand, might be more ego-driven to produce ‘gold nugget’ evidence, to use stagecraft more and to be more self-aware.
It goes without saying that mediums tend to have a more effeminate way than most normal people, after all, we’re known as sensitives. And of course, there are many gay men that are more attuned to this work than other heterosexual men. Does that translate to gay mediums’ communications with spirit better than heterosexual mediums? Possibly yes, I think.
I’ve witnessed many mediums demonstrate over the years, the bigger majority being men. Not by choice, but men appear to be more in abundance at theatre-level audience gatherings. I enjoyed watching and learning from them all.
When we look at the balance of women to men in our spiritualist churches, the ladies are the bigger majority. Often, men are the minority by quite some number. So perhaps the question should be, what inspires women in the first place to take up an interest in spirit? Are they more in touch with their inner self and emotions than men? Are they more open-minded? Are the number of women that go on to become mediums different to that of men?
I can’t offer hard facts or evidence. I base my points on my observations only. I’m not even sure there could be a definitive answer or conclusion. I suspect however that men’s egos play a role in pursuing mediumship further. How’s that for the basis of a debate?
In the UK for a number of recent years, the six men mediums with the highest profiles were Derek Acorah, Tony Stockwell, Colin Fry, Paul Jacobs, Colin Bates and Glyn Edwards. The top six lady mediums were TJ Higgs, Sally Morgan, Mavis Pitilla, Eileen Davies, Minister Val Williams and Minister Simone Key. I could go on with both men and women and I suspect it would stay relatively even in numbers.
When it comes to the subject of teaching, I would prefer to be taught by a lady. They tend to be more easy on me – I’m a difficult student! Of course, I would take learning seriously with whoever the teacher was and their sex makes no difference when choosing, only their abilities.
What do you think? Who’s better? Before you answer, what are you basing your assumptions on? If this were a real debate, would it turn into a ‘favourites’ battle, and if so would that void the argument? Does this subject poke ‘a hornet’s nest?

* REPLAY * WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
originally written Saturday 3rd September 2022 at 01:19 am
Published to MORE WFSIW28th October 2022
Let us talk to you about the healing process, since you’ve been sat healing again this evening. First we must remind you that each of you on the earth side of life have the body that is your vehicle for your life there. Think of it like your car. You also have a spirit. This contains the essence of who you are.
Though this next part is not entirely accurate of an analogy, it serves to demonstrate my point. Your spirit rides, like a passenger, in your car, your body. But as you know, vehicles break down, stop working, develop faults and show signs of wear and tear the longer you own it.
The same is true of your body. The difference being, you can’t swap your body as you can so easily with a car. But the Divine forces overcome that by making your body so that it renews itself, with new cells, new skin, and healthy new tissue by the day.
There is nothing of the body you were born with left. Your body has renewed itself many times since you’ve lived on earth. But as part of the cycle of life, over time, the renewing process slows down and fewer cells are renewed than are needed. This is what you know as the aging process.
Of course, this is only limited to your outer body – your vehicle. Also taking a toll on your vehicle every day are external elements you have less control over. The air that you breathe, the quality of the water you drink, the foods you digest and of course the wear and tear on your body of living day by day.
It is quite natural that these elements are absorbed at varying rates from one person to another. Add to the mix that some of your body’s chromosomes were inherited from your parents too. You can now appreciate that things go wrong within the body.
Your vehicle starts to fail and you adjust to these deficiencies as they happen. Your eyesight deteriorates, for example. Your hearing loses its sharpness. Your hair changes colour over time. So many things are changing every day. Most are so subtle that you don’t notice them. But you adjust accordingly. Like your cars, your body’s performance changes with time.
Your body and all the components have their own energy forces. After all, your body is made up of energy. Look up how much of your body is made up of water alone.
[ I did – it’s about 60%]
If your body is, for example, made up of 90% water, then you’d be doing well to intake more water than you do as a way of replenishing the body’s loss. Parts that break down because of external forces that introduce diseases are more difficult to repair without medical intervention and as you know in the case of Jane’s RA . . .
[Rheumatoid Arthritis]
. . . the cures are limited. When you call upon us in this dimension to get involved with the healing, primarily all we can focus on is the spirit of the body, because it is in our dimension.
The body requires specialists even over here, to solve or help cure the issues. But even if we gathered 20 or more experts over here to work on an issue you’re having with your body over there, there are many other dynamics that must also be in alignment.
The soul’s purpose may not want the intervention. Neither might the spirit. There are many reasons far and beyond your limited consciousness that may interfere with the healing.
So the only advice we can give you is to be patient when you request healing. We always respond and do what is within our capabilities to do. Just because you experience no external evidence of the healing at work, doesn’t mean there was none. There always is. But I will leave you with a reminder of our analogy we’ve used. A doctor can repair the passenger, as we can heal or help heal the spirit. But a doctor cannot repair a car. It requires specialist mechanics. And the same is true of your body.
Specialists are required either on earth, or those with the skills on this side. I really do hope you’ve found the words of comfort and offer some insightful education for you. Your partner is receiving all the healing we can give with all the circumstances being considered.
Perhaps some time we’ll discuss with you how much higher your spirits are in intelligence and understanding than you are with your limited consciousness.
Sleep well my friend.
ORIGINAL NOTES

UPDATED AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Saturday 1st April 2023 – 210 days later

The above graphic represents a lower mark than I originally gave this piece of writing. in September of last year. My reasons for doing so is because I believe my work has evolved since then and my standards of connection appear to be much higher nowadays.
This sample of inspired writing contains a lot of information that I believe I would have known at that time and there’s nothing standing out to me now that I can state was definitely new.
The inspired writing progress, which I’ve been consistently doing now for over 12 months is something that has evidence of evolving and developing with noticeably stronger connections to the spirit world in later work. So when I down-mark previous writings such as this one, I do so in recognition of how far my spirit-inspired writing has advanced since.
Your feedback is always welcome. Leave your comments below.
DON’T BE SHY – COME FORWARD
Last Sunday I launched the option to get three months of full subscription full access for five of the current free subscribers. If you are reading this then you are probably subscribed to this free version. To take up the offer, all you need to do is email me and tell me why you’d like to have access to the paid content
Five readers will be selected every month who will then be given automatic access to everything that is published for three months. If you’re already a paid-up subscriber and you want to nominate a friend, you’ll need to get them to subscribe to the free editions first.
CONTACT
Please email me at thepsychicapprentice@gmail.com

* REPLAY * WFSIW
🔗Originally written Wednesday 10th August 2022 at 01:07 am
📄 Published to MORE WFSIW 5th October 2022
Good evening. Before we start, can I remind you to only write words as they appear in your mind and not from you thinking them up from your own sources?
We’d like to talk to you about the richness and value of life, whether as we enjoy it here now, or you on your side. Life itself is the most undervalued, under appreciated, and under-accepted part of everything. We all know that life is infinite, yet during its path it changes, grows and moves us with it. As we change, we grow and move forward. But the spark of life is so precious. Even scientists and doctors would argue about a way to accurately define what life really is.
Over here, without a [physical] body to define life medically speaking, no physical brain or pumping heart, we’ve come to appreciate that life is a miraculous work created by the Divine force, that defies all singular descriptions. Life is created like a spark and cannot be destroyed entirely by any known actions.
Once you’re chosen to be the result of that said spark, you’ll be alive for infinitum, taking on different forms for different purposes along the way. Considering life to be precious is to reveal one’s ignorance of the subject. The force of life is purposeful from the Divine’s plan. Appreciating the very atom that make’s up a life is not such an easy thing to do.
We have talked about the subject of life a great many times when we come together here. We don’t, and probably never will be able to understand all of the elements that makes it become one life.
Can you start to imagine how hard it is for us here to define life and how we seem to contain those ingredients? Yes of course your life on earth should be deemed precious, but when you recognise its infinity, that preciousness is less relevant. It most certainly is important to preserve your body on earth to home your life, but the truth is your life, that central force cannot be destroyed or taken from anybody, least of all you.
As we’ve said, we cannot help you understand fully what exactly life is because we struggle to understand even now. We just know that life is everything, while at the same time being nothing. If we did not exist here in this world, and all life on earth was eradicated, would there be nothing, no life? Of course not. Life exists and life is both everything and nothing.
[ME] At this point I fell asleep and awoke around 30 minutes later.
ORIGINAL NOTES
100822 0107 Wed
3.6MB ∙ PDF file
This session is also available as an AI podcast for paid subscribers of Spirited Talk podcasts. Click the banner below to visit.

UPDATED AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Sunday 26th March 2023 – 228 days later

Here is a copy of my original Afterthoughts written when this session was originally published:
You’ll be familiar with the times that these notes are originally written. They’re often done in the wee small hours at the end of a day. This is a great time to write, though it comes with the risk of me falling asleep in the process. That is what happened on this occasion.
You can feel from the style of the words that I was struggling to stay awake and listen properly, hence I feel that the message is not entirely clear. There is a scientific point however. Life, and what starts and sustains it still remains somewhat of a mystery to mankind. Scientists cannot define entirely what ‘spark’ starts life and why. They most certainly cannot recreate it from nothing either. So it’s a fair assumption to suggest that life is a Divine gift.
When I wrote these notes up for this edition, I stopped to think about the point about life cannot be destroyed. I thought that was wrong. I can tread on an ant and wipe it out, or I could knock off the mother-in-law, (and believe me, I’m tempted at times!) and then surely life has been destroyed. But of course it hasn’t. Life is eternal as we are aware.
The following line baffled me –
Considering life to be precious is to reveal one’s ignorance of the subject.
My thoughts now – 228 days later are that this session is rich in philosophy and thought-provoking. Perhaps I didn’t give myself enough credit at the time. I’m also not sure why I was baffled by the quote line. It makes complete sense to me now and should have at the time.
These replay versions serve to remind us of the inspired words months later when we have grown a little more and our understanding has increased.
Your feedback is always welcome. Leave your comments below.
FIVE FREE SUBSCRIPTIONS UP FOR GRABS
As you’ll be surely aware, some of my online work is hidden behind a paywall, that is, it’s only available to those who pay for the monthly subscription. My subscription fees are as low as they can be set by the systems I use. But even so, I recognise that some of us don’t have the spare cash to spend on such luxuries. I include myself as one of those too.
From 1st April onwards, every month I will offer a free pass to my written publications for up to five different people that apply. They will be registered in the systems I use and will be given free access for 3 months to the “More WFSIW” and “The Inspired Spirit” series.
The successful people chosen will need to supply their name and their email address. Also, they must already be a member of our Facebook group page and free subscribers list for this publication (WFSIW).
NOMINATE
Apart from putting yourself forward for consideration, you might like to nominate someone. So long as the criteria are met and they are aware of your kind suggestion, they may be chosen. I won’t be publicly announcing who has been chosen, it will just happen quietly.
CONTACT
All you have to do is send an email to me with your details, or the details of the person you’re nominating, and if selected, I’ll get back to you. This will be limited to just five people every month.

* REPLAY * WORDS FROM SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING
| originally written Tuesday 26th July 2022 at 01:08 am | Published to MORE WFSIW 21st September 2022
Good evening from the Fab 5! That’s the name we’ve given ourselves this evening. We’re having fun this evening for it’s a bit of a celebration. Betty, one of us here, is excited and we’re celebrating her good luck.
Today, a medium on earth passed a message to her son and she was surprised that he accepted it. That sort of news changes the vibration here.
We’re not sad like people on earth are when they hear from their lost ones. We see it as a reason to celebrate. Letting our family and friends on earth know that we are still alive, and more importantly, we’re happier than ever.
Even the best of the mediums on earth often harbour a tiny seed of doubt about there definitely being a continuation of life. But of course, we know the truth!
You were wondering earlier on this night if we visit the classrooms on earth to do our education. Your imagination was running away with you again. To answer that query, no we don’t visit earth to go to school. If we did, or were able to, it would be a hard way to learn and we could not sustain enough energy to last through even one lesson. No, we have our own colleges and learning centres. Someone did share some words with you recently about how that works. It’s not a physical school as yours are on earth.
On our table tonight we have a bottle of sherry that we’re drinking, a candle, tall and white, and we have some lovely snacks. No, they’re not in solid form, by they’re here as an energy form, you might call it. For all intents and purposes, they’re as real as yours on earth. The tastes and the smells are more intense so they’re quite a different experience to enjoy.
Colin wants to say hello. He just popped in to pass a message to Marlene. He’s laughing and wants to know why she’s still kept that dress. Don’t worry, she’ll understand.
We’re off to enjoy some music later. We’re going to listen to a big choir sing. They’ve been around for many years and the sounds they produce are like nothing you could imagine on earth. The vibration it creates makes us so delerious.
Please do look after yourself and your health. You have so much you’re going to achieve. But you’ll do it better with more attention on your health.
Jane’s Mum has new people around her at the moment, instilling good memories from her past back into the front of her mind. She’s been thinking a lot about her early years in Upper Mill and recalling a particular friend from those days – Pauline.
It’s time for us to call it a night with you. Your mind is drifting back into mediumship mode. Sleep well and enjoy tomorrow.
Bye Bye from all of us.
ORIGINAL NOTES
260722
3.77MB ∙ PDF file

UPDATED AFTERTHOUGHTS
written on Thursday 9th March 2023 – 226 days later

In my original comments about this session, I was a little more generous with my graphic. I have downgraded my original beliefs, based on something I take a little more seriously nowadays.
In this session, the spokesperson suggests a few snippets of information from ‘Colin’ to Marlene Woolgar. I naturally assumed that by the tone of the conversation and the knowledge I have of Marlene, this was a message from the late Colin Fry.
Marlene was given the information and asked to comment back to me. Sadly, there were no known truths in the comments from Colin. So, in the sense of relaying information through my connection on that occasion, the spokesperson failed, and that is not something I believe the spirit world would deliberately do.
I, therefore, conclude that my own mind must have inspired those words at that time, for reasons unknown.
I’ve always held the belief that if one message from the spirit world is accurate, then there’s more reason to believe everything else relayed. I’ve proven this theory many times in my own mediumship. But equally, if one piece of information is wrong, it leaves the door open for other information to be wrong too.
The police operate a similar belief. They are always looking for the one lie from a suspect. Once found, everything else the suspect says is thrown into doubt, leaving it needing more substantial evidence of truth.
Before anyone suggests I’m overly harsh about my mediumship and expected standards, listen up. I am. I have thrived to become the best I can be within my own potential. I believe we should be the best people to judge our own work because it is with us the real truth lies.
I would rather be an unknown decent medium than a well-known average one!
Your feedback is always welcome. Leave your comments below.
FROM SUBSTACK TIS ARCHIVES
- Why Do I Need To Sit In The Power?
- 10 Ways To Improve Confidence
- Am I a Great Medium?
- An Introduction To Auras
- Random Q&A About Jesus
- Question The Reiki Master
- Top 20 Crystals For Holistic Work
- Self-Talk Vs Spirit Talk
- Evidence For Continuation Of Life
- Lets Exercise
- I Am What I am
- Inconvenient Passing
- Freedom of Expression or Free Will
- The Common Denominator
- Before Its Too Late
- Today May Be Your Last
- When The Divine Sent Me a Real Angel
- When Saki Spoke
- The Medium's Convention
- Mediums Hate Being Wrong
- Direct Message From Spirit
- 10 Tips For Inspired Writing
- Is This The Word Of Spirit?
- Trust Others - But Should We?
- Ignoring The Global Warming Crisis
- Manners Matter
- Finding Your Inspiration
- The Healing Ring
- Sounds Good For Healing
- Inspired Writing - The Process
- 65 & Still Going To Die
- Being Introvert
- I Gave Up Healing
- Living Life Stripped Back
- Embrace Your Uniqueness
- 10 Bucket List Reads 2023
- The Cathedral
- Who's The Wisest Of Us All
- The Third Eye - Introduction
- Pendulum Healing
- 10 Myths Of Meditation
- An Emotive POV
- Should Mediums Be Sympathetic or Empathetic
CAVEATS
This is a topic that I’ve written about in the past. Since then, my views may have changed and I believe it’s time to update my thoughts through this post.
The following opinions are my only. If anything you are about to read differs from your current understanding, or is different from that of your tutors, check with them and go with what feels best for you at this time.
One of the most irritating observations I kept witnessing as a student of this work, was recognising that my tutors and mentors teaching me how to sit in the power and meditate, weren’t actually doing so themselves.
Equally annoying was when I shared a platform with other mediums who took no time out prior to the demonstration to prepare their selves. Whilst I was sat in silence with headphones on, in a small room backstage, the other mediums would be posting on social media, chatting to whoever came into the room and apparently oblivious to the importance of their forthcoming demonstrations.
This frustration stayed with me for many years. Why were some mediums, including me, taking time out to prepare for a reading or demonstration, when others appeared not to embrace this practice?
Unlike many other skills, there are no rule books or fixed methods for becoming a medium working with the spirit world. There are as many ways to learn mediumship as there are teachers teaching it. Why? Because we learn from and through the experience of others that are more advanced as mediums. Every tutor will have their own set ways and beliefs, based on their progression. But the challenge that often occurs is in what is good for one person, may not be good for another.
Whilst one tutor will strongly believe in the power of meditation as part of the process, another tutor might choose to focus on other aspects of the work. These differences often leaves students, such as me, confused. My observations have led me to discover that most tutors will encourage their students to meditate, to the point that their workshops often start with a session of meditation. I’ve often thought that this was just a way of filling an amount of time where the tutor didn’t have to do much!
So, should or shouldn’t a student of mediumship learn to sit in meditation and the power of their own energy? The short answer is yes. I’ll explain the reasons later. Is meditation essential to the process of communicating with the spirit world? No. Again, I’ll tell you why I believe that in this article. Am I therefore suggesting that a new student to this work could become a medium without taking time to meditate and sit in the power? Possibly yes, though more likely no. Oh the confusion!
To appreciate the challenges of becoming a medium and improving on one’s abilities, the learning process is often broke down into two key areas – development & unfoldment. Though these two aspects are connected, each involves a different process. It is worth bearing in mind that there is also an overlap between these two aspects of the work.
The development of a student’s mediumship primarily comes from the practical learning and understanding of the task. Tutors will share techniques through group exercises, for example. The student learns the ethics, the understanding of communications, the relaying of the messages, the recognition of spirit connections, the history and the philosophy. Through the process of learning these abilities, and many more, the student develops their mediumship abilities and the process of unfoldment begins.
Unfoldment is a personal process. Although the process of unfoldment can be taught, nobody can make a student unfold. It’s a natural process that happens over time. It happens when our established beliefs are challenged with new and exciting ways. Our senses become heightened. Our understandings, thoughts and perceptions change and we gradually, over time, reveal abilities that we didn’t even knew we had, or have been long forgotten and buried due to the normal ways of living, peers, family and friends and those we’ve associated with. These people in our life have influenced us to become who we are.
The unfoldment process peels back much of those conditions gained in our lifetime, and shifts our focus to the inner self. As we learn the art of communicating with the spirit world through the development process, we naturally unfold. So, development can be taught, unfoldment is a natural by-product of that development, through learning and practising.
Of course, everyone is different. Some people, like myself, are slow learners, while others rise to the challenges involved with ease. Some students are more accepting of the changes required, whilst others rebel a little, dismiss things being taught them, and often believe they know different. I’m describing myself in the latter statement!
When you compare those two statements in that last paragraph, it’s somewhat clear to appreciate that one set of students are going to progress, develop and unfold their potential quicker than the other type. But let us appreciate that this entire craft of learning to communicate with the spirit world is a personal journey. We’re not in a race, nor are we becoming mediums to compete with others doing the same.
Now that is all on the table, let’s look at the subject of this article, meditation for spirit connection purposes. To answer the question, we must also throw a few more facts into the mix.
Many of the finest mediums around the world became aware of the spirit world around them at a very young age. They are what is commonly referred to as ‘gifted’. Though we will never really know why this happens, it is widely accepted that the Divine or universal forces specifically chose them.
This throws up another question. Aren’t we apparently all born equal? Well yes we are but circumstances rapidly play a part in our early development years. We were all born with the same skills as Mozart to play a piano. But his environment and those around him, coaxed and encouraged his early gift for music.
Our ‘gifted’ mediums are therefore already advanced in the acceptance and understanding of the spirit world. Meanwhile, the rest of us are shaped by our peers, parents and life circumstances. Any potential we might have to become a medium in later life is hidden, covered over by life, and often ends up as a subject we don’t consider, pursue or even believe in, thanks to our peers!
The next fact to appreciate is that everyone alive on earth has a force from the other side watching over them. Some people refer to these helpers as guides, inspirers and other romantic sounding names. They are always with each of us throughout our life. Perhaps they change occasionally and different guides work with us through different parts of our life, based on our circumstances. But rest assured, they are always there.
Those ‘gifted’ mediums became aware of these helpers early in their life. They naturally accepted these hidden friends as part of their life. They bonded, developed a relationship with them and most importantly, they learnt to trust them.
The majority of us live unaware of the helpers in the spirit world. We live our lives completely unaware that there are people in the spirit world ready to work with us and, to some extent, guide and manoeuvre us through our ordinary life, until one day, something sets a spark alight deep within us.
I was forty years old, in a dark place and without direction in my life. During the year 2000 several events happened together over a short period of months. These events were weird, like odd coincidences, spooky and just not normal, I thought. That was when my spark ignited. I was drawn to research mediumship, to discover whether it was all fake nonsense, or whether there was any truth in the claim that we live after we die.
This is how most mediums discover their desires to get involved in this life path. Something, sometime, somewhere, grabs their attention and ignites a spark deep within them. And that is when their new life path begins.
The problem for each of these people, such as with me, is that all that life has taught us, our religious beliefs, our motivations, our scientific beliefs, our peer opinions, our life experiences are now to be challenged and become subject to change. Every belief we hold about God, and about life after death are challenged with new information, new evidence and an ever growing new knowledge.
With every person’s circumstances being different, the amounts of unfoldment each has to do varies. If the person is like I was, ‘thick skinned’ as some would refer to it, much change is needed to become an effective medium. Sharing a secret with you, for the first four or so years of me being introduced to this new world, I had absolutely no plans to become a medium! I just wanted to understand the craft.
My first ever meditation teacher never actually sat in mediation herself. I couldn’t get my head around that. Mind you, she wasn’t a medium either, even though she brushed on the subject most weeks!
It was only a few years ago, after several decades of meditation, and sitting in the power, I began to understand why some mediums didn’t need to partake in the practice. One tutor I had, who remains a wonderful friend today, insisted that meditation and sitting in the power was essential for healthy mediumship. But whether he was doing it himself was not important. Why? Because he had been working with and aware of the spirit world since he was a very young boy. He’d had a lifetime of working with and understanding the subtleties of mediumship.
Sitting in the power of our own energy is a worthy way to assist our unfoldment. In doing so, we learn about ourself and our own spirit. It heightens our senses and awareness’s, and it produces the blank canvas we need for working as a medium.
To complete this article, here are a couple of other points worth mentioning. More often than we might be aware of, those mediums born gifted, do continue to sit in the power through meditation, even though they might appear not to have to. They do so in the knowledge that this will deepen their connection with the other side. Another point to consider is that the spirit world are very powerful and hugely intelligent. When they need to get communications across the veil, they will use whatever and whoever they can.
Being a medium is a privilege. Don’t ever think different. It’s not a right, or a given, that everyone will remain mediums forever. If the individual chooses to lead a life that is not remotely connected with a greater good, their powers of mediumship will diminish. Do I know that for sure? No, but I understand enough about the relationship we have with the spirit world to know that we have a duty of care with the work that remains important to both worlds.
SUMMARY
It is my view that every medium, whether born with an enhanced gift, or one found later in life, should regularly sit in the power of their own energy. In this article, I’ve explained why it’s not essential for the purpose of mediumship, but should be considered as important as any other techniques.
Some people might well claim to me that they are good mediums and they never meditate. Good for them. But how much better might you become through investing some time in getting to know themselves whilst developing a deeper relationship with the helpers in the spirit world.
Nowadays, I’ve found that I don’t need to sit for long periods of time in the power of my energy through meditation, to be able to connect with the spirit world. Like many other mediums, I can often connect in minutes or seconds, once I set the desire to.
I like to use the analogy of the bagpipe player. The player is always doing two important things. One action is in filling the bag with air through pumping with their arms. The other is in playing the notes through positioning of the fingers. Without the pumping action, momentarily the instrument will produce notes. But only until the bag is empty of air.
Consider that analogy when it comes to your mediumship. One works with the other, and in my view are equally important in the final outcome.
This has been another of those topics that, given the time, I could write a book on! For the purpose of the article, I had to be honest and fair to the readers. Yes, you can become a medium that doesn’t need to meditate or sit in the power. But why take the chance?
Even if I chose to stop my mediumship tomorrow or the next day, I would continue to sit in the power of my own energy. It is through doing that as regularly as I can, I have learned so much about myself and my relationship with my own higher Self.
The problem you might raise is that you simply can’t find the time, or even the desire to. Let me tell you, you have as many hours in the day as everyone else. Make time! Get up an hour earlier. Perhaps set a goal to meditate in the power every night before you go to bed. Just make the time.
It doesn’t have to be hours upon end either. Start with a goal to sit in silence for 15 minutes every day. Work on it and make it part of your life. Put it on your ‘To Do’ list, on your calendar, in your diary, or even on the fridge door. Create the habit.
Start every meditation with the same expectations – “I expect nothing to happen”.
Forget about having a busy mind, or not being able to focus for very long. These are all things that will be overcome with practise. But there is the answer, practise, regularly and without fail.
Should you do it before a reading or demonstration? Honestly, I believe yes. It sets the tone. It calms you down, it restricts nerves, it steadies your mind, it distracts your negative thoughts, and lots of other benefits, apart from the obvious external thing that it shows you to others as taking your work seriously enough to do so.
Ignore the other mediums that don’t bother to. They are doing their own thing and that is up to them. This is about you, about your mediumship, and about you becoming better as a medium.
Should you listen to slow calming music before a demonstration or reading and whilst meditating? Not necessarily. I use whatever I want to listen to at that moment. Sometimes it is new age instrumental music, while other times it will be my favourite piece of trance house music. Whatever rows your boat at that moment. It’s about escaping from this reality for the few minutes you choose and freeing your mind of the daily noise to focus inwardly.
I made up the analogy of the bag pipe player whilst I was writing this article. But isn’t that a wonderful parallel example.
I hope, as a student of this work, that I have shared something of value for you in this article. If you’ve read this far, you’re probably already steps ahead of others on this learning curve. My last words to you this day will be these: I strongly believe that sitting in the power and meditation are essential ingredients necessary for becoming a great medium and well rounded individual.

Learning the basic skills for mediumship is a relatively straightforward process for most people. Much of the skill involves learning how to connect with the spirit world, how to recognise that connection, and how to keep yourself out of these interactions as much as possible. Practising whilst learning is a crucial aspect of this development.
As with any new skill we learn, the more we practise, the better we should become. The result of becoming better builds our self-confidence. But new students to this work will often lack the needed self-confidence. Failing is part of the process of getting better, yet it can also have the effect of damaging our self-confidence in the process.
Self-confidence is a crucial aspect of personal development and well-being. It serves as the foundation for achieving goals, facing challenges, and navigating the complexities of life. In the practice of mediumship, self-confidence plays an often underestimated role. While some individuals seem naturally confident, others may struggle to believe in their abilities.
The good news is that self-confidence is a skill that can be cultivated and strengthened through intentional efforts and positive practices. The following list contains 10 simple ways you can improve your self-confidence and free your mind for better mediumship.
SET REALISTIC GOALS:
The worst challenge that a budding student of mediumship will have is in understanding what they can and can’t expect from their mediumship during their learning. Lowering expectations allows room for failures to happen during their development. Establishing achievable goals provides a clear direction and a sense of purpose. Break down larger objectives into smaller, manageable tasks. Celebrate small victories along the way, as each accomplishment contributes to a growing sense of self-efficacy.
PRACTISE POSITIVE AFFIRMATIONS:
This is one of the most important ways to change your self-confidence. It’s on this list for that reason, but it takes work. Replace negative self-talk with positive affirmations every time. Create a list of affirmations that reflect your strengths and capabilities. Repeat these affirmations regularly to reinforce a positive mindset and counteract self-doubt. “I am a good medium”, “I’m excited with my new abilities”, “I love this journey of self-discovery”, are three examples, but take time to create your own custom affirmations. Write them on a card and carry them with you. Read them regularly. Even if you find yourself not believing them, do it anyway. Eventually you’ll create more self-belief and confidence.
EMBRACE FAILURE AS A LEARNING OPPORTUNITY:
Occasionally failing at something we try is an inevitable part of life, particularly in terms of mediumship. The very nature of connecting with the spirit world is fraught with obstacles along the way. Even the finest mediums on earth, fail to communicate clearly with the spirit world more often than you probably believe. An important aspect of failing that is often overlooked is in the opportunity to learn from the experience. Failing to connect or to channel a clear message from the spirit world is useful learning experience that you should embrace. This should not be viewed as a setback. Instead, view it as another step forward in your development. Learn from the mistakes you might have made, retain the lessons from it and use them to improve and grow. Never over-analyse your errors. See them as part of the learning process and move on.
BUILD COMPETENCE THROUGH SKILL DEVELOPMENT:
Mediumship is not something that can be fully understood from a weekend workshop. It involves a life-long commitment of learning and excellence. Seek out the good tutors that are skilled in the art of teaching others. The lady that runs a local circle may not be enough for you. Don’t limit your abilities to those of your teacher. The life of being a medium of standard will involve learning and practising, always. If you find there is an area of mediumship that you’re good at, then don’t waste precious time working on it. Instead, focus on areas where you need to learn more. Don’t underestimate the power of knowledge in mediumship. The more competent and knowledgeable you become, the greater your confidence will be.
BE AWARE AND PRACTISE YOUR BODY LANGUAGE AND POSTURE:
Stagecraft is a very important reflection of your self-confidence. The way you stand, your dress code, the way you present yourself all serve to inform your audience of how confident you are. Your perceived confidence acts to ease your audience. Stand tall, maintain eye contact and adopt an open and mildly assertive posture. Use the power of silence to your advantage. Don’t speak until you know what you’re going to say and wherever possible don’t use filler words like um. Avoid fidgeting and doing other distractive actions. Learn to control the space. Be more confident in the way you present your message by being more certain in your responses.
SURROUND YOURSELF WITH POSITIVE INFLUENCES:
The people we surround ourselves with play a significant role in shaping our self-confidence. Choose to spend as much time as possible around supportive, uplifting individuals who encourage and believe in your capabilities. Minimise interactions with those who undermine your self-worth. Understand that partners or close family relatives may not have the same enthusiasm for your interests. Accept it and don’t expect any support to come from them. Instead, use your teachers and mentors to positively influence you.
ACCEPT COMPLIMENTS GRACEFULLY
Learn to accept compliments graciously instead of deflecting or dismissing them. Acknowledge and internalise positive feedback, as it serves as external validation of your strengths and achievements. Never, never, never confess that you don’t deserve the compliment, or that you aren’t very good. That only serves to undermine your own confidence. Instead, say something like, “Thank you. I appreciate your feedback. It means something to me.”
VISUALISE YOUR SUCCESS
Utilise the power of your mind to visualise yourself succeeding in various situations. Visualisation is something you can do in the privacy of your imagination without needing to worry about what others might think. Top performers in many fields will visualise themself winning, achieving their goals, before they’ve began the pursuit. Don’t ever underestimate your power of visualisation. Visualisation will serve to reduce your anxiety, thereby building your self-confidence through the power of your mind. Use this technique in alignment with practising positive affirmations.
CELEBRATE PROGRESS, NOT PERFECTION
Recognise that perfection is an unrealistic standard, and striving for it can hinder and damage your self-confidence. Instead, focus on your progress and improvement. Every lesson learned, no matter how small, is a step forward. A failure to connect, or forward a message has a lesson in it for you to learn. So embrace it and celebrate your effort.
STEP OUT OF YOUR COMFORT ZONE
Your growth and development as a medium will almost always occur outside of your comfort zone. Challenge yourself by taking on new experiences, new challenges, new approaches to your work with the spirit world and embrace the opportunities to overcome your fears. Each successful step beyond your comfort zone contributes to an increased sense of self-confidence.
SUMMARY
Working on and improving your self-confidence is a continuous journey that requires dedication and a lot of self-reflection. By setting realistic goals, cultivating a positive mindset, and embracing personal growth, you will enhance your confidence and embark on a path to greater self-assurance. Remember, building confidence is a process, and with patience and persistence, positive change is attainable.

There is one more bonus tip for Spirited Talk Envoys only. Subscribe, or log in to read it below.
There is one other aspect of your learning that will aid you in developing as a confident medium that is worthy of a mention. It is closely related to the stagecraft aspect of your confidence. It is how you present your communication to your recipient.
The way you present your message, the wording you use, has a massive impact on how it is heard and acted upon by the recipient, and how they perceive you as a medium. There are countless key phrases that, when used correctly, change the dynamic of a message.
One of the best ways to learn such key phrases is to spend time studying other higher standard mediums at work. This is something you can do in a live environment, or on videos found on platforms such as YouTube.
The phrasing they each frequently use has come from years of practising as a top class medium and learning their art of effective communication. There is a rich world of simple phrases that are available for you to learn. Start by always having a notebook at hand and writing them down, word for word.
Of course, at this stage these are not your words and may not flow as fluently as they would if they were part of your vocabulary. But, if you practise each newly acquired phrase in the privacy of your own company, they will become comfortable and will flow naturally as part of your communication with the recipient.
A book could be written on the psychology, the use and the reasons why such phrases work! Too much to cover in this section. But it is an easy tool for you to get on and use.
Let me finish by giving you a few examples of what I’m talking about. When you read these phrases, note how the communication has improved by the better phrasing of the message. Mary’s phrasing sound far more professional. In my examples, John is an average medium, while Mary appears a better medium.
JOHN:
“I’ve got a spirit with me, I think it’s a woman.”
MARY:
“I have a lady from the spirit world that wants to talk.”
JOHN:
”Sorry, my mind is filling with odd shapes and colours.”
MARY:
”Would you understand why this person is showing lots of shapes and colours?”
JOHN:
”Have you got a parent in the spirit world?”
MARY:
”I have a man with a father energy with me. Would you understand who this is?”
JOHN:
”Are the months of July and September relevant?”
MARY:
I’m aware that there is an event of importance in July. Also he is suggesting September too. Let me see if I can find out why those months are being mentioned.”
JOHN:
”You can’t take that. Oh well, take that home with you and it might come to you later.”
MARY:
”Perhaps I’m sensing that wrong. Let me work on it and see if we can find out what this person is trying to tell me.”
JOHN:
“I think . . .”
“I don’t know, but . . . “
“I wonder if . . . “
“This spirit is . . . “
MARY:
”I sense . . . .”
“I am being made aware of . . . “
“I feel . . . “
“This person is . . . “
There are many such tweaks that you can make to the delivery of your message that dramatically improve the communication and thereby reflect you as a confident, caring, and capable medium. Using such phrases with purpose and intent will serve to boost your own confidence as well as presenting yourself as someone that knows what they are doing.
EXERCISE
The next time you watch another medium demonstrating, forget whether their evidence is accurate and instead focus on their presentation through their stagecraft and their delivery. You will learn so much about them as a medium, and you might pick up a few tips or lines to add to your own vocabulary.
It is often suggested by other mediums and tutors that each of us should do our mediumship in our own way. We should not be cloning ourselves to be mini Tony Stockwell’s etc. I entirely disagree. The world of mediumship would be a much more uniform and professional place if we did all end up as clone-like mediums. But that is not the point of our exercise.
We are learning to better our self-confidence through our approach and delivery. Our natural personality will shine through when we have more confidence. We will be more assured of our abilities and others will automatically show a raised respect for us and our work.
If you have any comments or feedback, please feel free to leave them below.
Who’s the greatest medium of modern times, alive or passed? Let me give you a few moments to think about that. Perhaps in your mind, you’re bringing names from your recollections that you believe qualify for this award.
The problem with this kind of statement is that it requires a judgment to be made. The next issue to consider is who is making that judgment and what criteria are they using. When you consider those two factors, you’ll realise that any such statements about whose the best and worst are cannot be intelligently made.
But human nature dictates that we will make such judgments every day of our lives. The best football team is Liverpool, Bosch on Netflix is the best drama ever, the best meat to eat is chicken, the best drink is a gin and tonic, the best spirit podcast is Spirited Talk, and so on. It is me that made those judgments. You may or may not agree with them, but they remain only my opinions based on my likes, dislikes, and experiences.
I have been in the audience to watch many of the well-known mediums demonstrate in front of audiences of hundreds of people. Many of those mediums were television personalities, while a few were lesser known. Which was the best and what did I look for to judge them? The answer to the first part of that question is “wouldn’t you like to know?”
When I go to watch another medium work, I am hoping to see many different qualities within that medium’s demonstration, most important of all, the genuine evidence of a connection with the spirit world and rock-solid evidence from the spirit world. I will say here, that the last point is where many mediums fall down. But that is another topic for debate another day.
There are many factors that can affect a medium’s demonstration at any given time. The art of communicating with the spirit world is not guaranteed to be successful or enlightening every single time. Even the alleged very best mediums will do readings that are not really evidential. Here’s a true story from my personal journal.
Many years ago, I went to visit a well-known medium who was appearing at The Town Hall in Cheltenham. They were outstanding, with evidence of the afterlife lacing every sentence they spoke. As a budding medium myself, I was filled with excitement.
The following day, at the office where I worked, I shared my excitement with a fellow colleague. She then bought two tickets for the medium’s next demonstration the following night. One of those tickets she bought was for me. My work colleague wanted me to go with her to enjoy this medium and to accompany her in a crowd of “weird” people.
The evening came and there I was with hundreds of other enthusiastic people, and my work colleague, queuing up to witness this fine medium once more.
Within a few minutes of the demonstration beginning, I realised that something was wrong with the medium. He was talking nonsense and waffling about irrelevant stuff. After 30 minutes or so, the audience began to get restless. He was producing no evidence of even being connected to the spirit world. Every reading he gave to a member of the audience was off and weak.
The most embarrassing moment happened in the second half when he invited a woman in the audience to stand for the house cameras to pick her up. The medium then told her and the audience that he had her mother, June, in the spirit world with him. And dad was there too.
But the lady in the audience interrupted the medium and said, “My mother is at home, babysitting my kids, and her name is not June. My dad is a bus driver and is at work tonight.”
He then spent 5 minutes suggesting that the energy of a carnate person can come through, and that was his reason for bringing her forward. His explanation with neither believable nor even likely plausible.
For the remainder of that demonstration, the medium was dire. When the audience left the theatre, most were stunned and annoyed at how bad the well-known and well-loved medium had been.
I felt awful because I had recommended a work colleague to see him. At work the following day, the topic of conversation was about how mediums are just fakes. I could not defend the argument.
There is no such “best” award available to mediums. The entire subject is both emotive and subjective. There are no definite qualities required and there are no minimum qualifications. Being a good medium is not based on years of experience or the amount of evidence passed on. Neither is it about being the best performer in front of the crowd, or the most popular on social media. Being a good medium should remain personal and definitely a private ambition.
Do you believe that the spirit world actually cares who the best and worst mediums are? Not one iota! Their concern is only in communicating with us in whatever means and methods they can use. Of course, there are those mediums that are better aligned with the processes required and their conditions make them a better conduit for the spirit world. But that alone does not make the medium the best. Merely that the spirit world is finding that medium suitable and receptive.
“Human qualities, such as ego or arrogance, are not important to the spirit world, only that the person can channel communications on their behalf.”
From my own experiences, here’s a true story that highlights this point.
I was working with a small group of students in my home development circle. The only man in my group had desires to be a medium, but was showing no signs of grasping the basics. He was distracted too easily, being in the company of other young ladies. His attention span was poor and I often believed he had ulterior motives for attending the circle. But he was a likable guy and the others always wanted him to succeed.
During one session, he was invited to take the floor and give me a reading. He stood in front of us all seated, staring at him and hoping something of value would leave his mouth. It did.
For a few moments, he surprisingly connected with my mum in spirit and proceeded to give me a detailed message that absolutely nobody could have known. It wasn’t general information, it was a specific piece of evidence that only my mum would have known.
Tears rolled down my cheeks as my emotions got the better of me. This young man had passed a communication on to me that was probably the finest that any medium had ever given me. It was categorically proof. The student had witnessed the potential power he had within him and for a few sessions after that, he knuckled down to the job of learning.
That student’s story illustrates the points I am making in this article. Was my wayward student the best medium I had ever known? Absolutely not. Was the evidence he passed to me, the best I’ve ever received? Absolutely yes.
You see, often it is not about the medium, their personality, their fame, or their standing in the community. It is about the one piece of evidence that we receive personally through them, that shakes our emotions.
Perhaps it’s time that instead of us all judging who is the best and worst mediums, we should instead award the best and worst recipients of a message. Educating those that wish for a message, might help level the playing field.
So, are there too many mediums nowadays? Absolutely no. There’s not enough, in my opinion. Should there be a minimum qualification before a medium can work publicly? No. But there should be a minimum expected standard of professionalism and understanding of the subject. Should we be judging all the mediums? Try stopping!
ORIGINALLY PUBLISHED ON SUBSTACK MAY 2023
An aura is an energy field that surrounds living beings, including humans, animals, and plants. The common belief is that the aura is composed of subtle vibrations of energy that emanate from the subject and can be seen as a coloured halo or field around it.
In 1939, Russian inventor Semyon Davidovich Kirlian, invented a method of taking portraits using a metal plate and an electric current that he claimed could reveal the “life force” of his subjects. Kirlian photography became the common method to record an aura at that given moment.
From the image produced, an experienced reader could suggest various aspects that might be creating those colours and even some illnesses could be detected using these results.
The good news is however that equipment is not required to see auras. Everyone can learn the skills required to detect and see them. Though it might take some time to perfect and a lot of patience in the process.
Shortly before his death in 1945, Edgar Casey wrote an essay on this subject, called “Auras: An Essay of the meaning of colours”. His work on auras has been used as the foundation for many modern day students of the subject.
There are many interpretations of the colours and patterns seen in an aura, but generally, it is thought that each colour represents different aspects of a person’s emotional, physical, and spiritual well-being.
THE COMMON COLOURS
Here are a few of the common meanings for the following colours appearing in an aura.
Red: A strong red aura may indicate passion, energy, or vitality, while a dull or muddy red may indicate stress or anger.
Orange: A bright orange aura may indicate creativity, joy, or excitement, while a dull or murky orange may indicate fear or anxiety.
Yellow: A bright yellow aura may indicate intelligence, optimism, or confidence, while a pale or muddy yellow may indicate fatigue or confusion.
Green: A bright green aura may indicate balance, harmony, or healing, while a murky or dark green may indicate jealousy or resentment.
Blue: A bright blue aura may indicate calmness, clarity, or communication, while a dull or grayish-blue may indicate sadness or depression.
Purple: A bright purple aura may indicate spiritual awareness, intuition, or creativity, while a murky or dark purple may indicate fear or uncertainty.

It is important to note that seeing auras is considered a part of alternative and complementary practices and is no substitute for medicine. It is uncertain whether the aura colours can be manipulated from outside of the body, or whether the colours are determined entirely by the state of the body at that given moment, the latter being the common belief.
Learning to see auras can be a fun and interesting pastime but it requires patience, persistence, and practice.
Here are some basic steps you can follow to get started:
1. Learn to understand what auras are. Before you can start seeing auras, you need to know what you are looking for. Auras can be seen as coloured halos or fields around the body.
2. Find a suitable location: You need a quiet and comfortable place to practice seeing auras.
A space that is free of distractions and interruptions will help you focus your attention and energy.
3. Relax and focus: Settle and take some deep breaths and spend a few minutes relaxing. Focus your attention on the subject you want to observe. Try to let go of any thoughts or distractions that may come up.
4. Use your peripheral vision: Auras are said to be easier to see with your peripheral vision, so try not to look directly at the subject you are observing. Instead, focus your gaze on a point slightly to the side or above the subject.
5. Practice with different backgrounds: Auras can be easier to see against a plain or solid background, so try practicing against a white or light-coloured wall. You can also practice seeing auras against different backgrounds to see how they may change or appear differently.
6. Use your intuition: Learning to see auras requires you to be open and receptive to your intuition. Pay attention to any impressions or feelings you may get while observing the subject. This can help you identify and interpret the colours and patterns you see.
7. Practice regularly: Seeing auras takes practice, so make sure you set aside time to practice regularly. The more you practice, the easier it will become.
Remember, learning to see auras is a personal skill that takes time to develop, and everyone’s experience may be different. Don’t get discouraged if you don’t see anything right away, and keep practicing.
At first, you may rely on your intuition more than your eyes. It will take time for your vision to align to the aura. What that means is that even with your eyes closed and a focus of attention being on the subject, dominant colours of the aura may be experienced with the inner vision.
With time, patience, and persistence, you may learn to see the world in a whole new way and add a valuable tool to your psychic and spiritual toolkit.
AUTHOR’S CONCLUSION
I love the idea of being able to see auras, though my personal experience relies on my inner visions at this time of my unfoldment. An important aspect of this type of work is that the reader must have an understanding and familiarity with various colours and their interpretation.
Being somewhat cynical, having an aura photo taken can cost up to £70 and all you really have is a photo of yourself surrounded in a mist of colours. A reading on those colours is most likely only going to be accurate at that moment of time when the photo was taken. Photos taken as little as five minutes apart will vary quite a lot.
A related exercise that I do enjoy is placing a crystal or gemstone on a white piece of paper. Then gazing at it with a soft focus. After a few moments of doing this, a white halo can be clearly seen emanating from the object. I also enjoy doing this on people, though staring over someone’s shoulder can make them feel uncomfortable and does return some rather odd looks!
Many mediums will falsely claim they can see auras, probably to make themselves appear more mystical. But it is worth remembering that mediums are attuned to be able to physically see things that are often not real. That comes with the sensitivity of the work.
There are hundreds of books written on the subject of seeing auras. Most will claim to be able to teach you to see them after a few chapters. This is most certainly not the reality.
Aura reading, or more importantly, the meaning of colours, is a valuable and exciting skill to add to your toolkit. This is where your personal journal plays an important role for recording your experiences.
Where was Jesus’s body buried?
According to the New Testament, after Jesus was crucified, his body was taken down from the cross and buried in a tomb. The exact location of the tomb is not known with certainty, but the Gospels provide some information that may help to narrow down the possibilities.
The Gospel of John describes the tomb as being located in a garden near the place of crucifixion (John 19:41). The Gospel of Mark adds that the tomb was hewn out of rock (Mark 15:46) and that it belonged to a man named Joseph of Arimathea (Mark 15:43).
There are several possible locations that have been suggested as the site of Jesus’s tomb, including the Church of the Holy Sepulchre in Jerusalem, which is traditionally considered to be the most likely location. This site contains a tomb that is believed by some to be the one in which Jesus was buried.
However, it is important to note that the exact location of Jesus’ tomb cannot be definitively established, and there are other theories and possibilities that have been proposed over the years. Ultimately, the location of Jesus’ tomb is a matter of historical and archaeological debate and interpretation.
Could Jesus have actually been a medium of his day?
There is no evidence in the historical accounts of Jesus’s life and teachings that suggest he was a medium, as the term is commonly understood. The concept of mediums as they are known today did not exist in the time and cultural context in which Jesus lived.
Furthermore, Jesus’s teachings and actions focused primarily on spreading a message of love, forgiveness, and compassion, and on performing miracles and healings that were generally attributed to his Divine nature or the power of God.
While it is true that some of the supernatural events described in the Bible, such as visions, prophecies, and healings, may seem similar to what is commonly associated with mediumship, it is important to note that the cultural and religious context in which these events occurred was very different from modern-day beliefs and practices surrounding mediumship.
Therefore, while it is possible to speculate about what Jesus might have been considered if he were alive today, it is uncertain that he would have been considered a medium in the same sense as those who communicate with spirits from the other side of the veil.
Did Jesus have brothers and sisters?
The question of whether Jesus had brothers and sisters is a matter of debate. The New Testament describes several individuals who are identified as Jesus’s brothers and sisters.
For example, in the Gospel of Mark, Jesus’s mother Mary and his brothers James, Joses, Judas, and Simon are mentioned (Mark 6:3). Similarly, in the Gospel of Matthew, Mary, James, Joses, Simon, and Judas are referred to as Jesus’ brothers (Matthew 13:55-56).
However, some scholars argue that the terms “brothers” and “sisters” in these passages should be understood as meaning something other than siblings. For example, they suggest that the terms might refer to close relatives or even to disciples or followers of Jesus.
Other scholars, however, argue that the passages in the New Testament should be taken literally and that Jesus did in fact have siblings. They point out that the idea of Jesus having brothers and sisters is consistent with Jewish cultural norms of the time, and that other ancient texts and traditions also suggest that Jesus had siblings.
Overall, while there is no definitive answer to this question, the evidence suggests that it is at least possible that Jesus had brothers and sisters. However, it is important to note that the exact nature of Jesus’s family relationships remains a matter of debate and interpretation.
Are there any known relatives of Jesus living today?
There is no credible evidence to suggest that any direct biological descendants of Jesus are alive today. It is highly unlikely that any such descendants would be able to trace their lineage back to Jesus with any degree of certainty, given the many centuries that have passed since his time and the lack of reliable historical records from that period.
Furthermore, it is important to note that the concept of biological descent and familial relationships in ancient cultures was often different from modern Western notions of kinship. The idea of a direct biological descent from Jesus might not have been as important or relevant in the cultural context in which he lived as it is today.
There have been various claims and legends about Jesus having descendants or living relatives, but there is no credible evidence to support such claims. The question of Jesus’s family relationships and descendants remains a matter of debate and speculation.
What happened to Jesus’s mother?
According to Christian tradition, after Jesus’s death and resurrection, his mother Mary continued to live with some of his disciples, including the apostle John.
While the New Testament does not provide much information about Mary’s later life, some non-canonical texts and traditions suggest that she may have travelled to various places and played a role in spreading the teachings of Jesus. For example, some traditions suggest that Mary may have lived for a time in Ephesus, where the apostle John was believed to have lived and where there was a community of early Christian believers.
There are also various legends and stories about Mary’s life and activities after Jesus’ death, some of which are recognized by different Christian denominations and others that are considered to be apocryphal or outside the bounds of traditional Christian doctrine.
Overall, while there is no definitive answer to this question, the Christian tradition holds that Mary remained a significant figure in the early Christian community and continued to play a role in spreading the teachings of Jesus.
Are there any original scripts from the times when Jesus was alive?
No, there are no surviving original manuscripts. The earliest known copies of texts that describe Jesus’s life and teachings date from several decades after his death.
The New Testament, which is the primary source of information about Jesus and his teachings, was written in Greek by various authors, and the earliest surviving copies of these texts date from the second and third century CE.
There are also other non-related texts from around the time of Jesus that provide some insight into the cultural and historical context in which he would have lived, such as the works of the Jewish historian Josephus and the writings of the Roman historian Tacitus.
However, none of these texts are original manuscripts from the time of Jesus himself, and the question of what he actually said and did is ultimately a matter of interpretation based on the available historical evidence and religious tradition.
Could Jesus therefore just be a myth?
The overwhelming majority of scholars who study the historical Jesus believe that he was a real person who lived in Palestine in the first century CE. While the historical evidence for Jesus is not as extensive as it is for other figures from the ancient world, there are a number of reliable sources (mentioned in the previous question) outside of the New Testament that provide some insight into his life and teachings.
These sources all mention Jesus in some way, and while they do not provide a complete picture of his life and teachings, they do lend support to the idea that he was a real historical figure.
Moreover, the origins of Christianity and the spread of its teachings cannot be fully explained without the existence of a historical Jesus. The historical Jesus provides the foundation for the Christian belief system and the development of the early Christian church.
While there are some who argue that Jesus was a mythical figure or that his life and teachings have been embellished over time, the vast majority of scholars who study the historical Jesus agree that he was a real person who lived in Palestine in the first century CE.
Did Jesus shape the future of mankind?
There is no doubt that Jesus has had a profound impact on the course of human history, both in terms of religious and cultural development and in the broader spheres of politics, social justice, and morality.
Through his teachings and example, Jesus challenged the existing power structures of his time, emphasizing the importance of love, compassion, and social justice. His message of peace, forgiveness, and the inherent dignity of all people has had a lasting impact on Western culture and has helped to shape the development of modern democracy, human rights, and the rule of law.
Moreover, the spread of Christianity has had a profound impact on the history of Europe and the wider world, influencing art, music, literature, philosophy, and many other fields of human endeavour.
Of course, the impact of Jesus and his teachings has not been universally positive, and Christianity has been used at times to justify oppressive practices and unjust social structures. Nevertheless, the message of Jesus has continued to inspire countless people throughout history and has played a significant role in shaping the course of human civilization.
Does Jesus have a place in modern Spiritualism?
Jesus has played a significant role in the history of Spiritualism, which is a religious movement that emerged in the 19th century and emphasizes communication with the spirits of the dead as a means of spiritual growth and healing.
Many early Spiritualists saw Jesus as a spiritual teacher and guide, and his teachings on love, compassion, and the inherent dignity of all people were seen as consistent with the core values of the movement.
Today, there are many modern Spiritualists who continue to view Jesus as an important spiritual figure and seek to incorporate his teachings into their practice. Some Spiritualist churches and organizations include Jesus as a central figure in their services and rituals, and there are many Spiritualist mediums who claim to receive messages from Jesus or other spiritual guides who identify with him.
However, it is important to note that Spiritualism is a diverse movement with many different beliefs and practices, and not all Spiritualists view Jesus in the same way. Some Spiritualists may reject traditional Christian teachings about Jesus, while others may see him as just one of many spiritual teachers and guides.
Ultimately, the role of Jesus in modern Spiritualism will depend on the individual beliefs and practices of Spiritualists themselves.
Caveat: The author of this edition, (Trevor Baldwin) has undertaken research to establish the facts used within it as accurate. It is accepted however that others understandings may vary from those mentioned in this edition.
Have you ever spent money on a Reiki healing? The chances are you have, or have thought about it. Reiki is a wonderful system of healing and there are hundreds of certificate holding practitioners to choose from. Fifteen years ago, I trained for Reiki and have Reiki 1 and Reiki 2 certificates proudly framed and hanging on a wall in my sanctuary.
Have you ever spent money on a Reiki healing? The chances are you have, or have thought about it. Reiki is a wonderful system of healing and there are hundreds of certificate holding practitioners to choose from. Fifteen years ago, I trained for Reiki and have Reiki 1 and Reiki 2 certificates proudly framed and hanging on a wall in my sanctuary.
A few years ago, one of my young female students asked me if she should train for Reiki healing. At the time, I thought it would be good for her as long as she could afford the cost of the training and attunements. I said that because when I trained, it cost me several hundred pounds each for the two levels I completed and she was a young mother with children, often unable to pay me her £5 weekly circle fee.
A couple of weeks later, the student proudly announced to me that she had completed her Reiki course. I was pleased for her, though curious as to what she meant. Being nosey, I ask her how much it had cost, as a subtle hint that she owed me money for the circle fees, now around £30. She told me she got all three courses for just £150, a bargain.
Hang on a minute – alarm bells rang. “What do you mean, all three courses?”
She corrected herself and said all three levels. “I got them last Saturday and Sunday.”
I gave her a false smile, so as not to burst her bubble of pride and happiness. But inside, I was annoyed, no angry. But I could not explain to her why.
When I took my Reiki training, my teacher was quite serious about the procedure. She had advised me me to take each of the first two levels several weeks apart. The energy changes brought on during the induction procedure takes time for the body to adjust to.
So it was about a month for me to move through my first two levels. I had to produce evidence to my master that I’d been practising what I’d learnt on Reiki 1 before she would consider me for the Reiki 2 training session. At the completion of the reiki 2 training I was instructed to continue practising for a few months. I should go and use the new healing abilities on plants, animals and close friends. I should learn the new craft well, before my master would consider completing my training with reiki 3 – the master level.
I was expected to learn all the hand positions, the symbols and the wordology for my benefit as a new holistic healer and to demonstrate how I was ready to complete the training with the master certificate. To comply with this request, I joined ‘reiki-share’ events and offered ‘reiki taster’ sessions for free. My trainer believed that it was important I fully understood reiki healing to a good standard before she would consider me for a ‘master’ training and certification.
My circumstances changed during that period and I never took the master training. I believed I was not at a standard to be called a master and I respect the Reiki system too much to dilute it. I could have though. But my thinking was that this would have suggested a false representation of a respected age-old healing system that deserves to be taken seriously by the practitioners.
Interestingly, the student I am referring to never did anything with her Reiki in the time after that I knew her. When I questioned her subtly some weeks later, she could not even recall the distance healing symbol or its name. What a waste of money!
The heading of this article is “Question To The Reiki Master” and we finally arrive at my point of this edition. Many people turn to a Reiki practitioner on the recommendation of a friend, who is often promoting someone they know that does it. But the question you should be asking before you book and pay for a session should be, “what was the process of your training?”
Perhaps other similar questions worth considering might be:
Are they someone that takes Reiki seriously, or someone that does it now and then for a bit of cash?
Are they still learning and what is their procedure for specific ailments, such as arthritis?
What is the likely outcome from a healing session with them?
Have they got public liability insurance?
I’m not suggesting that having a reiki session with a friend’s friend is not worth trying out. But when there is a cash transaction involved, you should be asking yourself what you can expect of value from the exchange.
At the time I trained, I attended many Reiki practice sessions for a long time after ‘qualifying’. As a group, we often invited people to the group who wanted to sit as patients, for free. We encouraged interaction and feedback and took it seriously whilst respecting the power of Reiki.
Let me finish by making myself clear, I am not suggesting for one moment that Reiki isn’t a valuable system of healing. It most certainly is, and a good reiki session will be noticeable and felt. But if the practitioner is focused on earning money from it, and their ongoing training and learning is absent, then the long term affect is in diluting what is a wonderful holistic healing system into nothing more than a money-spinner for the talentless healers.
Personally, I do not charge for healing. I might accept a gift in exchange for the service, but that is not my motivation. I rarely use just the Reiki system with my healing, unless there is a specific need to focus the healing. Most important though, I never make claims that cannot be substantiated with evidence and never do anything that involves touching the skin unless it is someone I know very well. I follow a strict code of ethics and always listen to the patient’s requirements.
Reiki is powerful, when performed by a properly trained person. Help keep it that way by choosing your practitioner carefully and don’t forget to use your natural gut instinct when you make your choice.
COMMENTS
![]() | Liked (1) Reply Share |
![]() | Having learnt reiki 6 years ago I agree with everything you have said. I too have level 1 & 2. My teacher was great, I had weeks between training and receiving my certification, she even sent me away when completing level 2 as my energy level wasn’t quite strong enough to be issued with a pass certificate, I had to practice more before I earned that certificate. I had just started reiki on client when lockdown happened so I stopped. Since then I have only practiced daily reiki on myself. I feel if I were to work as a practitioner I would need to do a refresher courses. Great article. Liked (1) Reply Share |
ORIGINALLY PUBLISHED ON SUBSTACK 8TH MAY 2023
Semi-Precious gemstones and crystals are natural minerals that have long been used for healing purposes in various cultures around the world.
They are believed to have energetic properties that can enhance the health and well-being of the body, mind, and spirit. Today, crystals are often used in holistic practices to promote balance, clarity, and vitality. Most mediums and healers have a few in their collection. Readily available and often inexpensive to buy, crystals make a wonderful gift as well as being useful in your healing and meditation.
In this introduction, we will explore the top 20 crystals with a brief summary of their uses.
TREV’S TOP 20
1: AMETHYST

Used to enhance intuition, calm the mind, and promote better sleep. Often considered every medium’s favourite.
2: CLEAR QUARTZ

Often called the “master healer”. This crystal is used to amplify energy and promote overall wellness.
3: ROSE QUARTZ

Known as the “love stone”. This crystal inspires compassion, empathy, and can be used for emotional healing.
4: CITRINE

The crystal to use to promote optimism, prosperity, and creativity. Placing this crystal in a corner of a room is said to bring financial rewards to the home.
5: BLACK TOURMALINE

The protection crystal. Used for protection against negative energy and assisting with grounding
6: SELENITE

Often used to enhance intuition and promote spiritual awareness. Also a good choice crystal to use in a meditation.
7: CARNELIAN

This gem is known for its ability to promote motivation, creativity, and confidence. It is often used for manifestation work.
8: LABRADORITE

A crystal is to enhance intuition, promote spiritual growth, and protect against negative energy.
9: BLUE LACE AGATE

The calming crystal with soothing properties. A good choice to use for reducing stress and anxiety.
10: AMAZONITE

A common crystal often used for promoting emotional balance, communication, and harmony.
11: FLOURITE

A crystal to enhance balance, mental clarity and focus.
12: HEMATITE

Commonly used to promote grounding, adding protection and increasing vitality.
13: LEPIDOLITE

Suitable for use with healing and balance. This crystal is often used for meditation and stress relief.
14: MALACHITE

A powerful crystal used to promote transformation, growth, and self-discovery.
15: RHODONITE

This crystal is used for for its ability to promote forgiveness, compassion, and emotional healing.
16: SMOKY QUARTZ

A popular crystal to enhance grounding, protection, and balance. Also often used to promote relaxation and relieve anxiety.
17: TIGER’S EYE

A beautiful crystal used for its ability to promote courage, confidence, and self-motivation.
18: BLACK ONYX

A crystal used to promote strength, offer protection, and assist with mental focus.
19: GARNET

Used to promote vitality, passion, and motivation. This crystal is often used to boost energy levels.
20: MOONSTONE

As its name suggests, this crystal is known for its connection to the lunar cycle. It is used to promote intuition, emotional healing, and feminine energy.
Collecting and using crystals is exciting and enlightening. Whether polished or in their original raw state, these beautiful and natural gifts from the earth add another dimension to your unfoldment for healing and spiritual work.
FYI
Trevor’s favourite crystal, not included in the above list, is LAPIS LAZULI

If the spirit world connect to us through our imagination, how do we know the difference between them talking and our own mind chat? What are we listening to at any given moment? Is there a technique to defining the differences?
I’m speaking for myself here, but if there was ever a way to have a daily printout of all the thoughts I’ve had, I’d hide myself away on a desert island! Not even the greatest psychologists or psychiatrists could untangle such a spectrum of pointless brain-noise!
Equally, if there was a mind-speaker that could be heard aloud, my mind would shock, surprise, intrigue, confuse, worry, frighten and occasionally delight anyone listening. I have a monkey-mind as it is often referred to. But I’m no different to anyone else, if the truth be known.
From the moment we wake in the morning, until we finally fall asleep at the end of the day, our mind feed us a constant flow of thoughts, which more often than we would care to admit, offer no real purpose or use in our life at that moment. That is our imagination at work. Like a tap turned on with no way of stopping the flow, right?
The annoying aspect of all this unwanted thinking is in how little sense our thoughts make, compared say with a newspaper content. You’re reading my words as I wrote them, in nicely formed sentences with a beginning and an end. My writing is disciplined, fluent and focused. I just wish my mind acted like that more than it does!
So, as a medium, how do I define the difference between my thoughts, and those of a spirit person communicating with me?
The truth is easier to understand than you think, but it does involve some discipline and practice. The first thing to lightly ponder over is how much activity actually is in your mind. It’s a busy place, right? So the most obvious question might be to ask how much of that racket is already communications from the spirit world? Have you ever stopped to internally listen to it? Of course not. In the same way we don’t go around prodding everyone to make sure they are real people and not spirits amongst us. Rule one: The voice of spirit is often our own internal voice. It’s the origin of the content that we need to consider.
Honestly, the people in the spirit world have their own stuff to do, so it’s very unlikely that they are going to be injecting communications on our mind’s imagination willy-nilly. Why would they do that without good reason? After all, they know their efforts are likely to go unnoticed anyway.
Consider your mind as the surface of a big pond in a rain storm. When you observe the surface, with your mind’s eye you can see rain drops hitting the surface, each one creating a ripple. Hundreds of ripples, representing the thoughts of the mind. It is our highly intelligent conscious mind that responds only to what is appropriate at that moment.
You may be driving, mowing the lawn, reading a book, carrying out a task at work, or any one of thousands of other things you do every day. Your conscious mind is only hearing and responding to what is important for the task in hand. You might even be able to plan the evening meal while doing something else. And again, your mind feeds the thoughts you want to hear. But more often than you care to imagine, there are a lot of stray and random thoughts trying to grab your attention. Threads of thought that, if we were to follow one, would lead our imagination off in another direction, all be it often temporarily.
But surely we can’t control the place in our mind where all this imagination lives?
Imagine we take five or ten minutes out to sit somewhere alone. We close our eyes and we focus on that surface pond with our mind’s eye. We watch the ripples, knowing these are being created by our thoughts. We see ourselves sat by the pond, observing the water’s surface.
We focus only on this pond and don’t allow our minds to wander from the subject. We imagine that the rain hitting the surface is decreasing and fewer ripples are appearing on the pond. (Because you are focusing on this, that really should be happening. Your mind is quietening.) Now we speak to the spirit world in that place we’ve created.
“Hello, I am Trevor. I am listening and ready to hear you.”
We remain focused on the pond’s surface, observing how fewer raindrops are hitting the surface. We create a still surface with our mind. Our mind is quieting all the time and finally we have the perfect conditions to hear the spirit communicators speak to us.
All very easy. But how do we progress this?
We allow our own spirit to speak through our imagination. It might be simple at first. Allow our own higher spirit to speak, using our own mind’s voice.
“Hello, I am with you.”
Is an example of what we might hear ourselves saying. It’s up to each of us what we want to say to our self! But before someone suggests that that is nothing more than our own imagination, consider this: How do we know? You see, we have to understand that the spirit people will communicate through our minds, and the only way we can recognise it is in our imagination. Hello? Your imagination. The place used by the spirit people to communicate with you. Let me repeat – your imagination.
Finish your exercise by saying thank you and return to your normal state of thinking. Let all the ripples return!
Is That It?
Not entirely. But it’s a good start. We’ve now learnt how to set the environment. We’ve learnt how to adjust our focus and, to a greater or lesser degree, we’ve learnt to settle our mind and make space for other communications to be heard.
It is now down to each of us to practise this every chance we get. Internal listening. Controlling the environment in the mind. In a sense, meditating with focus. During this process we are creating space and opportunity for the spirit, our own spirit, our higher spirit to talk and be heard.
Let the talking begin! Perhaps we might like to ask our higher Self a question or two.
“What is it I need to work on?”
“To whom am I listening to?”
“Is this really only me talking to myself?”
Our answers will come from our own higher Self. The great news is that the answers will be absolutely accurate. Effectively we are asking the questions, and then answering them. Nothing more complicated than that. But ask the questions and allow our own spirit to answer. The key is to listen to the answers though – that is the important part.
Surely That Is Just My Own Imagination?
Yep, you got it! It’s nobody else’s is it? But we’re now creating an environment, a place in own imagination where our own spirit can speak and be heard. What’s even more exciting is that those working with us in the spirit world will know that. They can use that place at last!
The more we do this, the more we’ll start to be able differentiate between our ‘daily’ mind noise and the voice of spirit. We’ll develop trust and appreciation. We’ll grow a love and a desire for this new skill. We’ll become more accepting and less judgemental of everything that comes from this place in our imagination.
The title of this post is “Self Talk – But Is It Spirit Talk?”. Hopefully, now we have come to realise that there is little, and often, no difference. Self is capitalised, because it refers to our higher Self, our own higher spirit, which let’s remember, is connected to the world of spirit.
When I first started publishing my ‘Words From Spirit-Inspired Writing” sessions, there was always an internal battle going on in my head. “Am I just making this up from my imagination” was the question I was asking myself time after time.
Day after day, week after week, I persisted with the writing. The more I wrote, the more I built a relationship with the spirit communicators. Over time, I come to accept that the words I was transcribing were coming from a higher source than my own ‘daily’ imagination.
I had learnt to trust, to accept, and to understand with clarity the difference between my own planted thoughts and those of the spirit communicator. I learned how to understand their messages when words weren’t all that were being used. I learned how to stay focused, how to reject my ‘daily’ imagination when it wanted to interject. I set rules and boundaries and stuck to them.
Nowadays, I know the words I transcribe are not of my own daily imagination. They are from a higher source that uses my mind. All I have to do is internally listen in the same way every mental medium should. I set the intent.
The Only Problem We Might Discover
The only problem we might discover is us personally. We are the only obstacle. Our doubts, disbelief, lack of trust, inability to listen, to accept, to acknowledge that our higher Self, our very own spirit and those living in that same place are talking through our imagination.
Listen Internally Exercise
Find someone you know and ask them if you can practice a new technique on them for a reading. When the time comes, spend a few moments creating the environment in your mind. Focus within that environment and spend no time focusing on the person you are reading for. Say aloud what you’re hearing from your spirit and continue to focus internally whilst saying aloud what you’re hearing. Ignore the person in the room and focus on the spirit person in your mind. Ignore worrying about the order and the detail of what you are relaying. Just keep that conversation flowing. There is where the evidence is, not in the room with the person. They are only the recipient.
Say everything you hear, without needing a validation from the recipient. Keep the flow going as long as you can. Don’t worry about listening to it yourself and analysing it, just share it without filter.
Here’s what you will discover. The recipient will tell you at the end how amazing some of the communication was. You may even impress yourself!
Some people might read this article and suggest that the process of listening to spirit has been over-simplified in these words. They would be incorrect. All mental mediumship works this way. The differences come in how each medium has learnt to trust themselves and how disciplined they are in using this process.
Too many mediums focus only on getting names, dates and information that’s evidence before they’ve learnt the art of listening internally without filtering, judgement, or alteration.
Our best mediums today, such as Paul Jacobs, Tim Abbott, Eileen Davis, Darren Brittain, and many other household known names, have been doing this from a very young age. They hear these voices inside with ease. They have established the environment internally and they trust.
A lot of emphasis is often placed on ‘Sitting In The Power’. Preparing ourselves through this process by learning to understand ourselves and in doing so, creating the right environment for the internal communications to happen.
Is this an important practice? Absolutely yes. It could be viewed as cleaning the internal environment. Understanding ourselves more and doing the preparation work for a lasting relationship with the spirit connect.
What I hope you’ve learnt from this article is that there really isn’t some magic power to working as a medium. Like any craft we learn, the more we practice, the better we get.
In this article I have deliberately simplified the process. The real secret in becoming a better medium is in how much you learn to develop these three abilities:
TRUSTING
PRACTICING
ESTABLISHING A RELATIONSHIP WITH YOUR HIGHER SELF
One of the first rules you will need to establish is denying your doubt to suppress you. If you find yourself talking internally with words such as “This is only me making this up”, you’re allowing yourself to be defeated before you’ve even begun.
Make extra effort to find a few minutes every day where you can work on that internal environment. Use the pond analogy if it helps. Learn the discipline of quietening the mind noise through focus. That is, after all, what meditation and sitting in the power is about.
Should you need to do this every time before working as a medium?
Possibly yes. The more you learn where this environment is, the easier it becomes to get there. Counting steps down is another analogy often used. But I stopped using that one years ago, because it needs the mind to decide when you are ‘down’ enough stairs. I found myself cheating it too much. The pond analogy, on the other hand, is a natural process of stilling the mind that doesn’t require our mind to state when we’re ready.
The more you work on this, the easier it becomes. Eventually, like many of the life-long mediums, you’ll learn to go to this internal place at ease and without needing to sit for minutes or hours preparing.
You are going to have to learn to talk internally though. That is the real secret. Talk with your own mind’s voice, and soon you’ll be realising that what you are hearing from yourself is from a source other than your own daily imagination.
Many mediums in our churches and venues are too concerned with their own presence, how they look, what people think of them, and other ego driven properties. Their depth of connection to the spirit world is therefore often shallow, flitty and without depth of content. Yes, stagecraft is important, but only after we have learnt the art of mediumship first.
My intentions through my words is not to clone myself. You are you and how you work is up to you. But I do hope that sharing these techniques will help you in some way to become better in your work with spirit.
Mediums have a difficult enough task as it is when it comes to proving their abilities. They offer themselves naked, metaphorically speaking, to strangers if they are doing their task correctly.
Unlike artistes in other public performances, the medium enters the public arena with no scripts. Other than stagecraft skills and a few well worked lines to glue their words together, the key ingredient is out of their hands. What key ingredient? Summed up in one word – evidence.
When a medium offers their services to an audience, be it a single person in a private environment, or a gathered audience in a venue, there is only one thing expected of them. That is evidence. Evidence that there is a continuation of life. Without it, the medium is like a painter without brushes. The role of the medium is to bring forward evidence from the person in spirit that they are continuing to live since their earthly demise.
A medium can be polished, confident, cheerful and even entertaining. But without revealing any evidence from the spirit world, they are missing their purpose.
But what exactly is evidence?
This is one of the most misunderstood aspects of mediumship and often judged wrongly by both the medium and the recipient. More often than not, evidence comes as a collection. Yes, it would be nice to receive names, dates, and the like, every single time. But the reality is that this form of evidence is not always going to be captured by the medium.
People tend to want to believe that if a medium is connected to someone in the spirit world, surely getting their name, address and earth date of birth is just a matter of asking for it? Those expectations only reflects the person’s lack of knowledge about the processes involved in the communication. There are many elements that the medium has to overcome for ‘pure’ communications. More often than we’d all like, the messages they relay are diluted or lost in the translation process between being received in the medium’s mind and being relayed through their voice.
When listening to a medium that is relaying a message to you, it pays dividends to record the session, take copious notes, and listen without expectations. The evidence may be subtle, but evidence none the less.
In a meditation one day, I had a friend that had passed over come through to me. At first, I doubted that she could have done so, so soon after her earthly passing. During her brief conversation with me, I recognised her voice in my mind. I recognised also her way of talking, the form of the words and the way she looked at me. But the clincher for me was when she made a specific movement with her eyes and her face that I could not have recalled with my own mind.
That was evidence without words and immediately allowed me to accept without question that she had connected with me.
Be alert for the tiny elements of the medium’s communication. Perhaps in the way they are standing, or the way they are using their hands. The way the medium repeats something, ticks in the wording, phrases and sayings. Remember that the medium should be bringing forward the essence of the person in spirit, not just the specific words you want to hear.
As a medium myself, I would suggest that there are many messages and communications from the spirit world that have failed to reach their intended recipients. Partially because the medium was slightly out in the wording or expression, but more so because the recipient was hoping for something specific that the medium hadn’t received or relayed.
Some mediums may not be attuned enough to carry out the task of mediumship to a high enough standard to satisfy their audience. It happens! No medium is guaranteed to be good every time. But so long as their intent is from a good place, and they’ve not taken money with false claims, that is how it rolls.
Gold nugget evidence comes with experience, with practice, and with an understanding of the process of mediumship. But the biggest mistake most new mediums make when getting to grips with their new craft, is by focussing too much on pleasing the recipient and not staying attuned to their connection.
Of course the medium should be seeking evidence to back up the connection, but that should not be the only focal point. As discussed earlier, strong evidence can come in many forms and not just through words alone. Mediums that filter their messages are often removing the actual evidence in error. Instead, the medium should report everything as it is happening.
“I’m sorry, but this person is picking their nose for some odd reason. . . “
or
“He’s very quiet with me. I’m not hearing him clearly. “
or
“I wish she’d stop swearing at me.”
All of those are pieces of evidence that could be vital to the recipient. But if the medium chooses to ignore them, evidence from the connection is lost.
In my humble experience and based on my own development, the worst condition a medium can find themselves in is in not trusting that the spirit person is present. They are, it’s just that the medium is not allowing themselves the freedom of expression for fear of ego damage.
I have developed a relationship of trust with my spirit connection through my work of transcribing the words of spirit (WFSIW). These days, I rarely seek evidence. Why? Because I know beyond question that the words I am transcribing are coming from a source higher than my own imagination.
By removing those two elements from my work, (trusting the spirit connect is there & wasting time seeking evidence that is not required), my communication link is stronger and free to flow without inhibitions. This in turn strengthens my connection.
So let me summarise. In a public situation, as a medium, you will be expected to reveal some evidence of a continuation of life. But that evidence may not only rely on specific words or facts, instead, on expressions, an essence of the person, or a tiny detail that would be unique to the person in spirit. The strength of the evidence will largely be due to the depth of the medium’s connection, and their experience in understanding what is and what isn’t good enough evidence.
As a recipient of a reading from a medium, there are things you should always be watching and listening out for. Look out for mannerisms of the medium, gestures, expressions, silly words, the way the medium is interacting with their connect, and many other tiny elements that might just prove the medium is connected to whom they claim to be.
5 MYTHS TO WATCH FOR
| A good medium will always reveal evidence.
Not so. Even the best mediums will occasionally fail.
| There aren’t that many good mediums.
There are more mediums capable of connecting with the spirit world than the few well known names of stage and television.
| Mediums are only any good if they were born with a gift.
Nonsense. They may be more stage-crafted, but age or experience plays only one part in the picture. A student can produce evidence from their mediumship after only days or weeks of learning. When the spirit world want to pass something on, they will find a way and a person.
| The more a medium charges, the better their experience.
Money has nothing to do with it. Many fine mediums rarely charge a fee at all.
| This medium is well known and has a big profile on social media.
And? We’re talking about mediumship abilities. This is not about publicity, egos or popularity. They might well be a great medium, but the words ‘international medium’ count for nothing in their abilities as a medium.
ORIGINALLY PUBLISHED: 1st January 2024
It’s a brand new year, and we’re blessed to be here on Earth to experience it. Hopefully, some of us will undertake some goal-setting in the form of resolutions. Some of those should be based on your spiritual unfoldment. What it is you hope to achieve this year and how you intend to unfold more of your potential.
There are many ways we can sharpen our senses ready for better clarity needed for communicating with the other side. Often, you’ll be able to pick up a few tips and techniques at a local spiritual church workshop, online and in books. Tim Abbott has released two wonderful books primary based on simple, easy to follow exercises for the purpose of raising your personal standards of communication with the spirit world. Invest in yourself and get a copy.
If you don’t have any spare cash, there are still many things you can do to improve your sensitivity. Let us start with your hearing for example. Here is the link to a YouTube video in which you will hear many voices talking at the same time. Text on the screen will ask you questions about the voices as you listen.
This is hard work, but will help you sharpen your focus on one single voice whilst ignoring the others.
After you’ve attempted that one, perhaps something a little more quiet! Sit yourself down and close your eyes. Start by acknowledging all the sounds you can hear in the room. Listen very carefully. Closing your eyes will direct more of your focus to your hearing.
You should be able to recognise a few sounds around you. Perhaps a ticking clock, or the occasional creaking of a radiator cooling or heating up. You may notice you have a bit of tinnitus that’s now in your focus. You should be hearing your breathing. Challenge yourself to do this exercise until you can hear five different sounds.
Now expand your hearing to the world outside. The sounds of traffic, lawn mowers, aircraft overhead, birds, insects on the windows, wind and rain, Your goal should be to stick with it until you’ve recognised 20 sounds in total. Exercise over.
Internal and external hearing is important in mediumship work. Often we only have a split second to hear a message from the spirit world, a name or some detail that might be crucial evidence.
One more for you, to cement my point!
Take a look at the following video and see how you do. Let me give you a clue. Look further than the question asks.
Ok – we’ve proved how little we actually see when we choose to only focus in a narrow point. Try this out instead. Sit yourself comfortably. Find the following items, without moving, that can be found around you and on sight:
a screw
a reflection
a metal nut
an LED
a single hair
a nail
a capital letter
the time
a zip
something chrome
How did you do? Struggled with the nail? Did you think of those on the end of your fingers? I never said what sort of nail!
One final sense I’m going to include is the one of touch, sensing if you like. Sit comfortable with your eyes closed. Breath through your nose only. Sense the air as you exhale as it caresses your hands and arms. Keep your focus on it until it is so obvious you can’t ignore it.
Related to sensing, get someone to help you with this one. Stand close to a wall with your eyes closed. Now ask the person with you to start from the opposite wall and to silently move very slowly towards your back. Tell them to stop moving when you first sense them. Now turn around and see how big your aura is!
The exercises I’ve included are just a few of the many things each of us can do every day to heighten our senses. What’s another word for a medium? A sensitive. So it makes sense to work on our sensitivity every moment we can. And it is great fun, if nothing el
It’s December 9th 2023 and a few moments ago there was movement detected on the Ring camera positioned to view our home front door and driveway. The view from the camera is one of rain, lots of rain. The weather has been like that for weeks in our home region of the country. It was just a raindrop on the lens that triggered the detection. I just smiled.
My laptop sits on this table nicely positioned for my use. I’m sat under the welcome shade of a patio shelter outdoors. I’m not sheltering from rain though, that is rather more rare here. We’re in Lanzarote enjoying another two weeks at our favourite location.
I’m wearing shorts and a tee-shirt with sandal crocks on my feet and my trusty Fedora is keeping company with my sunglasses alongside me. This is my heaven on earth! Jane is in her heaven on earth place too. She is lay on a sunbed in the hot sun, and positioned next to the pool. She has everything she wants with her. A Kindle, her cigarettes and ashtray, sunglasses and a towel.
I swear one of her previous lives was as a lizard, a famous inhabitant of this island. When the sun comes out, Jane heads into it, creamed to the eyeballs and ready for her epic tanning session that would last until sunset, if she were allowed that freedom.
This year we will have spent ten weeks all together in Lanzarote. But if you didn’t already know, I can’t just rest and do nothing. I have to be busy doing something, such as flying my drone, taking photos, meditating, automatic writing, playing with my Tarot, and writing content such as this.
Every day in some fashion, I am working on myself and my connection with the spirit world. Yes, every day. I’ve had this routine since the Covid thing. I was forced to retire from my day job and was of an age we both decided was close enough to retirement to make that move.
Retirement means different things to different people. There are those that believe it’s akin to entering God’s waiting room. These people fear not having any routine, losing a social life, their work comrades, and often, a regular income to sustain them.
That’s not what retirement is for me. Honestly, I don’t even know why I use the phrase! My life is packed with stuff to do every day, and Jane would quickly add, stuff that needs doing too! I haven’t got time to do nothing! I often joke with God that I’m not ready to go home yet mate – too busy here. I do hope he listens!
This morning, when I opened the lid of this laptop, I got excited. I gathered all my stuff that I might need and proceeded to open a blank draft sheet for The Inspired Spirit. I had no idea what I was going to write about. I had no plan, other than I was going to write an article. For around a minute or so, I stared at the logo for The Inspired Spirit. And then I knew what I would write about today. It was all in the title.
I can’t believe I came up with that title, The Inspired Spirit. It is so bang on the nail in describing me and my new life these days. Every day in some small or large way, I am inspired in my work with the spirit world. I am constantly learning new things about myself and the connection. As Glyn Edwards once said, “The more you learn, the more you’ll find there is more to learn.”
Many other mediums put themselves out there in the public eye and present themselves as the complete article, so to speak. Internationally renowned, expert in this and that, medium to the celebrities, and available at a price. My portfolio would read, – Trevor, the psychic apprentice, flawed, incomplete and impressed by nobody!
For me, the spirit connection is just a directed thought away. Those unfortunate to have to work with me from the other side are constantly frustrated by me. I must surely annoy the hell out of them. But I know they are with me. I witness their miracles, almost daily. I understand that when they communicate with me, and for that matter all of us, it would be their last resort to have to use just words.
Words are limiting, restricted to specific meanings and often void of the wider sentiments. Instead, the spirit world use feelings, emotions, instincts, intuition, life experiences, and so many other ways to communicate with us. If they have to use words, they are obviously struggling to get through to us, and the fault lies with us only.
This year I have been the channel for many spectacular miracles of proof that life continues. I’ve been responsible for uniting many people with their loved ones in the spirit world with evidence that I still find staggering to believe. One of my more recent examples was when a man in the spirit world kept shouting at me, one single word.
I wanted to ignore it, until I realised it must be important. The word he shouted was ‘Amputee’ over and over again. Nothing more, just that one word. It was enough. When I said it to the recipient, he declared without hesitation that it was his father. He’d lost part of a leg from the knee down. What an incredible miracle of communication between the two worlds.
Over just the months of this year, I have witnessed tears of joy, excitement and happiness. I’ve witnessed scepticism wiped away as ‘gold nuggets’ of evidence have been received and forwarded through my hesitant lips. I’ve witnessed the undeniable proof that indeed, life continues after the earth one ends.
Am I anything special? Absolutely not, nor should it be thought of that way. I am just an inspired person with an inspired spirit, working with passion, belief and a knowing. I share these words today, not to impress or endorse myself – I could do without that nonsense. I do so in the belief that you too have the same driving force within you.
If you don’t recognise yourself in these words, then work on it. Make it become your reality. Become your own inspired spirit.
Now then, it is time to close this episode. The sun is blazing down on Jane and I need to get her some fluid. I will be shortly doing a meditation and sitting for some more automatic writing, a new message from my spirit team. I’ll then play with my cameras and drone perhaps, go for a walk, make dinner for us and breath in more of this fresh clean air. Thank you for supporting me during this year past.
Originally Published on Substack: 111223
COVER IMAGE – photo of Anna & Frank Gravestone
It was Christmas Eve in 2009 when I sat at the hospital bedside of my Mum, with my brother, sister and other close relatives. Mum was not going to live much longer. She was riddled with cancer and now seemingly in a state of unconsciousness.
As the day passed slowly passed into the evening, Mum’s body continued to fight to stay alive. We knew that was what she was doing – fighting to remain on earth. My brother and I remained with her throughout those dark hours, knowing that any one of her slow, snatched and shallow breaths could be the last one.
As midnight drew nearer, we remarked that it would be typical of Mum to hang on until Christmas day. And she did. Shortly into the very early hours of the 25th Mum did indeed take her final breath on earth.
At the time, all of us remarked how Christmas day was now always going to be the day Mum passed. Like a drop of black paint added to pure white paint, there was a tiny sense of annoyance that the one special day of the year was now forever slightly different.
Everyone of us will have stories of a loved one passing over on a special date. Fact is that passing away on Christmas day is extremely common and the chances of dying on that day is higher than any other day of the year.
A Swiss study also discovered that there is a 14% more chance of dying on your own birthday. How about that for timing? When combined with the higher chance of dying on Christmas day, it’s clear to appreciate that somewhere, someone is going to lose a relative or friend on either of those two dates.
But add your own birth date, and all the dates of others in the close family circle to the mix. Then add anniversary dates, such as weddings, retirements, operations, holiday dates, bank holidays, and so on you’ll soon realise that if we could have a choice of when our loved one passes, there would be fewer dates than you could imagine to choose from.
My family all believed that my Mum deliberately passed on Christmas day, because that’s what she’d have chosen to do. She liked the attention and loved being in the spotlight. The truth is, this is another kind of pathetic fallacy, where the conditions match the occasion.
Of course, the truth is, I don’t know what deep inner thoughts are going on in those final hours. Perhaps some instinctive desire to survive was still working within Mum and she’d set a goal to make it to Christmas for her own reasons. But my belief is that when the moment comes, we have zero control of when it will be. Dates and times don’t play any role in the afterlife. They are merely ways we mark our life here on earth on a linear timeframe.
But if you were looking for evidence to support a weak claim that more people pass on Christmas day than any other, here’s a list of ten well-known people that left this world on the 25th of December.
George Michael
Dean Martin
Charlie Chaplin
James Brown
Eartha Kitt
Yoshihito
WC Fields
Jim ‘Motorhead’ Sherwood
Ray Illingworth
Janice Long
I chose those names from an extremely long list I found on the internet.
But this is not evidence that Christmas day is any more popular a day to die. I then search for folks that have passed on my birthday. The list was equally as long, as it would be for any date, though I was impressed to discover that George Gershwin left this world as I arrived!
So, although I’ve looked at this somewhat light-heartedly, the day and date we pass is nothing more than that. As far as I’m aware, we have no choice, if our passing is natural and not brought on by means of human intervention. The chances are extremely high that when you or I pop our clogs, someone will be a little annoyed that it was on their special day.
But as I end this article, perhaps for the fun of it, consider what day of the year you would choose to pass, if you had a say. For me, I think it would be on my birth date. That would save some money on the memorial plate!
Originally Published on Substack: 041223
I’ve always had a fascination with the age-old debate as to whether we really do have free-will to live our lives as we want, choosing each direction we take and thereby determining our final destiny.
I wrote about this topic in another article recently, where I stated my position in the debate. As a reminder, I don’t believe we do have free will, that is, total control of our destiny in this life. The original article for WFSIW included words spoken to me by a speaker in the spirit world.
Instead of calling it free will, the speaker suggested we should be careful not to get it mixed up with ‘freedom of expression’. I was enlightened by that new phrase. It appeared to define a difference between the absoluteness of free will, as I believe we don’t have real control, and decisions that we each make every day of our life.
We express ourselves through our words, our actions and our decisions. That is our freedom of expression. But I remain resolute that we do not have complete control of our free will. I believe that our life on this planet is somewhat predetermined. The challenge with making such a statement comes with a risk of offending those that are suffering from major illnesses. They might argue that there is no way they would ever have chosen such a life of pain and suffering before they arrived here. I agree with them entirely.
But the big problem with this argument is that so long as we are living as mere mortals on this planet as biologically solid forms, we can never know what forces were at work before we came here. We have no way of truly knowing what our soul is striving for from this life.
Our destiny in this life, I believe, is predetermined. Of course, problems with our body can appear to change the course, or decisions we make may appear to alter the destination, but the truth is, we don’t really know. There are arguments for, and against my belief of us not having true free will.
This is why I loved the phrase introduced by the speaker in spirit – freedom of expression. How we express ourselves through this life is entirely up to us as unique individuals. Our spoken word, our fashion and décor tastes, our food likes and dislikes, our habits, hobbies, career choices, manners, characteristics, personality and so much more, reflects our freedom of expression.
Example of a definition in one dictionary
Free Will:
– Voluntary choice or decision. (example: I do this of my own free will.)
– freedom of humans to make choices that are not determined by prior causes or by Divine intervention.
After the original article was published, I received a few comments from readers. In this first response, the reader puts forward an argument suggesting that they believe that animals display free will. Here’s their words:
Dear Trevor.
As an animal communicator, I see the effects of animals using their free will often. Dogs, when arriving at their new families, will jump the highest fence to get away, if they don’t like them. They are usually gone within a day.
I always advise the animal shelter that brought them to this family not to bring the dog back, when found, but to find them a new family. Many cats are leaving their families right now, because of the negative energy.
When you hug a tree and listen to its sage advice, you realize that trees live in families and make decisions as to where they stand and how they interact with each other. The free will is underground in their roots.
Don’t rich kids get a carte blanche to shop anything their hearts desired? No limits. Shop till you drop over? I think the speaker was talking about today’s environment in social media where the tone is absolutely aggressive and unkind. I have people telling me I should colour my hair, buy other clothes. Their remarks are neither kind or uplifting. Appearance competence.
People listen to what I say. This is a difficult skill. How to I get peoples’ attention, to listen to me? You need this competence to be a good team player. I teach this in my classes.
Although the speaker said that this message was philosophical, it was difficult reading, it didn’t flow. Usually there is an example that illustrates the point, that was missing here. I felt that the speaker was not an educated person but very proud of what he could accomplish on the other side. He most definitely was a kind person, maybe someone who worked in a leading role in a team, i.e. construction worker or factory supervisor.
This was a long piece, the words came flying out. Wishing you a nice day.
Very interesting comments. But I can’t define from what the reader says regarding animals whether that is true free will, or the dog’s way of expressing their feelings through the freedom of expression. Other paragraphs also suggest a freedom of expression rather than real evidence of free will.
The reader is correct when suggesting that the speaker’s argument was weak and without evidential foundation. But isn’t that the point? Whilst we live life here on earth, and perhaps thereafter in the next world, we cannot prove we have true free will.
Another reader wrote the following comments in support of free will.
Thank you very much Trevor and your Spirit Communicator/Friend.
I have chosen for one feature wall in my bedroom, Raspberry Diva, the other 3 walls are white, and very nice it looks too!
We had a dog many years ago, a border terrier, Oz. If we went on holiday leaving him with my Dad, (who spoilt him rotten) we would come home to a dog who decided to sit with his back to us for a few days, to let us know he was upset for being left. Bless him.
As for plants – when speaking to my cousin the other day, I remarked that my garden is still looking beautiful and many of my plants were still thriving. She, on the other hand, said pretty much all of hers had died (she lives in Scotland) with only one Dahlia remaining out of six purchased, I asked her if she talks to her plants, telling them how beautiful they are? She said she didn’t, but she does tell them off for not performing well. I laughed and said, “no wonder they don’t want to stay around”! Luckily she laughed too!
Again, I can only see evidence of a freedom of expression in those stories, rather than evidence of a Divine free will. The bedroom décor and the dog’s attitude were from a freedom of expression. Regarding the flowers, I think the reader stumbled on the reason for the difference in the different state of their gardens when stating the friend lives in Scotland, where the seasons are different to those in England, especially further south.
If I were to take the time and write a book on the subject of free will, I can only think of two things it would prove. One, how no matter what I cited as evidence, I would not be able to prove either way that we really do have true free will. Two, how boring the book would be and how useless the contents!
In conclusion
I remain of the belief that we don’t have free will regarding the destination of our life on earth, possibly not in the next world either. The debate is just that – a debate with no final answer. I base my belief on the evidence, all be it minor, that I have acquired through my education and experience from working with the spirit world. I have adopted the speaker’s suggestion that the choices we make are often only our freedom of expression.
If I choose to end my life, or some earthly intervention ends it for me, there is no evidence to support that it was my own Divine free will at work. But I am open to learn more about the topic and although I don’t believe we have true free will, my mind remains open to the possibilities we indeed do. But I will require evidence!
ORIGINAL AI PODCAST VERSION
THANK YOU
I would like to thank everyone that takes the time to leave their comments for us all to read, in particular the readers responsible for the ones quoted in this article. I’m sure we’ll all revisit this debate at some point during our remain time on earth!
Originally Published: 271123
Whilst outside in the cold, brushing up leaves this morning, I heard the words, “common denominator” echoing in my mind. I knew that it was being suggested to me that I should write an article on the subject for The Inspired Spirit. But what to write about this subject was still a mystery, until I started this.
I sat at my desk and woke the computer screen from its sleep state. The app that was open on the desktop was WhatsApp. My attention was drawn to the two groups that I’m part of, in particular, the one created for Jane and I and our recent new holiday friends we met in Lanzarote.
It was at that moment, I realised what the connection with that and today’s title was. The more I let my mind open up into creativity mode, the more I realised how this mathematical term means to us in life.
I won’t waste time explaining what a common denominator is, I’m sure you all remember it from the school years. If you don’t, quickly check it out on the internet. It’s words that sound far more complicated than what they mean.
I must confess though, I’m making all of the following words up as I go. I’ve no qualifications as such, though my life experiences count for a whole lot in these later years.
|| THE INTEREST LINK
Our new friends in the Republic of Ireland are fabulous people, and we love knowing them. We met because they were our neighbours from our last villa holiday. We hit it off immediately and spent several nights into the wee small hours chatting and drinking.
They are both Catholics, I’m a Spiritualist. Our chatting included both subjects and were light-hearted and friendly. In those final few days together, we made the easy decision of swapping contact details and Mary (not her real name) suggested starting a WhatsApp group when we all got back to our homes.
For the first few days and weeks, we were messaging each other very frequently about stuff we were involved in. They have sons who are leading racing car drivers in their class. This was something that interested me, so I showed interest.
As the days passed and the holiday faded back into the archives of our memories, the text conversations slowed down. As I looked at the open WhatsApp group title this morning I realised something important. Our common denominator was not so common.
It was of course, our neighbouring villas on our recent holiday that brought us together. That was the common denominator. We don’t live close enough together to meet up occasionally. Our lifestyles are different, as are our personal interests and daily routines. The truth is, without that common denominator, we would most likely have never met and become friends.
I’m not concerned though. There are other aspects of our lives that will keep us as friends, and one day we might well share more time together on our paradise island. We are friends and will continue to be, at least I hope so. Other not-so-common denominators will work to keep us together. I’m half Irish and could apply for an Irish passport. We all love Lanzarote. I gave them evidence-packed readings. There’s three more common denominators!
|| WHAT IS OUR COMMON DENOMINATORS
You , reading this, and me, writing it. What unites us as friends? Perhaps you’d like to stop reading for a moment or two and give it some thought. If you want, you can share your thoughts in the comments below. I know what you’ll likely say!

The more you give thought to friendship common denominators, the more you’ll realise that without them being present, some friendships would be stretched. The common denominators are there, but you might have to think about what they are.
|| WHY MIGHT THIS BE IMPORTANT IN OUR MEDIUMSHIP?
During my time as a medium, more often than not, I have found that those connecting with me from the spirit world have revealed a common denominator. They mention a hobby, a pastime, or an interest they had that I can relate to.
They might share a habit or a way of living I might understand. They might talk to me about cars of their era, descriptions of their homes and details I could relate to, such as gardening, DIY, etc.
I like it when I find a common denominator from the connection. I feel it strengthens the temporary relationship. They’re not always going to be obvious, but when we consider the words us mediums use, we can tell when we’ve found a common denominator. The medium that declares, “I like this person,” or “I would have got on with her/him”. That’s a subtle sign that unknowingly, the medium has bonded through a common denominator.
This is an interesting tool we could store in our mental toolkit. Ask the person in the spirit world, “What would you and I have had in common?” or similar, “Do you believe you would have related to me when you were this side, and if so, why?”
The worst case could be that there wouldn’t have been any obvious common denominators. Fair enough – nothing lost in trying to find one though?
|| USING COMMON DENOMINATORS
Whether for the work we do as mediums, or in everyday life, seeking the common denominators between us and the other person is a useful tool for creating a relationship. Often, these links will be obvious, while occasionally, the link may need to be worked out. But it’s a wonderful people skill to have and to be aware of.
Think about it for a moment as we wrap this article up. Outside of our shared interest in working with the spirit world, what common denominators joins you and I? There are many, I am sure, but which common denominators comes to mind?
One final thought. Do you recall what the opening graphic in this article read? Now scroll back to the beginning and read it again.
Originally Published: 201123
The day started like any other. Jane and myself were to go shopping for a new recliner chair for Jane. She made sure that her Mum, Barbara, knew that we’d not be around for a few hours, asking whether there was anything she needed while we were out. Barbara said no and we felt confident we could leave her safely at her home for a few hours.
Although Barbara was fiercely independent and living in her own home, Jane visited her at least once every day. Barbara was in her nineties, of apparent reasonable health and content with her life. But today was to change all that.
Barbara chose to pop off in her car to a local Coop and pick up a few supplies that included a packet of Coop brand luxury mince pies. As she left the shop with her shopping bags, she started to cross the road back across to her parked car. But she never made it to the other side.
We believe she experienced a major bleed on her brain causing her to collapse immediately into the gutter. According to passers-by that immediately rushed to the spot, Barbara was conscious for a few minutes, able to apologise for her state of being.
It was nearly an hour later before an ambulance turned up, by which time Barbara was in a coma. She never came around again. Barbara passed to the spirit world on 1st December 2022 aged 93.
We are often reminded that tomorrow is not guaranteed for us. Today, this hour, this minute, could be our last this side of life. But when you hear that somewhat morbid sentiment, do you brush it aside and believe that you are different? I most certainly do, and it was definitely what Barbara would have done.
Jane and myself have some small comfort in knowing Barbara is back, reunited with her life-long husband and family. We have received evidence of that through my mediumship. But it doesn’t stop us missing her presence on earth. Hardly a day goes by where we don’t talk about her or Dad, her husband.
We live with the peace of knowing that, even if there hadn’t been issues with the ambulance service and she’d been kept alive, her life thereafter would have been dramatically different. The peace for us comes in knowing that apart from the actual brain bleed, she never suffered days, weeks or months of pain and disease.
The events that day changed the way Jane and I view the future. Nothing is guaranteed. We know that the time to enjoy life and to do the things we want to do is now. Not next year, or the distant future, now this week, this month or as soon as we can.
As we approach the first anniversary of Barbara’s passing, we cherish all the memories, the photos, the videos and the good times we had with her. She remains around us and part of us. I believe she would be saying to us very loudly, get and do the things you want while you’re able to. Tomorrow is a gift that may not be delivered to you.
Originally Published: 131123
Cover Image: Picture of Susan with OB Plate
A few days ago, I received an email from someone called Jon. In the short message, he claimed he knew me from years ago and had been trying to contact me for a number of years. He asked if I would contact him back as a matter of urgency.
Unsure who Jon was, though I had an inkling, I responded by asking for more details. Jon replied quickly and reminded me he was the husband of Susan P, who I once worked with twenty years ago.
After he’d validated who he was, I arranged to phone him later that afternoon. After a few minutes of opening pleasantries, he got straight to the point.
“I need your help Trevor.” he said.
I was unsure what he meant by this. He then broke the news to me. Susan was dead. I was shocked. I sat at my office desk, wanting to cry. I could not comprehend the news properly. Susan was about my age, we’d worked together for a number of years and got on very well. She was like me in that she had found her true love later in life and was happier than most could ever realise for it.
In the early noughties, I was new to this way of life and Susan was one of the few in the office that tolerated my new obsession, with an interest in it of her own. But the company went into financial troubles and I left to go my own way to set up a courier business. Soon after, Susan also left, as did others from the company. We never spoke again.
Being a more ‘professional’ medium now, I somehow knew that I should not ask Jon the details of Susan’s passing. I explained to him how knowing would only become an obstacle if I were to connect with her. This is exactly what Jon wanted, and needed, me to do.
That is as much as I’m going to share with you about that story for this episode. I don’t have Jon’s permission and although I believe he would agree, I’m not prepared to share anything more yet, suffice to say, Susan did come through to me with incredible evidence of her continuation of life.
I had hoped the telephone call had brought some comfort to Jon. His heart was torn apart and life had become a struggle without the only person he cared about missing from it.
The sentiment that Jon repeated to me time and time again during our conversation was, live today because tomorrow may be too late. I’ve always believed that to be the best approach, more so as I grow older.
It involves another one of those fine-line balances though. Of course we have to be realistic, save some money for the future, plan ahead and live life as normally as we can. But we should also keep in mind that although we may be alive and well today, tomorrow is another story waiting to be revealed.
Share your love with those that matter most to you, today. Let them know what they mean to you. You can’t overdo this, contrary to what some might lead you to believe. I always say to Jane, when she tells me to stop saying I love her, that she can’t stop me telling her! “If I want to tell you I love you, I will!”
Jon’s life ahead is an uphill climb. He has to rebuild his life and come to terms with his loss. But he will, I am sure of that. He now knows that Susan remains around him and wants him to find some peace within himself.
Let me finish this with a repeat of Jon’s message to me, and really to all of us. Live life today as if there is no tomorrow. Don’t put off doing things until a time that may never come. 🔹
MEDIUMSHIP IS A PRIVILEGE
I’m humbled to be a medium and being able to connect with the other side. It’s one thing I take seriously. Like so many other mediums, I consider myself an ambassador for the spirit world. It’s not entertainment. Mediumship brings with it a duty of care, of compassion and of setting a high standard for the role.
When I share stories, such as the one about Jon, I do so in the hope that others may appreciate that being a medium is not a party trick, or a cash cow, or a way to seek fame. It’s a way of life that brings with it so much hope, love, and comfort to those we are called upon to help.
There is no such word as un-word. What we say as mediums count, every single word. So choose with care, think before speaking, and always remember your duty of care.
Originally Published: 061123
Cover Image; Photo of Renacres Hospital
Jane was finally in a private hospital in Lancashire to have her painful lower leg swelling sorted. We had been waiting for this November day for some months, after the private consultant diagnosed exactly what was causing the swellings in her ankle and foot.
When someone suffers constant pain, those around them can only sympathise and show compassion. But they do not feel the pain, the anguish, and all too easily forget that the person is having to adapt and adjust to their awful situation. I know, because I have been guilty of forgetting Jane was in pain. On holidays, or wherever we went together, I would ask Jane to walk quicker, or further, selfishly unaware that she was suffering severe pain.
On Wednesday 1st November, I escorted Jane to the hospital for her arranged operation. Whilst I waited outside in the car, I found myself going through a range of emotions. Love, hurt, loneliness, fear, and even tears.
It is often said that one finds out how much they love someone close to them when the other person has gone or is in a desperate situation away from them. As I sat in the car for a number of hours, I had time to think. The lady I love more than anyone else ever was away from me in this hospital, that I could only watch from outside its walls. Inside, she would be suffering pain and discomfort, although temporary, and I wanted to be alongside her to hold her hand and reassure her how much I loved her.
As I sat there in the car, watching the window of the ward room Jane was in, I was reminded of, not only how much I love her, but how my own life would have probably panned out without her being part of it.
Twenty four years earlier, I had been in a dark place in my life. I’d been made redundant from my job, I was separated from my wife at the time, away from my three children, my car had been stolen and my father just passed away. I was alone, broke and in debt. I recall standing at the window of my first floor flat in Weymouth, watching an homeless person bed down in a shop doorway opposite. “There but for the grace of God, go I” I thought.
I contemplated suicide, for a few minutes. But for whatever reasons, I decided against that. I prayed to God, even though I was not religious in any way, asking for help to get me out of this crisis I was in. My life was a mess and there appeared no way out but to end it all.
From the moment I met Jane through the internet I was madly in love with her. She was beautiful and way beyond my league. She was educated with a degree, had a profession of standing, was financially secure and honestly, could have chose any man she wanted. I was broke, in debt, divorced, jobless and even without transport. Yet, over those early weeks of getting to know her, she seen something in me.
Since those days, we are now rarely apart. I often pinch myself when I realise how lucky I am. That prayer to the Divine was answered. The stupid dream pictures I had on my freezer at that time all came to fruition. The fancy big house, the nice car, financial security, someone to love and to love me. There is no doubt in my mind that without the Divine sending Jane into my path, my life would not have come to anything worthwhile.
Those of us that are deeply in love with another person will find it almost impossible to explain to anyone else how much they love that person. There are no words. It is beyond any description. The why, the reasons, the entire knowing, are the most powerful example of Clairsentience we can have.
While I waited in the car, watching Jane’s temporary hospital room window, I cried as the emotions caught up with me. My special lady, my soulmate, my life – how the Divine sent an angel to rescue me. Divine, take away her pain and suffering this day.
That was something I’d been praying for for many months. I’d spent night after night in healing sessions on her while asking the Divine to intervene. Of course, that happened. Today was the start of the repair, the recovery, the intervention from the Divine, as requested.
I share my story with you, so you may take a few moments to ‘count your blessings’. Tell that special person, that partner, that parent, that animal, how much you love them. Jane reckons I tell her about 500 times every day!
As students of mediumship, the more we learn about the processes involved, the more we will come to realise that communication with the invisible world is not limited to the spoken word. In fact, relying only on words will limit one’s ability to receive many more communications from the other side.
Let me refresh us on the more common ways we can receive a message, a piece of evidence, or a direct communication other than with words.
Through the art of clairgustance a medium can use their taste sense to detect an often valuable piece of information during a reading. This often combines with another of a medium’s senses, that of clairsalience, clear smells. This type of communication is more common than one might at first imagine. Most experienced mediums will have stories of when they picked up scents such as perfumes, cigarettes, and even body odours from the person in the spirit world.
One of the most popular methods used by the majority of mediums is that of claircognisance (claircognizance). Simply known as clear knowing. This is a really difficult form of communication with the other side to explain. It reaches beyond any physical or mental communications. One explanation might be that the information is passed to our subconscious mind where we unknowingly translate it into a gut feeling which renders us certain of the information, but without understanding why.
Again this sense is closely related to another common clair sense and that is clairsentience – clear feeling. In other words, being able to detect information through your body. As you can appreciate, it’s often difficult to define exactly what the chain of events is when we receive a piece of evidence.
Those abilities mentioned so far rely on the medium’s internal senses being attuned and ready to receive such information, none of which rely solely on words and language.
But There’s More!
The spirit world don’t stop there when it comes to getting a communication across. They will often use our physical world to put the message in our path. I’ve shared the following personal story in the past, but it’s worth repeating again, about the time I was driving a long distance and was hungry. As a diabetic, I need to be aware of my blood glucose levels. On this particular day, I hadn’t eaten yet and still had four hours drive ahead of me, with only a pack of sandwiches with me to eat.
I didn’t want to eat the sandwiches too early because of the length of the journey and the urgent cargo I was carrying had to be delivered non-stop. But I was worried about my blood levels being too low.
I asked my spirit guide, Saki, to give me a sign as to whether I should eat now or leave it. Within a few seconds, my van was overtaken by another van carrying the answer.

Coincidence? No, far too direct to not be a message from my spirit guide. This method of communication from the spirit world is more common than one might at first consider. Probably everyone, and not just attuned people, will be able to share at least one story of when they felt someone in spirit was giving them a physical sign of their presence.
There are challenges with this form of communication though. The first problem lies with the recipient. All too quickly people tend to want to find a logical answer as to why the incident happened at that moment. Of course, often there are genuine rational reasons. Receiving a random white feather on your lap, when you’re sat next to a bird aviary is hardly evidence of a communication!
The best forms of external communication from the spirit world are those that are very clear, such as my answer from Saki. The communication is clear, yet contains no use of spoken words or language. My requested answer was obvious.
It’s also wonderful if one can use a camera to capture the very moment, as a permanent reminder that the message was received. In the example above, I was able to ring-fence my dashcam footage and extract the photo later.
A medium that relies only on their mind for communication is ignoring many other ways that their spirit connect can pass on a communication. The two important rules to remember are: 1) Remain aware for the communication after asking and 2) accepting it when it is received.
After a recent edition of ‘The Inspired Spirit’ I received an email from Marianne Bolli, a medium and subscriber. Here is what she shared with me.
“A friend of mine had to go to the funeral of his awful mother-in-law. I told him to look to the skies for a message. On the day of the funeral, some small dark cloud appeared and created the picture of a witch on a broom.”
“I will send you the pictures by email. The witch had moved on, how nice was that?”
I have Marianne’s permission to publish this story.
Photo 1

Photo 2

Someone’s guides were having fun here! I’ve examined the photo closely in my graphic package and I cannot detect any photoshopping present. So for me, this is evidence of a spirit world communication.
Conclusion
Don’t limit your communications with the spirit world to just words heard in your mind. There are so many other ways that you can receive a message, if you’re ready for it, that is!
Imagine you open your morning post to find an invitation to a forthcoming mediums convention. You have been personally selected to attend, based on your mediumship abilities. Included is the date, times and place, all are convenient for you and you immediately want to book your place – it’s free.
You turn up on the day and nervously observe the hall contains many more mediums from across the world. The hall is heaving with a gathering of the most well known and finest mediums. As you stand at the back ready to take a seat, you scan your eyes around the room and immediately pick out plenty of familiar faces to you.
An official invites you to take a seat wherever you want. That introduces your first dilemma that will psychologically give a clue to your confidence in your own mediumship. Do you take a seat near the front of the stage or do you opt for a seat nearer the back where you can sit quietly without bringing attention to yourself?
OPTION 1: You chose the back: Why? Are you not proud of your abilities? Are you timid and don’t want to be seen as over-eager?
OPTION 2: You chose the front row: Why? Do you want to be sure to hear whatever is being said, even though there is a small chance you might be picked as a subject? Do you want to be seen by others? Are you so confident and proud of your mediumship that you didn’t give it another thought?
You notice that many people have a notebook and recorder. Did you bring one? If not, why not? Or you notice that you’re the only one with a notebook and recorder? Would you discretely put it back in your pocket so as not to look different, or do you leave it on your lap knowing that you will want to use it?
The host is introduced to the stage to a rapturous reception. The atmosphere is exciting. Within a few moments the host says the following:
“ Ladies and gentlemen. Below each of your seats is a piece of paper with one question on it. Would you bend down and take your sheet please.”
You read the question.
On a scale of 1 to 10, 1 being poor, and 10 being brilliant, what grade would you give your mediumship?
The host asks you to put a number that you believe is accurate for your level and you duly do so.
The host then asks you all to fold up your paper, so your answer is hidden and then invites everyone to come to the front and put their piece of paper in a bin that is in front of the stage. You do so, and then return to your seat.
Are you sat there thinking about your choice, wondering if you were over or under confident? Are you worried about what might happen next? Nothing more is said about that exercise until the afternoon session.
While you were enjoying dinner, the organisers had taken all the sheets of paper from the bin and sorted them into 10 smaller bins, numbered 1 to 10. As you return to your seat, you can see these numbered bins on the stage. You know which bin contains your piece of paper. But you believe that it didn’t have your name on anyway, so there’s nothing to worry about, right?
You learn from the host again that each of you in the hall had been carefully selected for this special event. The audience, of which you are one, is made up of people that are known to be devoted to their work with the spirit world. Some of the attendees are ‘big name’ mediums, some of which you might have said hello to during the lunch break.
The host now informs you all that there are now going to be just three demonstrations, each no longer than 10 minutes in length. Each will be chosen from three of the numbered bins on stage. It is now that the host reveals that each sheet had the seat number on, hidden with ultraviolet ink.
Are you suddenly feeling a little nervous? Was your chosen grade a low one or a high one?
The host then reveals that before the demonstration begins, two of the bins are to be removed. Which two do you think will be removed? Nobody chose number 1 as their grade, and the host asks for it to be carried off the stage. Nobody attending, even you have chosen number 1. You make a note in your notebook. What would you write?
What bin do you think was the second and why?
It was number 10. That surprises you. The host makes an announcement as number 10 bin is lifted for removal.
There was a pause. As the backstage assistant neared the stage exit with the bin, the host shouts, “Stop a moment please. Take the lid off the bin. Now turn it upside down and allow the contents to fall on the stage.”
Everyone is rivetted for the reveal. You know you didn’t choose that high grade. How many could there be amongst this room full of well-known mediums that chose number 10 as their grade? How many believe they are the best and wrote 10 on their paper? How many do you think
As the stage assistant removed the lid from number 10 bin and turned it upside down, there was a gasp from the audience. One medium in the room had written number 10 on their sheet. The host asks for the UV light so to reveal the medium’s seat number. Meanwhile in the audience, a stage assistant quietly goes to the ‘number 10’ seat and whispers something to the medium seated there. The medium quietly stands and leaves the hall.
The host speaks as the stage shows just 8 bins remaining. “If anyone in this room, filled with the finest mediums in the world, thinks they are that good, they’re not true mediums.”
What have you just learnt and what would you write on your notebook?
You believe the 10 minute demonstrations are about to commence. You might believe the odds of you being chosen have increased, psychologically speaking, though of course, only one medium has so far been eliminated.
The host speaks again, “Ladies and gentlemen, there is another bin that is empty.” The host requests a backstage assistant to come back on. When they do, the host whispers in the assistant’s ear which third bin they wish to have removed. Which bin do you think it would be?
The assistant walks off stage carrying the number 9 bin. The host announces, “number 9 bin was empty.”
What are you thinking now? What notes would you now make from what you’ve just learnt? The obvious note would be that none of the remaining well known mediums from around the world have considered themselves as good enough for those top grades.
Now it’s getting interesting. Have the odds of you being picked now increased, even though only one medium has yet been eliminated?
“Please come back on the stage,” the host calls to the stage assistant. “Could you reveal the contents of bin number 2.”
The assistant takes off the lid from bin number 2 and tips the bin upside down on the stage. Again, nothing fell out. The bin was also empty. There is a murmur around the hall, and yet again you make a note of that in your notebook. What did you write? What could you learn from that?
So far, bins 1, 2, 9 and 10 have been eliminated. Should you not be feeling more confident that your mediumship, as you understand it, is not that extremely different from everyone else’s? The range of grades on the remaining bins on the stage are now 3 to 8, everyone, including yourself is somewhere in that range of thinking. Six grades covers the finest mediums in the world.
The host announces, “Shall we begin the first demonstration?”
The host takes the lid off a bin and reaches in to select a random piece of paper. The bin he chooses is number 5. An ultraviolet light is used to reveal the seat number.
How are you feeling now? Nervous or relieved?
The seat number is revealed and it’s not you this time? You can relax and enjoy the demonstration.
If you graded yourself 5/10 had you been secretly hoping you’d be selected? Was your grade higher than 5 or lower?
After the selected medium completes their 10 minute demonstration, the host reveals that the second demonstrations has already been pre-selected during the lunch break. One of the two remaining mediums to demonstrate could be you!
How are you feeling? Have your nerves really kicked in now, or are you steadying your thoughts, ready to do a demonstration of mediumship if you are called? The first of the two remaining pre-selected mediums is called to the stage by seat number. It’s not you again. Are you relieved or disappointed to have not had the opportunity?
While you wait for the host to announce the final demonstration, you glance at the notes you have made from what you’ve learnt so far.
“Ladies and gentlemen,” the host announces. “I would like someone to volunteer to be the final medium to demonstrate. Please put your hands in the air if you’d like to be that medium.”
Would you be one of the mediums that doesn’t puts your hand up? Why not? What justification have you decided for not using this opportunity? Do you believe you’re not good enough? Do you believe you’d be too nervous and your spirit connect won’t be there when you need them? Do you believe that putting your hand up would be seen by others and show you as egotistical?
Or would you be one of the mediums that does put your hand up? Why? Are you proud of your abilities, no matter how good or bad you think you are? Would you see this as an opportunity to learn on the big stage? Have you the confidence to know that your spirit connect would be there for you, no matter what?
Let me tell you something. My hand would be up high. I would relish the opportunity to work in such distinguished company. I would not hesitate in volunteering. I would have written a number between 5 and 8.
But what about you? What’s your reasoning? Perhaps you’d like to at least be brave enough to share your decision below in the comments. Explain why you’d make whatever choice you’d have made. Why didn’t you put your hand up? Why did you put your hand up. Your call.
I hate being wrong, and I know you do too. With being a medium, getting something wrong is a regular occurrence, and one I wish I could put a stop to happening, but by the very nature of the beast, that’s not going to be any time soon!
The one blessing I have to support me is in knowing that anyone that claims to be a medium are often wrong in their work too. Of course, many of them would deny ever being wrong – but they are. Any medium that tells me they’re never wrong shows me two things about themself . One – they are delusional and two, they aren’t taking their mediumship very seriously.
But what is going on in our psyche when we’re wrong. I asked the Spirited Talk AI advisor, Arthur, to give me five good answers:
Ego and self-esteem: Being wrong can feel like a personal attack on one’s intelligence or competence. People often tie their self-worth to being right, and admitting error can be seen as a blow to their self-esteem.
Cognitive dissonance: When someone realises they’re wrong, it can create cognitive dissonance, a psychological discomfort that arises when there is a conflict between beliefs and actions. People may try to resolve this discomfort by either justifying their incorrect beliefs or changing them, which can be a challenging process.
Social pressure: Society often rewards being right and punishes being wrong, which can create a fear of embarrassment or rejection. Admitting you’re wrong in front of others can lead to feelings of shame or social anxiety.
Confirmation bias: Humans have a natural tendency to seek out information that confirms their existing beliefs and to avoid information that contradicts them. This bias can make it difficult for people to accept when they are wrong because it means acknowledging that their previous beliefs were flawed.
Fear of consequences: Depending on the situation, being wrong can have real-world consequences, such as financial losses, damaged relationships, or professional setbacks. This fear of negative outcomes can make people hesitant to admit their mistakes.
Fixed mindset vs. growth mindset: Some individuals have a fixed mindset, believing that their abilities and intelligence are static, while others have a growth mindset, seeing challenges and errors as opportunities for learning and growth. People with a fixed mindset may be more resistant to admitting they are wrong because they view it as a reflection of their inherent abilities.
Thank you Arthur. It goes without saying that not all individuals react the same way to being wrong. Some people are more open to admitting their mistakes and learning from them, while others may be more defensive or avoidant. Cultivating a growth mindset, practicing humility, and valuing the process of learning can help individuals become more comfortable with being wrong and more willing to correct their misconceptions.
My personal mindset has always been to remain a student whilst I’m representing my work with the spirit world. There is so much to learn and I am fully aware of how much I know compared with how much there is to learn. I believe that this is a health attitude to have and one that I’m not afraid to adopt every day.
The problem with this attitude, however, is in how others perceive me. Whether consciously or subconsciously, others consider students of mediumship work as “still learning”, or “he’s wet behind the ears.” They have unwittingly decided that they know more than me and therefore my word is less important. I refer to Arthur’s first point.
I am often wrong in my mediumship, but as I mentioned earlier, no matter who it is, or who they that judges me, I know they are often wrong too. The difference is, I can openly admit it without worrying about it. Of course, I’d love to always be right all the time, but I’ve not yet met anyone that is, even those that claim to be!
Recently I put the following statement and question to our TIS CHAT community on WhatsApp.
“You have a reading with someone you know nothing about. At the outset of the reading, you become aware of their father in the spirit world being there. How do you broach that situation with the recipient? Do you not fear being wrong, or misrepresenting the spirit person? Do you go straight in and risk being wrong? If you are wrong, how do you deal with the mental pressure you’ve just added to your already nervous situation? How do you deal with the fear of getting it wrong?”
Evidential medium Bill Cleary from Weymouth was the first of the community to respond.
“Do I worry about being wrong? Yes, I do. And there are times when I have bottled it. Why? Is it because I’m afraid of being wrong? In any other walk of life it is generally ok to be wrong depending on the situation, of course. But when it comes to mediumship one wrong answer could destroy the trust you are trying to build between yourself and the sitter and we know that trust once lost is very difficult to rebuild.
Bill has been honest and admits that the fear of being wrong has occasionally led him to withhold information he received but did not pass on because he feared being wrong.
Bill is pragmatic in his work though, and fully understands his role in his mediumship. He continued to explain:
“Mediums are conduits. We deliver what we are told. If we fail in that endeavour, we fail the sitter. As Mediums it is our role and responsibility to deliver the message. If we get it wrong so be it. Nobody’s perfect. The real “sin” is to sift the messages we receive to save ourselves the embarrassment of getting things wrong! If we adopt that approach then we have truly failed!”
“I trust my guides and accept my mistakes. If I panic, my link could be irretrievably broken and that, I suggest, would be worse than making a mistake.”
The challenge that mediums also have is in realising that, by the nature of the work, we are often super-sensitive and that makes things worse. The mistakes are amplified in our minds and we might choose to fester on the mistake for longer than we should.
How do we overcome that? Spiritual medium Steven Bird from Stirling in Scotland, appears to have the right approach:
“I don’t worry too much about it as there is not much point. I get it wrong on relationship frequently, but the names follow through and all seems to be okay after that. We are all working for Spirit and in them we must trust.”
“If others look at your mistakes and criticise, that is on them not you.”
And there is the solution! I’m often wrong (according to Jane, most of the time!), you’re often wrong, we’re all often wrong. That’s the plain and honest truth. We simply need to learn to accept it. Stop judging others for their mistakes, until such time that you don’t make any yourself.
Within our mediumship, there are many ways to deal with wrong information received from the spirit connect. The first and most important point is to understand that the spirit world are not often wrong. It is in our interpretation of their communication that the mistakes come about, more so if we’re unintentionally filtering and adjusting their original communication.
Spiritual medium Judith Graham from Cumbria explained to the TIS Chat community how she deals with getting a communication wrong: (this has been slightly edited for space purposes)
“In the early years, I had terrible stage fright, from fear of getting things wrong. I learnt to trust my guides. If I get a “No, I can’t take that.” response, I just ask the communicator for it to be put in another way the recipient can understand it. It works most of the time.“
Judith continued to explain, looking at the issue of being wrong from the point of view of the recipient:
“I remember my first time attending a spiritualist church. I didn’t understand the meaning of a message given to me by a medium because it wasn’t who I was expecting it to be from. Once, I was calm and back home again, I realised the message from the church medium earlier was from my maternal grandmother. It made perfect sense.”
“Earlier, I had desperately wanted the message to be from my recently deceased Dad. My mind just focused on him. Nothing else at that time was going to be relevant.”
Being wrong is normal for everyone. It’s how you deal with it that’s important. You could choose to let it spoil your rhythm, as I used to do, and let it play in your mind. Or you can learn from it and move on. Letting go is the best approach. As Steven mentioned above, the next piece of information might just be the ‘gold nugget’.
The secret is in not holding back information for fears it might be wrong. We mediums could all share stories of when we said something aloud during a reading that sounded completely potty, making us feel like nincompoops for a few seconds. But then the recipient smiles, and tells you they completely understand it. The evidence they needed might just have been in that ‘silly’ piece of the communication that you feared being wrong.
Here’s another wonderful story that Bill Cleary shared with us in our TIS Chat group on WhatsApp.
“Just a short anecdote to illustrate the importance of saying what you’re told.”
“I was doing a reading for a lady and her daughter and brought through the lady’s father. Out of the blue I thought he said to me,“
“I hate onions”.
“I admit, I nearly didn’t pass the message on but decided to anyway. Both ladies burst out laughing and it proved to them, categorically, that it was their relative. Actually, they told me afterwards it was French onion sellers who used to come round on bikes he didn’t like. So I got tiny details of the message wrong, but it still confirmed the message was for them.”
In all my years of studying mediumship, I’ve never met a single medium that got everything correct. Every one of them, from the world famous, such as John Edward, the UK’s favourites, and from the local mediums serving the churches, they all make mistakes.
Getting things wrong occasionally is all part of being a medium. There are ways that mediums ‘dress up’ the mistakes or cover them with plays on words, slight corrections, rephrasing something to fit, etc. But that is a skill we call stagecraft and doesn’t take away from the fact, they were wrong!
The next time you give a piece of information that cannot be accepted, here are a few does and don’ts:
DON’T
stand your ground and insist that the recipient is wrong. They might be, but they don’t need you to tell them that!
stay with the recipient and insist they work it out for themselves.
use lines such as “I’m never wrong,” or “My spirit connect is always right.”
suggest they take it away to think about.
DO
admit openly, “I must have got that wrong somewhere. Leave that with me for a few moments.”
accept that you are wrong and immediately let it go.
always remember that mediumship is not an exact science. It never was and never will be.
If your partner insists you’re always wrong, they might be right, even if they’re not!

A huge thank you to the community of TIS Chat for allowing me to publish their comments within this article.

If you’ve any comments, leave them below. They’re most welcome.
I was sat at my desk, ready to write and prepare an article for The Inspired Spirit. I had no clues as to what it would be. But then suddenly I knew.
I heard a voice in my mind asking if they could talk to you directly. I knew that I must use my computer keyboard this time. I had not sat in preparation, nor even expected to be sat for the spirit words today. But I now knew I had to write the words of a person in spirit directly with the keyboard, a first for me!
I promise you that although I am writing these opening notes after the speaker has finished, I will not edit or change any of the words the speaker has shared with me. I promise you also that the speaker wanted you to hear what they had to say. Without more from me, here are the words.
My medium friend always makes something of you needing to remain students for your work with us. Of course, that is true, but everyone is a student, including me. You don’t have to be interested in working with us to be a student. Life itself is an enormous learning curve. You have the added benefit of knowing that your life on the planet’s surface doesn’t end when your body chooses to give in. Indeed, the knowledge of knowing your personality and your collective wisdom will continue to serve you well, long after that event comes is comforting.
When I crossed to this side, as you like to call it, initially I was shocked. I had always believed there was another life after the one on earth, but of course I’d had no proof of it. One day I woke up quite naturally and found I was here, in this world you refer to as the afterlife.
I confess, it took me some time to adjust, and I had to experience many emotions through the process of adjustment. I was confused for some time. Matters were confounded for me because my mother was there with me, helping me adjust. I’d not seen her for many earth years and yet it felt like we’d never been apart.
I couldn’t understand why everything seemed so normal. I had eyes to see through, ears to listen with and a body I could feel. I could feel my mother embracing me and I felt my own tears on my face. Yet I felt no pain, no hunger or thirst, even though I was at my mother’s new home. I say new, she’d actually lived here some time apparently.
Within all this normality, I felt I had changed, though at first I couldn’t put my finger on in what it was that had changed about me. Becoming suddenly aware that there is no longer reason to worry about the length of your life is quite something to get your mind around.
After settling in, I began to realise that tiny things I’d once believed important were no longer part of my thinking. I think the best way of describing that to you would be in reminding you of that feeling you used to have when you were younger and you’d enter a sweet shop. Nothing was more exciting! But as you grew older, the sweet shop seemed less important. How many times do you go in a sweet shop nowadays, a?
It’s that kind of realignment that happens when you arrive here. There is much that I don’t understand about life here though. I have no idea how big the place is! I don’t even know if it’s air that we breath, because we breath something, believe me.
None of that matters to me now though. Many of the things I’d come to learn about this place called heaven, when I was on earth, transpired to be myths in reality. Some things were true though. The colours, the peace, the skies and the oceans, and so many other things I’d learnt about when on earth were really true.
What had really changed though was my own perspectives. Things that were once important, no longer mattered, and what I was doing with my life doesn’t seem to take the front row of my thinking any more.
There is so much positivity here though. You call it love, we call it a way of being. Negativity is a state of being that doesn’t exist here. Like chalk in acid, the two cancel each other out, except that here, only love survives.
This is a wonderful occasion for me. I learnt to communicate with souls on earth soon after I arrived here. This isn’t my first time of having my words heard by someone your side. I know it’s a first for this medium typing the words, so perhaps give him some credit for allowing it to happen.
I know you have so many questions you’d like answering and hopefully in your time on earth you’ll get some suitable answers. All I can say to you my friends is that life does continue, and along the way, you’ll adjust accordingly without even being consciously aware of the changes.
I can assure you though that each of you have some wonderful helpers from this side looking after you. My advice to you would be to get to know them. They can only help if you ask them to. They’re not mind readers you know. Well, they could be I suppose!
Anyway, my transcriber here is coming in and out with me, so I guess it’s time to leave you. Let me offer you a gift. Close your eyes and open your hands with the palms up. Allow me to give you this gift now. It’s unique and personal to you. Hold that memory and whenever you want someone from this side to come into your presence, close your eyes and once more hold the gift I’ve given you.
Farewell my friends. Let your days ahead be fulfilled with the love of the Divine.
I’m restraining from offering any further comments at this stage, in respect of edification of the speaker. Thank you for reading their words.
Your comments and feedback are always welcome.
I’ve been involved with Spirit-Inspired writing for much of my time as a student of my development for spirit world communication. During the past eighteen months I’ve made my work public. During this period I’ve honed the craft and learnt much about the process. The exciting outcome has been that I’ve transcribed many powerful lessons through the pen, inspired by others in the world beyond.
In this article I’m going to share with you two groups of five tips that you can use to get yourself started into this ancient and yet relevant art of communication through the thin veil that separates our two worlds.
Spirit-inspired writing is not something that’s limited to the few. Everyone can do it, and every medium should. The relationship with the spirit world is an important facet of our work as mediums and through this simple process we can strengthen both the relationship, and our trust in it.
Based on my limited experience, I’ve composed the following two sets of simple tips that anyone can follow to get started in this craft, whether an established medium, or someone looking to unfold their potential further.
5 PREPARATION TIPS BEFORE STARTING
TIP 1: DECISION
Make a commitment to yourself that you’ll sit for this work as often as you can and at least once every week. You’ll need to allow yourself up to an hour for each session, in an environment where you won’t be disturbed or distracted. As you gain experience, the time required will decrease.
The time of day you choose for this work is not important, though personally I find connecting for writing just before I fall asleep a good time. The most important point of this first tip is that you make a decision to start, and continue regularly with the practice.
TIP 2: ESTABLISH A ROUTINE
Routine is very important to both you, and those working with you from the spirit world. Create your own routine that fits with your needs and stick to it. Initially, you may find yourself needing to tweak certain parts of your routine.
At first, you may find the chair you use is not the most comfortable, the muzak (background music) you choose may need fine tuning, the notepad and pen or pencil might need adjustments, and other similar such ingredients of your routine may require you to “feng shui” them until you develop an optimal routine that you can stick to every time.
Those in the spirit world that work with you, love routines and rituals. They act as a call-to-action for them and help establish the perfect working environment.
TIP 3: GATHER YOUR WRITING EQUIPMENT
It is important that you have the right tools for the job. A journal will act as a diary for reference of your progress. Personally, I have a digital notebook and stylus/pen that serves me very well, but I appreciate that this is rather an expensive investment initially.
Your choice of writing pad could be a simple shorthand notebook. It’s a good size for limiting the restriction of movement of your hand and arm, and is a flexible format that can be held comfortable. Don’t opt for the cheap type you can pick up at supermarkets and dollar shops. The paper is often too thin and easily damaged or ripped.
Use a free flowing pen, such as the roller pen & liquid ink pens. They are more reliable and offer require less friction when writing. Again, a good quality one that does not leak and where the ink dries quickly is essential. Your own preferences will hone these ingredients over time. Avoid pencils. They often break or wear out too quickly and create greater friction on the paper than a roller pen type.
Don’t bother about writing on the back of a sheet. Keep the rhythm of writing free from your own need to intervene more than necessary.
TIP 4: REMOVE ALL DISTRACTIONS
It’s an important element of your writing process, being undisturbed and not distracted. Leave your smartphone in another room and on silent. If you wear a smart watch that reacts to the phone, also remove it.
If there’s others in the house where you are, inform them that you’re not to be disturbed. Reduce the light in your chosen room to a minimum, though there must be enough light for you to be able to see the notepad.
Use the bathroom before you begin. Double check that everything you need is ready and at hand. If you’re using music, make sure the batteries of the equipment are adequate and that the chosen regular track is cued up and ready.
Time and date a new page before you begin. I suggest a simple format such as 290823-1151. You can clearly see from that example that I am writing this on the 29th of August at 11:51 in the morning. Doing this ahead of beginning a session also acts as a commitment and starts your mental preparation.
TIP 5: SIT IN THE POWER BEFORE WRITING
You’ve got everything at hand and are ready to commence your writing session. Before you commit your pen to paper, take a period of time to attune yourself correctly. Close your eyes and with your mind’s voice, inform the spirit world that you’re about to allow yourself to be a channel for their words through your pen. Ask them to draw close and help you. Then sit silently for a period of no less than 10 minutes and no more than 20 with your focus only on your own presence.
Don’t allow your mind to wander away from the here and now and when it does, bring it back. Expect nothing to happen, just enjoy the power of your energy and those moments of peace and tranquillity.
AVOID SHORT CUTTING THE SHORT CUT
Those first five tips are all important aspects for the work of spirit-inspired writing. Everything we do involves a learning curve and this work is no different. I always make a big deal about fixed routines, what can be called rituals. Each element adds to the process and wraps the art of spirit-inspired writing into an easy exercise that works to establish this new craft into your life.
You’ll note that so far, we’ve not talked about the actual writing yet. That’s because the writing is the result of this routine and not an active ingredient we should be considering yet. The magic is in the preparation!
Now let’s discover the 5 tips to help you successfully write your first spirit-inspired words.
5 TIPS FOR WRITING SPIRIT-INSPIRED WORDS.
TIP 1: TRUST YOUR INTUITION
You’ve followed your preparations correctly and you’re sat wondering when to start and what to write about. How do you know when to begin? The answer is simple. Trust your intuition. If you’ve sat for a sensible period of time in the power of your Self, trust your mediumship abilities. Make a decision to commence writing. At this stage you’ll feel like you’re on your own! You’re not! But you have to make the initial decision to commence writing something!
TIP 2: OMIT PRECONCEIVED IDEAS FROM YOUR MIND
If you’ve followed all of the tips so far, you’ll be sat there probably wondering what on earth you’re going to write. That’s perfectly normal at first. The key to this writing is to now completely forget any of the preconceived ideas you might have festered into your mind about a topic you want to write about.
Remember, this is spirit-inspired writing, and not your writing. You can do your own writing on another day! Your paper should remain blank and your mind should not be in control of what you’re going to write about. Trust the process instead.
Forget notions that you’re going to write something epic! You probably won’t. Forget thoughts that you’re going to spell words incorrectly, or get the grammar wrong. You will, but that is not important. Remove any doubts from your mind. You’ll most likely not even be aware of a presence of spirit. Excellent, you’re doing good.
TIP 3: LISTEN FOR THE VOICE OF THE THIRD PERSON IN YOUR MIND
Now we’re at the business end of your new experience. Let’s look at the circumstances first. There is only you and your mind here at this stage. The spirit communicator will have to use your mind and your imagination, that is their platform. Everything they relay to you will be through your mind, as it is in any mental mediumship, which this is. You are therefore going to have to trust yourself at this point, whether you believe or you don’t. Just trust your imagination and what you are hearing internally.
For me personally, I listen for the calling card that I’ve established over time. That is usually a word, a short sentence, or an opening greeting that comes into my mind. For example, “We are ready to begin.” or “It’s lovely to be talking to you”, or other similar phrases. It might also be that you’re hearing a song title, a phrase being repeated over and over, or any one of many openings that your mind is receiving.
As soon as this happens, even if you believe it is you making it up, start writing. Write exactly what you heard. “Good day to you. I am ready to talk through your pen.” for example.
TIP 4: KEEP WRITING AS THE THIRD PERSON (Your Spirit Connect)
The key to successfully writing with spirit inspiration is in keeping your own mind out of it, even though it is the platform the speaker is using. Write only what the third person is saying. Don’t allow yourself to form sentences or content ahead of your writing. Don’t write your own suggestions to the topic, only those heard from the third person. Don’t expect the conversation to be earth shatteringly amazing, it won’t be. You are simply relaying a conversation you’re listening to in your mind.
Don’t let spelling or grammar slow you down. Just keep listening, focussed, and writing. A moving pen will limit your imagination only to the words you’re transcribing. A stationary pen will allow your own mind to take over. Avoid writing ahead of the speaker and also avoid adding your own take on the message.
TIP 5: TRUST THE RELATIONSHIP
Once you’ve transcribed the first piece, it will be quite natural for you to doubt the source of the words. You’ll probably believe that it was you that wrote the words from your imagination. Well the good news is – you did. That is the way it works!
Instead though, recognise that you have just formed a new relationship with another person in the spirit world. You have to believe it, even if that is hard at first. Remember, you’re not trying to impress anyone. There’s no need for you to share your pursuit with anyone else. This is about you and your new relationship with another source of inspiration supplied by your spirit connect.
If you choose to share your new found method of communication with others, particularly those friends and family not of like-mind, expect to be questioned! They will most likely remain non-believers. But those that criticise, or even doubt the validity of the advice within this article and you subsequent practice of it, have no foundations to comment negatively. Unless you’re involved in this form of communication, you cannot hold a worthy point of view. Spirit-inspired writing involves you, your imagination, and a relationship with the people in spirit that want to talk to you using this method.
AND FINALLY . . .
There is a finer line between spirit-inspired writing and automatic writing than most would consider. The best way to understand the latter of the two forms is in the method of the words being created. If the pen moves independently of the person, then the writing is considered as automatic. But, if the person holding the pen is far removed from the process, for example in a deeper state of awareness, then writing produced can also be defined as automatic.
If you find yourself struggling to start the actual writing, particularly when your own imagination appears to be overly active, approach it differently. For example:
Using your newly dated blank notepad sheet, write a question that you would like your spirit connect to answer. Example questions might be,
“How can I be sure that it is you I’m listening to?”
“What do I need to be working on now to improve my mediumship?”
“How many of you are there today for this session?”
As soon as you’ve completed your question, allow your imagination to answer (in the third person form) and continue writing. Trust that the words you continue to write are inspired by someone in the spirit world or at the very least, your higher spirit.
Here is a personal piece of advice from me. You can take it or leave it, but it’s what I do and has helped me establish trust in the process and a deeper understanding of the relationship with spirit:
After you’ve written your first session, close the notepad, leave the environment and get back to your usual routines of life. Leave the message a few days before you read it again, if at all. By that time, you’ll be more removed from the process and will not remember writing the words. Then you can appreciate the connection more.
If your first session consists of only a few words, a couple of sentences, or a paragraph, well done. That is all that is expected. With more practice your sessions with the pen will become longer as you learn to maintain the necessary focus.
You’ll always know when to stop writing. Either the speaker will bring the session to an end in their words, or you’ll just know instinctively to end. It might be that the internal battle between your actual imagination and that inspired by the speaker becomes too much to overcome. Fine, just end the session. The speakers in spirit aren’t bothered about formalities such as saying goodbye or concluding in words.
The process of spirit-inspired is a learning curve and another method of using your mental mediumship for your own self growth. It’s an exciting craft that’ll help you establish a deeper trust in your relationship with those the other side wanting to work with you. From my experience, they don’t mind telling you the truth either! Sometimes, not always what you want to hear, instead what you need to hear! As I said earlier, even if the words you write are not coming from a person in spirit, the worst case scenario is they’re coming from your higher spirit which, by the way, lives in both worlds. That’s exciting! ~
Your comments and feedback are always welcome.
I have always been confident that the messages I transcribe with my notepad and pen are, in varying degrees of depth, originating from a source other than my own known mind. Every time I sit, I follow a strict routine that includes me making extra effort to not give any of my own thoughts to what it is I’m about to write.
I know my own truth, and believe me when I say I am the most critical person when it comes to judging the work I produce, whether from my own mind or from that of an alleged other source. So when I declare that I’m confident the written messages I say are coming from the spirit world, I do so based on my known truth.
I continue with this experiment as a way of learning more about myself and my connection with the other realms. It’s an exercise in personal education. But of course, there are some limiting factors with choosing this method of communication. It is still mental mediumship and from one aspect, is more concise that the normal methods.
Mediums that work with the mind for spirit work, say what comes into their mind. They have time to examine the words before they voice the message. They can reshape it, form a message from the vague picture they had and as is often necessary, reword or rephrase the message to the recipient. These are luxuries the writer doesn’t have. The words are written and immediately committed to the paper.
The process of writing is slow. I write at about half the speed of the spoken voice. I’m quite slow at it. Most of the time, the speaker is having to wait for their words to be written. Holding the connection through the energy is more difficult, in my opinion, when working with the pen.
Progression Through The Writing
I have found through my experience that the benefit of writing the messages is in how easy it is for me to detach myself from the process. I am only the transcriber, not the speaker. Because of the way my character is made up, I am a super-sceptical person. I want to work with the spirit realms with honesty and integrity, so I need to work at making sure I’m as little of that process as possible.
I am aware of where I need to improve in the experiment. I need to learn to go deeper than I am. This is something that I’ve noticed is getting better.
The quality of the recent messages in “The Lanzarote Sessions 2” were the best I’ve ever had the privilege to transcribe. As the judge of these sessions, I was impressed by how much less of me was evident within the communications.
Using The Voice Instead Of Pen
In the paragraphs above I mention how writing allows personal detachment from the process to happen easier. But that is less so, when it comes to voicing the words heard in the mind. The ‘Me’ takes a bigger seat in the process. More personal senses are involved, such as hearing yourself speak, forming entire sentences that make sense, and other aspects of the process.
In order for me to progress with the experiment, I do occasionally sit with a recorder and allow my voice to relay the message from the spirit world. But the procedure is an entirely different discipline and one that I am very much still in the learning stages with.
Those people that believe that if one can write the messages from the spirit world, then they should be equally able to speak them are misinformed. Writing and speaking are different disciplines.
Most people around this work we do with spirit will have witnessed someone else speaking “in the trance state of mind”. Let’s be honest here, most of us with a healthy level of scepticism will, most times, be left unimpressed by what we’ve witnessed. Often we hear weird sounding accents, odd noises, strange face-pulling, and messages from an apparent speaker in spirit that have no content of value. Combined with flowery language, fancy words, and other unnatural features, leaves the observer doubting the integrity of the medium, no matter how well meaning the medium is.
Why I Rarely Use My Spoken Voice
The truth is that I do occasionally sit for the spirit world to use my voice. I choose to keep the results private for the whole. As I mentioned in that bold statement above, I know how others can easily be sceptical and even cynical about the source of the words spoken. Even I’m not convinced by some of my spoken sessions, so why would I want to make them public!
So, I do sit for spirit with the intention of allowing my voice to be used. I’m just not ready for that work to be scrutinised by others that often don’t understand all the aspects of it anyway.
I know my own limitations and remain the best person to judge how connected my work with the spirit world is.
An example of my spoken spirit-inspired work has been scheduled for release a day or so after this presentation. It is in a podcast format and will be released on “The Spirited Talk Podcast” and will be included with the next “WFSIW” edition later this week.
Your comments are always welcome below. Share your thoughts below and be heard.

“How do you know you were correct to trust him that much?” Jane asked me. And there was a loaded question that made me stop and doubt myself for a few seconds. But somehow I just knew I was right to.
Jane made this remark moments after I’d said goodbye to a young man who’d visited our home. He had come to buy a couple of studio lights I had for sale on Facebook Marketplace. When he arrived, Jane was out. The man asked me a question regarding whether I had any other gear for sale. I felt the easiest way to show him what I was currently selling was to invite him down the garden to the Sanctuary.
On entering the Sanctuary, the original home to The Spirited Talk Podcast studio, his eyes popped out and for several minutes all he kept repeating was “Wow, wow, wow!” The young black man told me he was originally from Zimbabwe and had only been in this country a short while. He was working in a car wash with a gang of other immigrants looking to make this country their permanent home.
His name was too complicated for me to grasp and although I tried to get the pronunciation correct, I failed. He told me that everyone now called him ‘Simon’. That was the name he had adopted to make life easier for those he now associated with in this country.
Simon was on the verge of starting his own podcast. He was excited by the prospects and shared with me his ambition to grow a big audience and make money from it. Though I never said it aloud, I thought, “good luck with that idea!” He was ambitious to the point of being blinded by the naivety of it. I warmed to his dreams and shared much of his outwardly enthusiastic ways.
Over the hour he spent with me, I learnt so much about him and his dreams for a blockbuster podcast. I asked what equipment he had so far and was staggered by the contrast in his enthusiasm and his ignorance of the chosen career. He had nothing more than his smartphone to use. He knew nothing of the editing, the scripting, the lighting, the sound engineering, the distribution, the video production, or any of the basic skills required. But he was excited by the notion of getting started.
He left our home with a carrier bag full of bits and pieces from my old studio. He didn’t buy any of it. A high quality webcam, a lavaliere microphone, additional lights, light stands and a few other odds and ends. I gave it all to him, to get him up and running. I knew he didn’t have much money, if any, other than the few quid he’d raised to buy the lights.
By the time we left the Sanctuary together and headed back to the house, Jane had returned home and was in the kitchen as we walked in. I introduced Simon to her and could see her reactions to this black man I’d invited to my sacred space whilst she was away. We said goodbye to Simon before Jane asked me
“How do you know you were correct to trust him that much?”
I just did. The truth was that I’d made that judgement call within a few seconds of greeting Simon to the house. Intuitively I knew he was a nice man. He was well-mannered, humble and yet nervous. He smiled and asked questions whilst explaining to me his ambitions with starting his own podcast.
I knew that I could stretch that trust and invite him to my sanctuary where he would see all the equipment I had for sale. His reaction on entering the room was overwhelming for him and he reacted like a kid in a sweet shop. That brought me joy, seeing his excitement and reaction.
SENSITIVE, RECEPTIVE & INTUITIVE
People often comment that first impressions are important when you meet someone. As mediums, that is a very important aspect of our life. We have trained ourselves to use our intuition combined with our natural instincts every moment of our lives. Our gut instincts are better trained to react and make judgements about someone, in seconds. This is because of our enhanced psychic abilities. We have learnt to trust what we feel.
”I do think that we are very open to feelings and this heightens our instincts, I feel that a large majority of times I am correct in my instincts.”
Jackie Gunningham: Spiritualist medium & TIS Chat Member
Does it mean we’re always correct? Of course not. There is always going to be those ‘actors’ that pass our initial judgements. And there are those that we immediately don’t warm to for whatever reasons.
An important facet of this instinct includes our individual life experiences. How each of us have experienced situations of trust and distrust from others throughout our life. The past experiences often count in our current and future decisions. The red flags, as they are called, that we become aware of very quickly, that others don’t recognise.
WORK ON THE FIRST IMPRESSION YOU REFLECT
Of course, these super-enhanced abilities we’ve acquired doesn’t mean we are perfect individuals, far from it. We have our own personalities and traits that others read in us during that first impression period.
“Mediums can also be very egotistic and ignorant of others like many people. We aren’t better people and we as mediums are all very different eggs.”
Steven Bird: Spiritualist medium, author & TIS Chat member
I have met many mediums over the years of being involved in this pursuit. Not every one of them was super-friendly on first impression. Some of them have and openly display big egos about who they are and what they know, while others are warm, caring and friendly from the first words.
For many years, I have had to constantly work on my own self-esteem. It is an ongoing process. Part of the outcome is I’m intensely aware of those first few moments where I project a first impression to others. That personal training, combined with my unfoldment education for this work has made me, in my humble opinion, a better than normal judge of other people.
“For me, when I meet new people, I feel into their energy to feel what they are like. I have done this since I was a child. I’m happy to say there have not been many where I want to turn and run.”
Amanda DeVogel: Medium, healer & TIS Chat member
I’m proud of my life as a sensitive person and equally proud to be a medium, representing the spirit world and the betterment of Self. I have learnt through my experience that the medium that is constantly working on their own abilities, is a good person to be associated with.
Our ability to make early judgements of people is therefore based on a solid grounding and understanding of self and others. Our gut instincts are almost always accurate, especially if we are attuned to them in the moment.
“I think if we go with our gut instincts in anything, not just people, we are likely to be more accurate. Going against them has proved a wrong move in my experience and life.
So, without ego involved when meeting someone new, listen and feel the emotions and sensations like you would during a reading or working with spirit.”
Judith G: Medium, spirit-inspired writer & TIS Chat member
IN CONCLUSION
It is my opinion that my enhanced sensitivity makes me a good first impression judge of someone. I also believe that others working in this area and committed to their own unfoldment are also able to use their abilities accurately in such circumstances. However, those mediums that live with an unchecked focus on their own egos may miss opportunities during an occasion of a first impression.

To join our TIS Chat group, you must be a subscriber to The Inspired Spirit
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. Have your say in the comments area below.
It’s part of our everyday life now. It’s constantly on the news, in the papers, and even on social media. The planet is in trouble, apparently. Meanwhile, I’m being asked to recycle my shampoo bottle as part of the repairs needed. Really?
Can one person really make any difference? That is a question many people ask. “What’s the point,” they’ll say in response. “Why bother recycling at all. After all, our local rubbish is often sent abroad where it is left piled up and rotting. Surely that’s just nimbyish from our authorities?”
It’s easy to understand why some people experience a lack of belief in their authorities to do anything worthy about the increasingly worrying crisis. The USA appear to be about to re-elect a previous president that outwardly doesn’t care about the global warming, and in the past has gone so far as to declare that one does not exist.
In the UK we have an unelected prime minister that is desperately hanging onto his power and now seen to be cherry-picking the topics that will bring him favour with the voters. However, what he says does not match what he does.
So, are we and this planet on a roller-coaster heading towards global destruction?
During my lifetime of sixty plus years I have lived through many transformations to our society and the way we live. When I was a child, it was quite natural for my dad to load his Morris traveller up with the family of six, with two of us sat in the cargo area, travel out to a pub called the Full Pitcher in Ledbury where us kids spent the evening playing outside while Mum and Dad drank inside at the bar. Later, when they had enjoyed a skin-full, dad would load us back into the car and somehow drive the thirty miles back home. Drunk in charge of a vehicle. Mum and dad would both smoke in the car and us three kids had to inhale their fumes.
Dad wasn’t breaking the law, because there were no laws about drink driving in the early sixties. There were no laws about wearing seat belts, or smoking in a car with children. That was the way it was, and more people than I care to imagine were living this way.
Given a few more minutes, I’m sure we could all recall changes to the laws that have shaped our society. More to the point, things that were acceptable at the time, that now we shudder at the thought of them happening.
Women were considered inferior by many powerful men. Gay people were kept in closets by society. Black people were treated to racism constantly. Poor people were treated as inferior to the richer. Classes were distinct – working class, middle class and upper class. Segregation was often present in our society.
All of these things I’ve mentioned were present in my early years growing up. But over time, as we became more educated as a people, things have changed for the better, for the greater good of mankind you could say.
That transformation to our society, to the way we live as individuals, is ongoing. It’s called evolving. We are rapidly evolving as a nation, as are many other countries across the world. Our understanding and acceptances are changing very rapidly. What was once acceptable yesterday, is no longer today, and will be thought of as outrageous tomorrow.
Weymouth, where I once lived, has won many awards over the years for the cleanliness of the beach. But at one time, the beach was used as a place where everyone dumped their rubbish. Many of the big hotels and buildings along the prom were built with their fronts facing inland. Their back doors led to the beach for convenient disposal of their rubbish. The beach was not considered important. That is, until King Charles III visited the resort and inadvertently made bathing popular in 1789. Rapid changes took place and the beach, and other such beaches around the country became important visitor attractions. Society and what was acceptable shifted, for the good of all, including the environment.
That transformation is still happening across the globe today. Perhaps not at the pace it needs to, but it’s happening none the less. There is a phenomenon known called ‘critical mass’.
In the dictionary one definition of critical mass is “an amount necessary or sufficient to have significant effect or to achieve a result“.
Combine that with something known as ‘economies of scale’. Now let me explain.
When something becomes popular enough that manufacturing it becomes economically cheaper and more affordable to more people, this is known as the point of critical mass. Throughout history these factors have played a major part in bringing new technology to the population. The motor car, the telephone, the television and radio, the computer, the internet, the smartphone are just a few examples of innovations that have shaped society, once the economies of scale reached critical mass.
This innovation is ongoing, especially in the field of global energy. Wind farms are popping up everywhere. Nowadays 33% of the UK power comes from onshore and offshore wind farms. Isn’t that exciting? The once damaged ozone layer is now well on target to be back to acceptable levels by the 2040s. Diesel vehicles are losing value faster than any other type of vehicle and as a fuel is expected to be abolished within thirty years across the world.
The point is, there are many positive steps being taken to address the global warming crisis. Some might suggest, too little too late, but that is not the way to view it. As a society, we are all guilty of making changes that matter, though slower than we should. People don’t like change. How many years did it take people to accept that recycling our rubbish into various coloured bins is good?
Change is happening and will continue to happen, for the good of this planet and for us all. But what can one person do to help? What difference does one voice make?
Here’s an answer from ‘The Inspired Spirit’ reader, Bill C. when asked this question in our TIS Chat group on WhatsApp.
Abraham Lincoln and the emancipation of the slaves?
Winston Churchill who found himself standing alone during WW2 but ultimately successfully led the country during this period.
And lately, Greta Thunberg who has concentrated the collective minds of the world on climate change.These and many others have given us the lead showing us that one person can make a difference. We can all do the small things such as turn off the taps, reduce the central heating, use energy efficient bulbs, switch off appliances on standby, etc. Every little bit helps. However, as Spiritualists, we deliver healing, take part in healing circles, send healing to friends, relatives and complete strangers so perhaps as part of this process we should start to ask for healing for this blue diamond (because it is still a beautiful world) on which we live. Include the world in you healing circle sessions and, I’m sure we can, as a group and as individuals, make a difference.
I followed this wonderful answer with the following opposite argument.
But how does me saving a few pennies on a lightbulb use, or recycling my plastics, or reducing my personal carbon footprint really make any difference compared with the thousands of tons of oxygen burnt due to forest fires across the world each day. Thousands of tons of toxic gases, of carbon dioxide, monoxide etc created as a result of those raging fires. How am I, or you for that matter, really making any significant difference?
TIS Chat member Judith G. responded with this:
I have asked these questions to spirit. A general question on climate change. I will give you the answer I got.
The earth is a living planet that has existed for millions of years. The temperature of the climate goes through cycles of hot and cold like the ice ages and then heating up. Deserts were once lush savannas. Earth evolution has to change through these cycles.
What can we we do about the polluting of the planet ?
I was told we need to stop the plastic going into the sea and killing the marine life. Stop the loss of the rainforests and the extinction of the species that depend upon them. Otherwise, no matter what we do about climate change, it will make no difference. Earth is simply going through one of her periodic cycles.
Earth will continue her own evolution no matter what man does. Except blowing it up. That would not be allowed to happen !
To back that last comment, I read a book where the author while in a deep trance state asked his spirit speaker this question. “Are we going to destroy this planet?” The answer he received back was, “God would never allow that to happen.”
TIS Chat member Bill C. further responded with this, when pushed on the issue of what power one person has.
How little one person can do isn’t the issue. Being proactive and doing as much as humanly possible is what is required of us all. If you fill a bag of plastic cartons, cups etc from the beach, you have made a difference. You have stopped those polluting the seas and killing sea-life in your own small way.
You could ask if there is anyone who would like to help you and achieve a greater impact. You could publish what you are doing and attract more volunteers. From small acorns mighty oaks grow. So maybe it starts with one person making a small impact but that impact can grow. Doing nothing is not an option.
Bad news sells newspapers and headlines television news programs. It is ingrained into the program producers and the editors that all we want to hear, read, see is bad news. Even the wonderful nature programs presented by David Attenborough now always contain news of the impending doom to this planet. One TV critic on the award winning show, Gogglebox said, “Here comes the doom and gloom!”
‘The Inspired Spirit’ reader, Bill C. reminded us of the following:
It would be naive to believe everything one reads in the newspapers or hears on the TV. A healthy scepticism is a needed prerequisite regarding news coverage. You’re correct in stating, “bad news sells”, as does news which has been grossly exaggerated. What’s the answer to your question – do you avoid such news?
I don’t believe we should. The problem is not reading or listening to such news. The problem is in each of us believing it and quoting it as if it’s veracity is beyond reproach! Perhaps we should be more circumspect in accepting every piece of news as “gospel”. However, that should not be a reason for personal inaction.
This world is crying out for “warriors” who will fight to improve it.
And that is a good point to finish this article on. Yes, every individual can and will make differences in some small ways that will affect this planet. Each of us has that responsibility. Life is a valuable gift, as is the planet we reside on. This planet feeds us and supplies the air that we breathe. It heals, nurtures and is living and breathing itself. Each of us has a duty of care.
When the innovations that will change our outlooks reach critical mass, as they will, when the economies of scale allow the manufactures and inventors to come up with solutions, a positive momentum will be reached and changes will come at incredible pace.
Until then, we each have a duty of care in that space we inhabit. As Bill says above, “The world is crying out for warriors.”
Why not become one of our loyal followers and subscribe today.
Your comments are always welcome.

Manners play a significant role in our interactions with others and in shaping the way we are perceived by society. They are a set of social norms and behaviours that help establish respectful and considerate communication.
Respecting someone else, particularly during vocal conversation, usually works to return respect back. Good manners breed good manners and demonstrate respect and consideration for others, regardless of their background, status, or beliefs. Treating people with kindness and courtesy fosters positive relationships and a sense of mutual respect.
Acting with civility and courtesy stretches beyond our conversations with people living on earth. Our friends and relatives living in the world of spirit also deserve the same decorum, politeness and courtesy. Let us not forget that these are people like you and I, the only difference being where and how they now continue to live.
Passing to the spirit world doesn’t mean that our personalities change. It doesn’t. We take with us whatever characteristics we had on earth. If we swore a lot, were bullies, arrogant and selfish, those traits remain the same, for a little while at least. So it’s entirely likely that the angry man on earth, will continue to display those traits where they now reside. The manners and characteristics of a person is, more often than not, the first impressions the medium will pick up on.
Contrary to some uneducated medium’s beliefs, it is not our duty as mediums to relay everything we receive from the spirit connect, word for word. If the connected spirit person is swearing a lot, or showing anger and upset, as the medium we should not repeat everything heard. We should always maintain a decorum of respect and decency. Of course, we can describe the manner of the person in spirit, in a watered down way, but without the colour of the language.
I know a medium that doesn’t follow this decorum. They repeat everything they hear, swearing, rudeness and even sexual remarks. Yes it might well help cement the evidence for the recipient, but it will also offend others listening to the medium demonstrate. We have a responsibility to represent our work by leading with example.
The majority of mediums are polite, well mannered and understanding. This is often witnessed in the way the medium acts before and after demonstrations. Members of the congregation are judging that medium from the moment they first see them. How they are presenting themselves is being judged. How they are dressed, their appearance, their tone of voice, even their choice of footwear.
A good medium talks less and listens more, whether during a reading, or just making small talk before and after. Absolute no-no’s are belittling, interrupting, bragging, and bad language. No medium should be heard to be acting this way in a public arena.
Of course, it’s obvious that if a medium lives their ordinary life with the highest standard of manners, continuing to do so in their mediumship is second nature.
I recall an event where the medium turned up drunk. He was a medium that was considered very good. However, throughout his demonstration, all I witnessed as an onlooker, was slurring, jumping in and out of the connection, jokes and not-so-funny remarks, and a general lack of respect for what he represents. Unless he has since changed his ways, I still hold little respect for him some fifteen years later. He might have changed his ways, or that occasion was a one-off, but for me, that impression is lasting. I can’t help wonder if that affects his mediumship to some degree.
Here’s an exercise for you to do. The next time you watch a medium demonstrate, observe two areas of their mediumship. One, how do they project themselves? Are they well-mannered, respectful and careful with their words? Two, observe how much of their descriptive evidence reflects the manners and characteristics of the person connecting in the spirit world. Listen for lines such as:
“She’s a lovely, friendly person, who everyone liked to be with.”
“He did like to use colourful language, didn’t he!”
“She’s a gentle person in nature, I can tell.”
“He says he’s changed for the better since being here. You’d know what that means, wouldn’t you?”
As mediums, we are ambassadors for this work we do for and with the spirit world. Never let that be far from your mind. Mediumship is not about you, but what you represent, so do so to the highest standards you can, ever single time.
Are you one of the subscribers supporting this work with a subscription? If not, now’s the time. As a supporter, you’ll get access to the WFSIW series, a twice weekly presentation that includes Trevor’s Words From Spirit-Inspired Writing.
Your comments are always welcome. Thank you.
Again it is Monday and I’ve come to my sanctuary office with a schedule of work for the week ahead, to produce four WFSIW editions and to write two TIS editions. A busy week and if I achieve this, I will end the week two weeks ahead on the schedule. The two productions involve different workflows. The WFSIW being very much a process, whereas the articles for The Inspired Spirit needs some inspiration from me.
So, here I sit at my desk with the Jarte Plus word processor open and a new blank sheet awaiting my words. Someone recently asked me where I get the inspiration for the articles I write. The ideas come to me during the week and I make a quick note to remind me in my drafts folder. But due to my focus being on decorating the home recently, I’ve been a little distracted from this work with the spirit world.
Yesterday, knowing I had this week’s schedule ahead, I started to think about what I should write about. My mind seemed empty of ideas. That is, until I went to bed Sunday evening. After a bit of reading, I decided to tune into the spirit world and transcribe a message from them, the first I’ve sat for this August.
The speaker in spirit seemed to be aware of my dilemma over inspirational ideas for this section. They suggested that I should be utilising them more for help, and included a method I should use to seek their ideas for me to write about. Further, the speaker suggested I should write an idea down immediately, one the speaker was going to share with me there and then.
That remark put me on the back foot, so to speak. Remaining honest to the experiment, I wrote down, word for word their conversation with me. This is the words I transcribed from them.
“We know you’re going to write an article tomorrow. So, here is the subject for you – Manners In Mediumship. Yes, that is it. I know that you will be able to write a good piece out, so I won’t waste time now. If you get stuck, call on us and we’ll give you some pointers.”
The speaker went on to also suggest that as I woke the following morning, I would find more ideas that they had shared in my mind whilst I slept.
Well, here I am! I have already noted several suggestions for articles for the coming weeks ahead, since being awake. This one however, is not going to be the manners piece. I’ll leave that until next time. Instead, I thought it more important to share with you the basis of that conversation as a lesson we should all bear in mind with whatever it is we need inspirational ideas about.
The spirit world want to help us, as does our own spirit. But like winning the lottery, we must first buy a ticket. We must therefore tap into their wisdom by asking for that occasional help.
Normally, when my entire focus is associated with working with spirit, the inspiration flows easily. But my recent absence from this work as somewhat distanced me from that connection. Those of you that sit every day for spirit will already know your connection is strong. Those that don’t sit as often as they should may be lacking that flow.
Years ago, when I was a youngster in the territorial army, I recall an exercise that our sergeant major had us all do in a group meeting. One by one we were invited to stand in front of the gathered squaddies and talk about a topic we knew something about, non-stop for five minutes without gaps or repetition. When it came to me standing, I had no clues as to what to talk about. So the SM reached into his pocket, took out a Polo mint, handed it to me, and told me to talk about it for five minutes.
I failed badly. I mean, what is there to say about one polo sweet? A lesson was learnt, though not so much at that embarrassing time, but years later when I’d matured and had some life under my belt!
Have you ever thought about how you could now stand in front of any crowd, no matter what size it is, and talk with passion and enthusiasm about your life working with the spirit world? I know, without question, I could do that with my eyes closed and my hands tied behind my back.
So why was I struggling to find an inspirational topic to write about today? Truth is, I’d allow myself to think I couldn’t do it. But as soon as the spirit team prompted me with some ideas, I was revved up and raring to go. What an incredible power that is to have – the power of the spirit world backing us up in everything we do. But we do sometimes have to remind ourselves to occasionally tap into it, with a little more clarity.
What I’m reminding you now is that you too have access to the inspirational power of your own spirit and those in the spirit world working with you. Their suggestions will flow in abundance so long as you first ask them for their help, and then follow it by trusting the processes and the subsequence thoughts you have.
Imagine these scenarios. You feel you’re struggling to recognise your connected to the spirit world. So, ask them to move closer and make their presence clearer to you. Meanwhile, attune yourself to accept their signs, without hesitation or doubt.
You’re doing a reading and you’re not sure who is with you from the spirit world. First, remove your doubting thoughts and relay every single feeling you are experiencing about that person at that moment. Chances are it is related to the connection and will reveal powerful evidence. Let the person in spirit inspire you.
Often, it’s not that we lose inspiration, it’s more that we allow ourselves to block the flow. We forget to call upon the greatest powers we have working with us, our spirit team.
When I read this article back in a few moments, I suspect I’ll discover that I’ve deviated many times throughout it. But so long as I’ve made my point about the theme of tapping into our inspiration, I’ll leave it as it is. In doing so, I’ll be expressing to you how you too have so much inspiration inside you waiting to be shared with others.
I may have this platform to share my words, but you have your network of family, friends and acquaintances waiting to experience your inspiration. Now, go write a five hundred piece on why you’re a medium!
The Inspired Spirit articles, such as this one are now offered free to all. The author relies solely on donations offered by readers such as yourself. Help support his work now with a contribution. Click the button below and become one of those few kind supporters.
Your comments and thoughts are always welcome below.
As I left the house this morning to walk to my Sanctuary, I had one goal for the day ahead – to prepare this article for the coming Monday. But I had no ideas what to write about, that is, until I sat at my desk and started!
It occurred to me that, like so many of us mediums, I have a number of quite amazing stories of things that have happened to me during this journey that I’ve never written about in detail. So that is the theme of this article.
I’m going to share a story with you today. One from when I lived in the south of England, the first phase of my spiritual journey.
THE HEALING CIRCLE
Some time in the early noughties, I sat in a development circle in Christchurch, Dorset, as a student of the wonderful medium, (the late) Joan Dunbar. During one of the weekly sessions, Joan was teaching us the importance of healing, in particular the power of group healing.
Joan instructed us to close our eyes and focus just on the healing energy. I had no idea what that meant, but I was enthusiastic and keen to learn, so I closed my eyes and sat silently for at least ten minutes before the following happened.
With my mind’s eye, and as a third person, I saw the circle of sitters. I was able to recognise each of us, including myself, sat in a perfect circle and in a state of deep meditation. I could see the healing power emanating from each of us, rising from each of our crowns, like smoke from chimneys.
I observed this fog-like energy as it gently grew in density around each person, including myself. Then, as if by magic, the healing fog slowly linked and formed a perfect circle above our heads. Spouts of fog from each of our crowns rose into this newly formed circle around the group. As it grew stronger and more condensed, it started to rotate in a clockwise direction.
After what was probably only a few minutes, I was deeply engrossed in what I was seeing. Moments after the healing ring had started to rotate, I heard Joan suggest to us that our healing energy would now merge as one source and that we should visualise that happening. I had a mind-chuckle, I was ahead of Joan on that one!
As I often do, I jumped ahead with my imagination and asked the healing ring to go to someone in the group that was needing it, and to a specific place in their body, so I could witness it.
What could only be described as a funnel of fog, healing energy formed above one of the lady student’s head. I witnessed the healing energy as it moved downwards towards her left elbow, where it continued to flow.
As if on cue, Joan suggested we should allow the energy to flow to someone we thought needed it in the group. I was ahead of her on that one too! I was aware that this lady had an elbow issue that was being treated by this healing energy from the rotating ring.
When we were all brought back to the room by Joan, one by one we were asked to share our experiences. As often happened, Joan left me as the last person to share what I’d experienced.
Though the story of the ring didn’t really enthuse anyone in the group, including Joan, I continued to share the experience anyway. Rather confidently, I selected the person I’d seen in my visions receiving the energy and shared my observations. I relayed that I witnessed the healing energy going to her left elbow.
She smiled and thanked me, even though it was all of us that had done it really. She declared that when Joan had asked us to feel if the energy entered us, she had indeed done so. The student told the group that she had a condition called Lateral Epicondylitis, and on that day it was particularly bad. She had felt some relief from the pain during the healing process.
Being non-medical in my knowledge, I asked what exactly is Lateral Epicondylitis. She told us it is commonly referred to as Tennis Elbow. “Boom,” I thought. I was so proud of myself, even though this had nothing to do with me. I had witnessed it, and not made it happen. My part in that was merely as an observer.
The story served to endorse my growing desire to understand how healing energy works. Though I’ll admit that as a student, I was what you might describe as ‘rough around the edges’, I left that circle that night on a high.
Nowadays, some twenty years later, I realise more than ever that Joan had always believed in her students. She was a wonderful mentor and I know now how much she had a liking for me. I’m not going to say I was a favourite, because that is not so. She treated everyone with the same values. But I think she saw something in me that perhaps I hadn’t seen in myself. I’d love to meet her one last time and thank her for believing in me.
Can You Help?
During the production of this edition, I wanted to use a photo of the late Spiritualist Medium Joan Dunbar. I searched my personal photos and couldn’t find one of her. Google and Facebook drew a blank too. Do you have a photo of Joan that I could have a copy of please? Send it to psychictrev@gmail.com
This is a copy of her obituary as published in the Bournemouth Evening Echo.

Several months ago, I read a brief article about the power of sound when administering healing. As you might know, I’ve always had a lot of interest in the subject of sound, though hadn’t fully realised how it could be connected with spiritual healing.
I was aware of how sounds create an energy that can enhance our connections with the spirit world. I’d sat in a couple of seances run by physical medium Scott Milligan where the gathered audience would encourage those in the spirit to come forward in a physical form, through the power of the group singing aloud.
An energy was created during the sing-song that was ideal for those wanting to make themselves known to the group. I have also sat in group meditations where we were encouraged to chant the Om aloud. The energy created was tangible and brought amazing mediumship results.
I’ve also always been keen on choosing the right type of music for general meditation backgrounds. I knew that the structure of the music was important and how it can help us blend our mind into a state of awareness suitable for enhancing our sitting. But what hadn’t clicked in my mind was how sound can be used for actual healing purposes.
I always have a limited choice of my favourite tracks playing during healing sessions, but I believed that was because it helped me reach a good state of being for the healing process. I had not realised however, that the sounds from the music can and do play a vital part of the actual healing.
So when I read that short article about the power of sound during healing, it ignited my desires to learn more. My next move was to invest in a Kindle book called Healing Sounds: The Power of Harmonics by Jonathan Goldman.
Night after night, after I’d finished my healing on Jane, I’d open my Kindle and read a page or two before giving in to tiredness. It’s a comprehensive book written by an expert in this subject and incredibly detailed with the vastness of the subject. The book opened a new subject to me that I had not realised was so well documented.
Several weeks after starting the book, a parcel arrived at our home. It was from my daughter Kayleigh and was a birthday present that she thought I might like. It was an authentic singing bowl complete with cushion and wooden striker.
Years ago during a shamanic workshop I’d had a go with a singing bowl that was on offer there but with no success. Whilst other students were making it work, I had no luck and can now look back and realise I was not in the right space at that time for it.
The miracle of synchronicity had brought this singing bowl into my life at exactly the right time for me. My daughter had not known I was researching sound healing, but the powers that be did know! Almost immediately on receiving this wonderful gift, I started practicing with the bowl. I watched YouTube clips showing how to make the bowl sing and after a few attempts, I succeeded in making my new bowl sing. Each time, I got more skill at holding the striker correctly and getting longer and louder results from the bowl.
It was during the healing on the second night after receiving the singing bowl that I chose to introduce it to the healing session. At first, Jane did not feel anything happening. However, the following day after the second session with the bowl, Jane announced that her swollen ankle felt much better and her pain had reduced from 8 out of 10 to 5 out of ten.
Here is a short recording of the singing bowl in use.
I’m still progressing through the book and am enjoying my new area of learning. Until starting this new learning curve, I’d not realised how important and widely used sound is in the field of mediumship. An exciting aspect of working with sound is the amount of scientifically proven information there is to support the work. Sound is, after all, an energy.
Words such as resonance, frequencies, and vibrations take on new understandings and the results are often tangible. My previous love of recording and hearing a variety of sounds have now fallen into a place in my life. I wondered why I had this interest in the past and now I know why.
There is lot more to the power of sound that I’m only now discovering, way beyond just hearing things. Sound is on the same spectrum as light. Sound can actually create light, but that is a topic for another day.
If you’ve ever thought you’d like your own singing bowl, I would recommend you don’t wait any longer. Get one as soon as you can and start exploring a whole new and exciting world within this work with spirit communications. 💨
Your comments are always welcome. If you’ve found this article useful and would like to leave a comment for others to read, do so below.
SPECIAL EDITION
|| compiled and produced on 5th July 2023
My name is Trevor and I am an evidential medium, writer & content creator. For the past 18 months I’ve been involved with an experiment aimed at allowing the spirit connect to talk through my pen. Shortly after commencing this experiment, I made the decision to share the results of this experiment and the findings with readers online. If you’re new to following me and my work and are like-minded in your beliefs, this special 2-part edition will help you understand what exactly spirit-inspired writing is all about and whether it has a purpose in your mediumship.
WHAT IS SPIRIT-INSPIRED WRITING?
Frequently, I sit in the power of my own energy for the purpose of my higher unfoldment. Strengthening my connection for my own spirit and with others in the spirit world, is part of the unfoldment of my potential, as it should be for any student working with the spirit world. Being able to connect to the world of spirit and hear communications from them is the defining reason. I am an evidential medium, able to relay messages from the other side through the process known as mental mediumship.
Mental mediumship is how the bigger majority of mediums work. The communicator in spirit impresses the messages they wish to relay onto the mind of the medium. There is a varying degree of connection within mental mediumship, determined by the depth of the medium’s awareness. Deeper states of awareness are often referred to as “Trance” state or “altered state of mind”.
The communicator in the spirit world is able to lay their messages onto the mind, believed to be on the sub-conscious side. Using our imagination, we interpret the messages by “saying what we are thinking”.
These messages are then interpreted by the medium, me, and relayed to the recipient. Rather than voice alone, I also use writing. This involves me listening to the speaker in spirit and writing down their message, often word for word. As this form of mediumship is very much for personal growth, the speakers in spirit use the communication channel to give me support while sharing information about their life the other side. It remains mental mediumship in all ways, the only difference being the way that I deliver their message is not with my voice, but with my pen.
WRITING MESSAGES
There are many elements with writing a communication from the spirit world that make it more difficult than voicing the words. Once the words are committed to the paper, they cannot be easily changed, unlike vocal mediumship where the medium can vary or rephrase what is being relayed. Obviously, the process of writing can be much slower than vocalising words. This precise method of communicating with the spirit world is correctly known as “spirit-inspired” writing and should not be confused with “automatic” writing. When the medium is controlling the instrument, such as the pen, the writing is spirit-inspired. When the spirit communicator is controlling the pen, the writing is classed as automatic.
One of the most important aspects of spirit-inspired writing is within the limitations of the medium’s education. Grammar, spelling and speed are the three top challenges. Although the speaker in the spirit might be an advanced speaker in use of language, they are somewhat limited to the medium’s vocabulary and their understanding of good grammar practice. This is because it is the medium’s memory bank that is being used to construct the sentences. Of course, in the case of automatic writing, these limitations of the medium’s intelligence are overcome. The truth is however, there are really only a few mediums in the world today that can present automatic writing.
THE WRITING PROCESS
I have been interested in using the written word of spirit for many years of my mediumship apprenticeship. In early 2022 I decided to make some of my work public, at the same time as increasing the amount of times I sat in the power for this intention.
Over the time since, I have honed the method in the way I do it, without changing the actual processes. I have removed actions that distract me from the writing when I’m sitting.
I use a digital notebook with a stylus that is very close to the feel of an actual pen and paper. (Onyx Boox Nova 3 tablet & Lamy stylus pen). Before starting a session, I prepare the notepad with title and line spacing format. It is then put aside until I am ready to begin writing.
The advantage of using digital writing is often highlighted when a speaker in spirit tells me that I’ve worded a sentence wrong and asks me to rephrase it as they wish. I can easily rub the line out and continue with the message without stepping too far out of the power with my mind. Nowadays, I can almost automatically do that without it effecting my depth of connection.
Before commencing with the writing, I have set my intentions through prayer and declarations and, in my mind, invited the speaker to step forward. I advise them that I will know when they are ready when I hear a word or phrase being repeated in my mind. That is when I know to begin writing.
At first, the writing is what I call shallow, in other words, whilst the connection is strengthening. This is where the opening pleasantries are often written. The connection strengthens after a minute or so and I have learnt to be able to hold that focus for as much as 20-30 minutes. After that, my own mind becomes an issue, always intercepting and getting in the way. In some examples, such as the one used for this article, the writing can last for 45-60 minutes.
Instinctively, I know when to stop writing, as does the speaker. Nothing fancy happens. The speaker just wraps it up and says goodbye. The session is then over and I automatically close the tablet cover. The speakers from spirit have learned how long my session needs to be for publishing. Recently the speakers have also become aware that their words are being shared with others that will read the words some time in the near future.
After initially writing the session and closing the tablet, the notes are automatically converted into a pdf format and uploaded to my Dropbox cloud account. There it stays until required later for creating the public article.
This may surprise you to learn, when the session is over, the next time I’ll read what was written is when I’m creating the publication and I have to transcribe the message to a digital font format. That is often several weeks after the message was written, and gives a fresh dynamic to the contents for me, as I can never remember what I had written!
The speaker in the spirit world is talking to me in my mind. I am merely writing exactly what I’m hearing. We speak different than we write. Sentences and grammatical construct of our words is less present in the spoken word. I have to therefore to recognise when a sentence is ending, and often I get that wrong, as with paragraphs. It is the words, however, that are important.
Recently I started to use AI voices to read back these sessions and the results, I believe, are startling. Although of course the voice used is not that of the original speaker’s, the messages are brought to life in a new and exciting way.
Most sessions are now available as short podcasts available at The Spirited Talk Podcast.
JUDGING WITH THE AWARENESS SCALE
I have always strongly believed in honesty with my mediumship. To tell lies in this work only serves to be lying to myself. There is nothing to be gained from it and lying will only serve to restrict my true unfoldment.
Inspired writing is a craft that anyone can do, as is spirit-inspired writing. With the latter, the art is in allowing and recognising how much of the written work is being sourced from the writer’s actual imagination bank, compared with how much is being drawn from the spirit communicator. This is where the honesty is important.
I have devised an awareness scale where I make my own truthful judgement on the degree of my own thoughts in the words compared with those of the spirit communicator. The more I feel distanced from the message, the higher I believe the influence was spirit-inspiration.
I am a tough judge when it comes to deciding this factor during the process of creating these public presentations. I can make that judgement because it is me that knows my own capabilities. I rarely recall individual sittings or writing the messages. But I can judge how flavoured the messages are with my own imagination. They all contain some level of me in them.
Here is two examples of the awareness graphics I use. There are 10 in use at this time.


The technique of knowing what is and what isn’t the direct words of the spirit communicator is something that would take too long to try to explain. Imagine a medium having to analyse every element of a message they have just voiced to a sitter! The nearest way I can describe this process is through knowing. I just know.
THE INVITATION
Some months ago, I invited subscribers to my written work to challenge me and the spirit connects with questions for the spirit that they might like answers to. Soon after I realised that the process was flawed, from an evidential aspect of this work. I was able to read these questions as they arrived in my inbox and although I would not have deliberating pondered on these questions, the fact that I could read them ahead of the writing session was, to me, a weak link in the experiment. So I came up with an alternative method.
Questions that readers want me to put to my spirit connect are now invited to be sent to Jane’s email. On receiving them, Jane prints the email off and places it in a sealed envelope before delivering it to the cabinet in the sanctuary and advising me I have a question to deal with.
I prefer not to know who it is from, so Jane removes any identifying information on the printouts. I know nothing of the contents of the envelope and it remains sealed until the very last minute. Let me explain that part.
I sit in the power in the cabinet for a period of time and offer a prayer to the Divine. I follow that with a notice to the spirit connects that I am about to sit for their words. I mention that I have a question from another student that needs answering. I then sit quietly and wait for the spirit connect to tell me they are ready to commence. This is normally in the repeating of a word or phrase.
Recently, it has been the spirit connect that’s instructed me when I can open the envelope and to read the question aloud. Moments later, the writing process begins.
WHERE IS THIS WORK TAKING ME?
I have learnt so much from this work. At the very least, even if the messages occasionally come from my own higher spirit, they are laced with help and insights to help my unfoldment. Sometimes questions that no earth tutors can answer with 100% accuracy are dealt with by the spirit connect and offer profound insights into their world.
The speakers in spirit have requested I use my voice instead of the pen. I have increased the amount of times I do that. This is often referred to as ‘Trance Mediumship’. I have recorded around twenty sessions so far, though I am not yet confident enough to release those recordings into the public arena. I’m not happy with the standards just yet.
Recently, a speaker from the spirit world suggested that I should bring a person’s name to the cabinet. Someone that has requested a reading from the spirit world. The speaker suggested that they would be able to prove the continuation of life through the evidence they share with me and my pen.
I will be introducing that to my work later this year, assuming I am able to continue due to other pressing circumstances.
I don’t believe for a moment that my entire unfoldment, nor anyone’s for that matter, can be left in the hands of the spirit world. It would not be balanced to take all advice from them. Real tutors this side of life are equally important, however I am currently unable to afford their fees. Until that situation changes, I am satisfied with continuing to connect and listen to the spirit world.
NEXT
In the next part of this 2-part special, which can be found in my MORE WFSIW section, I will share with you the most recent question sent in by a reader, and the words that came from the spirit connect to answer the reader’s query.

*NEW CHANGE* The podcast versions are released free the day after this written version is published.
Your comments and feedback are always welcome. It’s wonderful for me to read your thoughts, as I suspect it must be for everyone else.
”Why are you crying?”, my father asked me.
“Because I’m going to die.” I replied.
He laughed and shrugged my comment off with the response , “We’re all going to die at some point.”
I hold very few memories of my early childhood. One such event that I can clearly recall is when I was very young. I remember the house as being our first terraced home in Gloucester. I even recall the actual address – 64 Alma Place (photo below). I would guess I was about 4 years old at the time. It was around 1964.

I was asleep in my bed when I woke up and realised that I was going to die. For some reason, the notion that I would at some point in the future stop living upset me. I cried and cried at the thought. I had no siblings at that time and slept alone. I must have already had an active mind.
My father came into the room concerned as to why I was crying and smiled so much when I shared with him my fears. But why this event happened and why I still recall the details so vividly is a mystery to this day.
Perhaps there was a psychic reason. Perhaps a previous life memory had came to mind and had frightened me. Why, at the young age of four, was death something that concerned me so much I became deeply emotional?
Today, on 11th July, I am sixty five years old, well over half a century after those terrifying thoughts in my childhood. My parents have been in spirit for many years, as have many of the people that I grew up around.
How do I feel about dying now?
Honestly, I’d rather not, if you don’t mind! I love my life. Though there have been some very rocky roads along the way and my life has been tarnished with many upsets and challenges, where I am now is a good place.
I’d like to believe that those early tears were witnessed by the spirit world and when the right time came, some thirty six years later, they came into my life to guide me through this final half. I was tempted to write two-thirds then, but realised that would be wishful thinking!
I don’t fear death. It’s going to happen and that’s a given. I’m of an age where I realise that the remaining years are limited. I’ve been with Jane for the past twenty three years and we’re probably past the half way point of our time together this side of life. Unless, of course, I live to 88 and beyond, but with our health that is not likely to be the case.
As I said, like most of us, I don’t want to die. But we have no control over when or how it will inevitably happen. I don’t focus on it too much. My mind still feels young and has so much accumulated wisdom from life so far. I am now in touch with my Self.
(The capital on Self is deliberate. It represents our higher spirit, the true soul Self)
I believe that I have a purpose in life. Who I am and my personality and characteristics are only the outward reflection of me. Behind that shield, I am a basically a good person, trying hard to live a fulfilled and meaningful life.
Perhaps, at the age of forty, the spirit world came into my life to help me get to grips with those early life fears and to stop me doing something silly that I’d planned. Perhaps spending the last couple of decades with spirit has helped me understand that life doesn’t actually end after our body is redundant.
None of us truly understand the complexity and wonder of life on earth. There is so much we don’t appreciate while we live within the confines of our biological and physical world. Our scientists have really only scratched the surface of understanding all there is to know. But when we explore the possibilities of life outside of our dimension, there is so much to be excited about.
I have one issue that bothers me though. I completely refuse to believe in the presence of Akashic records after we pass to the other side. If, and only if, they exist, that will be one event that I won’t want to attend. I’ll be too busy on that day!
SPIRIT WARRIORS WANTED
Become one of my Spirit Warriors and support my work with a donation. Why not sign up to be a regular subscriber for just £3.50 recurring monthly and you’ll get access to all of my written work. You’ll be helping to support my work. Or just a small donation to PayPal will be gratefully received.
Your comments & feedback are always special. Use the comment box below to share your thoughts with me and the other spirit warriors.
I’m an overly sensitive person by nature and this is enhanced by being a person working with my own self discovery. If that wasn’t enough to contend with, I’m an introvert to boot! A combination of two of the three testing conditions I have to live with daily on a mental level.
Many people working with the spirit world are overly sensitive. It is a by-product of attuning ourselves and heightening all our senses. It’s often associated with a feminine side of our personality. People with these characteristics are often drawn to working and appreciating the spiritual side of life.
For myself, I like being sensitive, sometimes. It usually means I am more understanding, sympathetic and even empathetic than others often are. I don’t want to offend people, and often suppress true feelings when around someone I don’t actually like. But sometimes being sensitive means my “soft skin” gets damaged easier. Combined with my other trait of being an extreme introvert leaves me vulnerable to being hurt too often. Things that don’t bother others, get to me.
It doesn’t always take others to damage me, I’m quite capable of doing that myself! I take everything to heart. I hear every word said, and I read into situations more than is often visible. Hey, I’m a medium and that is my job! I hate bullying, belittling, and aggression from others. Those traits make me upset and want to retract my head back into its shell, like a turtle does when danger shows.
More so as I have aged, my sensitivity and my introvert ways have shaped my chosen lifestyle. Thankfully, I have a loving, understanding and wonderful partner that understands and accepts me the way I am. She is my best friend and I don’t believe there is anyone else in the world that could better her.
But having these two characteristics is challenging for me, every single day of my life. Like so many people that might share these personality qualities, there is always a lack of self belief. Oh dear, now there are three challenges to deal with!
Having no self belief means that there is always an underlying desire to be liked, to be accepted, and often to be heard. But in a world where egos are on display on every social media platform and in every social gathering, the introvert has to work even harder to fit in. These are definitely challenges I recognise.
I used to take my mediumship to churches and venues quite frequently. But at one venue I had issues with the setup. There was a bar and the audience were drinking. They were somewhat rowdy, noisy and there to have a good night socialising. I was an unknown medium to the area and I sensed I was going to be given an hard time. That proved to be true very early into my demonstration which led to me losing confidence and a struggle followed. I began to sweat and wanted a hole to appear to swallow me up. As mediumship is important to me, and I don’t see it as entertainment, I declared to the organiser that I could not carry on. Embarrassed, humiliated and feeling like an alien in the room, I stood my ground and sat back down. Thankfully there was another medium on hand that took over and finished the evening.
As I sat alone near the demonstration area, I let my mind torture me for that remaining ninety minutes. A woman chose to come up to me at the end of the event. Annoyingly, she told me that one of the main and detailed messages that I’d given out, but could not find who it was meant for, she knew was meant for her. She just felt that she didn’t want to speak out as others were jeering me.
I left that venue having dried up and mentally broken, and returned to the comfort of my home and partner. That was several years ago. I’ve not worked in a public arena since. One or two well known mediums that I’ve interviewed for the Spirited Talk podcast offered to co-host an event with me where I could work alongside them, to regain my confidence. But as is quite common nowadays, they haven’t followed through with their words.
Of course, I should have used the FIDO technique and put it behind me. (Forget It Drive On). I shouldn’t have let it play on my mind, but it did. Remember, I’m introvert, sensitive, and needing to be liked. Am I therefore a rubbish medium? I don’t believe so. Am I ever going to work in the public arena again? Yes, when the occasion calls for it. Will I be able to deal with that sort of situation if it should reoccur? I think so.
You see, I cannot make the world adapt to me. Nor can I expect everyone to understand what is going on in my mind, what makes me tick, or what my strengths are. I can just be me, an odd and awkward character in a world filled with often judgmental and ego-fuelled people.
If you’ve followed my writing, you’ll already be aware of these issues I’ve shared with you. I’ve always believed that sharing who I am with others might, in some small way, help others to deal with their own similar issues and recognise that they are not alone.
These personality characteristics govern everything we do and equally determine everything we don’t do. We can make decisions in a second, and regret them moments later. We have to learn to think smart to accompany our ability to act impulsively.
My work online is coming to an end, due to the lack of interest in my small community. I am failing to reach an audience. Why? Because it is not in my nature to self promote. Every time I sit in front of my computer, I become frustrated with the situation I am in. No income from my work, few gratitude’s, and fewer reasons to continue working so hard at it. But does it really bother me? Yes and no. I am in charge of my destination and I accept that.
Any time, without notice, I could and should pull the plug on this work and walk away from it. I owe nothing to nobody. And every day, I consider whether this will be that day. So why don’t I? Because I recognise my weaknesses as that proverbial turtle with my neck out. If I make that momentary decision to walk away, I would be that turtle pulling my head back into the safety of the shell.
It is so important that in our own unfoldment and development, we recognise who we are and what ingredients make us. We should refuse to live with regrets and should stretch ourselves out of our comfort zones and explore the world with our own eyes. Becoming a greater medium is not just about having the power to connect to the other side. Becoming a greater medium is about self growth, understanding, compassion and a loyalty to truth. The evidence of mediumship is a by-product of those qualities.
In this article, I’ve shared with you my weaknesses. I’ve shared stuff that some might suggest should be kept private. But I’ve shared this with you to show that I am an ordinary person with flaws. Exactly the same as you are. If you deny that, you would do well to take more time to find out who you really are, deep inside. The you behind the doors of your mind. Recognising your characteristics is important. Your strengths are your comfort zones. Your weaknesses are your workspace.
I am over-sensitive, introvert and needing to be loved. How about you? What’s on your workspace? What do you have planned to become a greater medium?
The photo at the top of the page was chosen because it depicts how I often see myself. A near-empty theatre where I work!
During a recent live broadcast into our Friends of Spirited Talk Facebook group (videos now deleted), I made a comment that I had given up on trying to heal my partner because it was not making any significant difference. At that time, Jane was (and still is) in constant pain because of issues with her swollen ankles which she has been told was because of her ongoing Rheumatoid Arthritis.
Normally, I am an avid believer in my healing capabilities, or more precisely, my abilities to be a conduit for the universal healing energy. I had never doubted the power of spirit-based healing, or my ability to channel healing energy, like an amplifier, from those life-supporting forces of this planet.
For many months, night after night, I have connected to that source and asked for healing energy to, if necessary, flow through me into Jane’s body for the greater good and for pain relief. But Jane’s symptoms have been getting increasingly worse, rendering her in more pain and unable to walk without extreme suffering.
I have specific rituals that I carry out before starting to relay healing. The most important part being the saying of The Lord’s Prayer in my mind. The freedom of my dominant arm movement, the preparation of a specific pendulum or crystal, the heightening of my hand’s senses and the tried and trusted routine follows.
Jane always feels the energy flowing into her whenever I am healing, and occasionally a momentary relief in pain is experienced. Sometimes she senses the healing energy working within her and can experience symptoms of her energy changes during the process. Such signs as a mild feeling of nausea, pins and needles, and even an occasional temporary increase in pain. But come the following day and the pain, accompanied by swellings return as bad, sometimes worse, than ever.
During our June holiday in Lanzarote, Jane was suffering quite intensely with swollen ankles and relief from the pain was desperately needed. The pain and the swellings were terrible, possibly not helped by the high temperatures. During my daily healing sessions I was becoming increasingly desperate for help from the spirit resources. I prayed and pleaded for some relief for Jane, but it appeared that there were no signs of intervention from the higher powers.
Apart from the frustration that Jane was having to live through, I became angry, annoyed and frustrated due to the lack of evidence of support from above. After several more sessions nothing was felt by Jane, no relief came, and I concluded with annoyance that my healing sessions were a waste of time. So I stopped administering healing.
After months of calling on the spirit source for healing energy, I gave up. My faith in healing through the energy had been temporarily destroyed. For the remainder of the time away from home, I didn’t call for healing help from the Divine source. Why bother, I thought. Meanwhile, Jane continued to suffer and face life without the ability to walk more than a few hundred yards every day without experiencing intense pain.
HOLISTIC & SPIRITUAL HEALING IS SUBTLE
I recognise that these non-medical forms of healing are subtle and bring results in many ways other than medical, often other than on the pain areas directly. There is a lot that I don’t understand about holistic healing and much that I hold in faith only without actual evidence.
I recall being once informed that it takes both parties to be in acceptance for this type of healing to work. In other words, the patient (Jane) has to be prepared to accept the healing energy. On a conscious level, of course Jane is open to anything that will help. But some experts believe that at a deeper soul level, subconsciously a patient may block healing without being aware of it.
I would feel embarrassed to suggest to Jane that perhaps her soul is not wanting the healing. I know that Jane would be insulted and annoyed if I were to suggest such an issue. I don’t believe those experts were correct because I have no evidence to support such claims. Neither do I believe that the Divine forces would do such a cruel thing through the soul.
Equally, I do not believe (or even want to accommodate the possibility) that the pain Jane is suffering is because of some pre-defined lesson for her soul, or some karmic lesson. Again, I find these cop-out suggestions as mythical and nonsense, apart from also being somewhat offensive in nature. Nowadays when people make such claims to me, I ask them for the evidence. There isn’t any.
So, why are my healing abilities lacking any signs of being present?
SHORT CUTTING A SHORT CUT
I have often stated to Jane that if I knew for sure that if I were to sit in the power of healing for longer sessions for more results, I would do so. If I believed that sitting giving healing through the entire night would render significant differences, I would not hesitate in sitting. But I have no evidence to suggest that being the case. I am aware through my connection to the spirit world when it is time to stop healing. This is usually around 20-30 minutes into a healing session. Any sensations or awareness’s I have, disappear and equally, any sensations from my healing that Jane feels, stops.
I try hard to stick to a regular and normal routine of healing practice, as I mentioned before. I always pray before starting to set the intent correctly. Apart from the prayer, I also ask the Divine for help and explain what part I will play, usually just as an empty vessel for the healing powers, perhaps with some mind visions of colour for energy or direction of the energy.
I know this works. I am aware of precisely where my channelled healing energy is going and what is happening. This is always confirmed with Jane’s awareness. I hear from the spirit helpers what colour energy they want me to visualise and believe they require it for their own purposes. I believe that different coloured energies are used by them for different purposes. I know intuitively where they might require me to work, rarely with hands-on initially. Occasionally I am told to move out of the way for a few moments too.
There are occasions where I short cut my routines. This may be because I am tired at that time. Therefore I leave everything up to the Divine forces and stay out of the processes. This is akin to actual Spiritualist healing practice. But my years of experience in healing have suggested that this form of healing is far more subtle and may be working elsewhere in the spirit of that person, other than the pain symptoms. Hardly useful for my purpose of healing!
QUESTIONS UNANSWERED
I have never doubted my powers of healing. I’m aware that it’s not me personally that does the healing. I therefore believe that I am a reliable and pure channel for that healing energy to flow through.
Some people, however, would suggest that we should stay out of the healing and our only part in the process should be to request it. Personally, I don’t believe that to be so. Others might suggest that just requesting healing is sufficient, and a response such as “healing sent” is enough to invoke the powers. Again, I don’t believe that to be enough.
We are insulting the Divine by believing that, just because we request it once, and then we carry on with our day without giving it another thought, that the energy will flow to that person. If that were so, why would the Divine need to be asked? Why would we need to ask the all-knowing presence of God to intervene? Why is the world filled with pain and disease if the Divine could heal without us being involved?
I believe that when we offer ourselves as a channel, through the power of healing, the energy that heals flows through us whilst we are in that prepared state of mind. We act as amplifiers for that life-giving and life-sustaining energy that is in abundance in our world.
But the question still remains. Why is Jane not receiving relief from me during and after sessions of healing on her?
There are several possible answers, as I can figure out. Maybe my healing does actually work more than I could know. Maybe the healing is delaying further pain, or helping to hold the symptoms from getting worse.
Maybe the healing of a biological disease, such as Rheumatoid Arthritis takes intense healing over a longer period of time. While I appreciate that this is a disease caused by the body turning back on itself, I suggest it might be more difficult to reverse.
Perhaps there are simply too many bodily diseases that cannot be cured or healed through holistic healing alone. The great Harry Edwards was documented as reversing the growth of tumours, getting rid of cancers, and many other miraculous cures. But let’s be honest, was that on every occasion he administered healing, or just on the occasional times? Can we mere mortals really turn major illnesses around every time we try, without medical intervention? Again, the evidence is stacked heavily against that being the case.
Perhaps the answer lies in our own expectations. As people it is our nature to want to cure others. We want our form of healing to work. We seek the evidence that is not always going to be there. We expect too much from this simple form of healing.
IS IT REALLY WORTH SENDING HEALING ENERGY?
If you want to win the lottery, you must first buy a ticket! I believe strongly in stacking the odds every time. Perhaps administering healing using our minds, hands and holistic systems doesn’t always bring the miraculous results we expect and demand. But it’s at least worth trying, and we can never surely know what other good is happening because of our healing.
I don’t believe, not even for a moment, that simply responding to a social media request for healing with a response of “healing sent” is enough. But I do believe that an extended session of intent will trigger some level of healing.
Am I back healing with Jane? Absolutely yes. Since returning home, I have administered my healing most nights in the same way I have always done. Jane remains in constant pain and whatever I do only appears to bring only temporary relief. But at least I’m stacking the odds. I’m doing whatever I can to use the Divine healing force for the greater good of Jane. That is something I cannot stop doing.
I had a glitch in my belief when on holiday. When someone I love so dearly is in constant pain, it brings with it frustration and anger. These are not emotional states that help. So I temporarily stopped for around 8 days.
I believe in the power of healing in my work. It is my strongest strength and is integral to me being a medium and ambassador for this work with the spirit world. But I am a mere mortal being with flesh and bones, and cannot ever expect to understand the almighty powers of our life on earth. What is, is, and what will be, will be. I am on my own journey, as are each of us. Our purpose is beyond our knowing, only that we should life live to the fullest and stack the odds in living life for the greater good.
BEFORE YOU GO . . .
I am currently funding most of the expenses involved with sustaining my work. Only a few subscribers have signed up for the paid editions of my work. That funding helps in a small way to keep the podcasts available to everyone else. But the Spirited Talk bank account is currently at the maximum limit of the agreed overdraft and I am already making changes to save money on essential outgoings.
Spirited Talk’s current trajectory is leading to this work ending within the next six months. This will sadly mean the end of the podcasts being available to thousands of people around the world. I have no funding to maintain the distribution costs.
I appreciate that these are tough times for all of us and money is in short supply. However, I ask you that if you could offer just a small donation for my work, it would be gratefully appreciated and would go some small way to helping pay the bills! Thank you so much.

Your comments and feedback are always welcome. Share them in the space below. Thank you.
My partner and I enjoy frequent holidays on the island of Lanzarote, one of the Canary Islands 80 miles off the west coast of Africa. We take the four hour flight from and to England as many as three times every year, often for up to three weeks per holiday.
But why Lanzarote? What is it that we enjoy so much about the place and how does that relate to my spiritual unfoldment?
Lanzarote was introduced to me in the early noughties when we were on a cruise of the Canaries and booked a coach tour of the island from the ship’s agenda.
After that coach tour, I felt I wanted to see more of the island. There was something I couldn’t figure out that was drawing me to this wonderful place. Shortly after arriving back home, we booked our first holiday on Lanzo. (the friendly shortened version).
It was during that very first longer stay on the island, I realised that this place felt spiritual to me. I felt connected to the earth and was drawn to the rugged landscapes left behind by eruptions from the many volcanoes years past. The island is a result of such eruptions and was formed from the sea many thousands of years ago. One or two of the volcanoes are still active, though passive at this time. Much of the island is unpopulated because of the spews left behind from previous eruptions decades earlier.
Years later and we’re still visiting Lanzo as much as we can. We have even considered buying a property here, but our ages are probably too advanced to make that a sensible investment.
I am writing this article during a stay in a villa on the front line of one of the popular resorts. It was a couple of days ago when I realised what one of the most important reasons for our love of this place is. It’s the simplicity of living.
Yes, my suitcase is often weighed down with a laptop, two tablets, charging cables, power leads and an array of cameras and accessories that I need to be able to work comfortably here. But I’ve just vowed that on the next holiday here in a few months, the laptop is not coming with me. I must work harder at home to get enough in my heavy creation schedule to cover the breaks away.
What do I mean by ‘the simplicity of living’?
This villa has four sofas and a large screen TV. Most villas have similar features. But we never use them. The kitchen is small and could be described as basic. From early morning until late at night, all the doors are always wide open and we spend most of our time outside, only coming in to get ready for going out at night, and sleeping.
When we’re here, we lose track of dates, and current affairs happening back home in the UK. We haven’t a clue what is going on, and we don’t care. The BBC news is something I monitor all the time when I’m home, but here I don’t have any interest. We’re not bothered what’s on Netflix, Amazon Prime, or any of the other thousands of channels we waste time watching at home. Occasionally though, I drop into Facebook, usually late at night while enjoying a Gin and Tonic outside in the mild late evening climate under the stars present in the clear night sky.
I don’t have to worry about cutting lawns, weeding or any DIY. The nearest I get to that kind of work here is occasional sweeping up of a few leaves from the palm trees around us. I don’t worry about who is reading my work, who is commenting, what is going on in the world of mediumship, or any of those similar activities I do at home. Life here is stripped back and simple.
Do I miss those home routines and activities that fill my life normally? No, not even for a moment. All the time-wasting activities of our British life are left back home. I’m free of all the worries of the state of our economy, lying politicians, royal scandals, cheating stars, docu-soaps, terrorism, and any of the countless negative feeds we naturally, and by choice, endure at home. Did I say, life here is simple.
It’s this found simplicity that allows me to connect to my higher self with a greater ease. I can actually feel the vibration of the earth below me during any of my many meditations I do. I connect to the spirit world so much more freely and feel uninhibited, a free spirit.
Every morning we have been here, a lady goes down to the seafront, alone. She dances with her arms in the air. She twirls around and expresses her real self. Imagine doing that in Wigan! They’d lock you up. Ladies walk along the beach topless, safe and without fears of being in danger. Spanish men and women talk loudly and at great speed. They are one big social community. The mañana (pronounced man-yana) way of living is important to every resident, as are daily siestas.
My eyes are rested here. Everything has beauty in abundance. The plants, the trees, the smooth roads, the beautifully paved walkways. The light is always bright and clear with often cloudless skies and a calm sea stretching as far as the eye can see. The only constant noise is that of the gentle waves breaking on the beach fifty metres in front of us. My ears are rested. We both cherish hearing only sounds that bring positivity. No children screaming, no balls being bounced around, no dogs barking, no unfriendly music being played by some ignorance person nearby. Just the gentle and soothing sound of the sea.
I should confess that the last paragraph contains wishes that occasionally aren’t always in abundance. We are at present, staying near the airport at Arrecife and planes are coming and going all day every day. But that sound doesn’t bother us too much, and they’re often exciting to watch. Being straight with you, one reason we won’t be returning to this villa is because of some other noises that we’ve had to endure on this trip. There are barking dogs next door that have annoyed us too often for our liking, and the local authority have chosen to dig the prom up in front of our villa as part of a prom light renewal program. Normally our villa choices allow all the silence we require, though this occasion that was not always so.
Stripping back life, simplifying it and forgetting some of the pointless routines of home is food for the spirit, and probably the soul too. The people of Lanzarote residence are friendly, warm and welcoming. They don’t display hate bones in their body, unlike so many fellow humans back home. This is why we try to avoid mixing with the British when we’re here. We avoid known places where they all congregate for their regular fish and chips and Sunday roasts!
This is the lifestyle I so desire. We always vow that when we return home, we’ll avoid putting the telly on. We’ll eat more salads. We’ll walk more and enjoy the outside more. But then, when back in Wigan and it’s damp and wet, what else can we do but put the telly on and cook some concoction for tea!
There is a moral in this story. Sometimes it pays to have a dream and pursue it every day. Life is more than assets and possessions. Life is more than the status of your car or the size of your house. Life is about being in touch with the real you and connecting with this planet, literally, connecting with it.
Does it have to be Lanzarote? Of course not. There is peace and beauty to be found anywhere in the world. That is, if your eyes and mind are open wide enough. You can even make your back garden a place of sanctity if you choose. For us though, we enjoy the entire escape. We have found a place that feeds our spirit with so much peace and happiness whilst leaving us hungry for more. The island of Lanzarote intoxicates us with life, every time.
EDIT: I wrote this piece while I was in Lanzarote, but I didn’t put it in the schedule. I wanted to re-read it back at home to measure the difference in lifestyles. The difference between the one talked about above, and my normal home life is startling.
Of course, we all have daily responsibilities, such as homes and gardens to maintain, paperwork, schedules and daily chores as part of a normal life. I’m aware that living a holiday style every day is simply unreasonable to consider. But when we examine some of the elements that make up our routines at home, many of them are not required.
Social media, television, news and politics, online shopping, fleece jackets, quilts, gutters and central heating. Some elements I know I could live without, given the option in my life.
Rain and rainbows are beautiful, but so is reliable periods of sun. Trees are beautiful, until they shed their leaves and result in hours of work clearing them away. The variety of plants is vast at home, but then so are the variety of weeds. The moss, the mould, the damp air, the difficulty drying clothes, salads that don’t taste as good at home than on holiday.
Our spirit yearns to be fed from the peace and relaxation we get on a holiday. But let’s be real, our life is here at home. It may be cold and damp, but it’s home. It may lack the heat of the sun, but it’s home. It may be raining more than it’s sunny, but it’s home.
I remind myself that my very own spirit co-resides here on this planet wherever I am, whilst being at home in the world of spirit.

What are your comments and thoughts? Share them with me and the other readers.
The big challenge for new students of this work with the spirit world is in recognising their own strengths and weaknesses, and overcoming the desire to continually judge themselves against their peers and mentors.
I know that when I first sparked an interest in exploring the phenomena of communications with the other side, I knew zilch. I was a completely blank canvas. I had not been aware of spirit in the previous forty years of my life, and to some degree was very sceptical that this was a thing anyway.
So the obvious start for me was at the very beginning – the exploration stage, you might say. Being completely naïve and without any guidance from others, I set about finding the people that might have the knowledge and experience to advise me where to go and what to do.
Those first few teachers had a huge impact on my personal journey. I listened, learned and followed their every piece of advice, often quite stubbornly too! When my own ego didn’t get in the way, or my own self-awareness, I did what they suggested because they knew more than me.
What I could not have known at that stage was that I was becoming a diluted clone in many aspects of my work. I got to the stage where I could almost recognise the influence of the leaders in other students. For example, I recall watching many mediums demonstrate and knew without doubt those that had been trained by the wonderful Tony Stockwell. He had successfully passed on parts of his presentational skills to his students. The wording, the use of humour, the gaze, the stagecraft, all similar to their mentor’s unique personality.
At that time, I was jotting down particular phrases I heard mediums use. I was watching their demonstrations, not just to admire their abilities to connect with the spirit world, but also their presentational skills. I wanted to copy them, or at least some of their skills.
There were times when I felt somewhat intimidated by the more well-known mediums. Paul Jacobs, one of the finest mediums in the UK, yet somewhat unapproachable to me. He displayed a presence that kept me feeling inferior, whether intended or of my own belief. My ignorance often suppressed me.
There were others too. The amazing Eileen Davies. Not just an incredible medium, but one of the finest tutors too. Yet, as much as I wanted to learn from her, I felt somewhat like a little fish in a big pond when around her. On more than one occasion she rightly had reason to correct me and in doing so, left me deflated and doubting myself once more. I wanted to be liked, but was going about it entirely wrongly.
If I could go back to the beginning and start again, would I change anything? With the knowledge and experience I now have after two decades of learning, absolutely yes. But understand this, I don’t have a single doubt in those teachers, their intentions, or their abilities. Every tutor that took the time to teach me and others did so with remarkable patience and abilities. It was just where I was that made the difference to how much I absorbed.
Every one of those people were important in reshaping me as a person. Their abilities and their presence were important factors. I had to learn, and doing so from a foundation of nothing was always going to be a huge task.
Around five years ago, I realised an important aspect of my unfoldment that, up until then, had been occasionally mentioned, but had meant nothing to me in those moments. It was the realisation that the one ingredient I needed to focus on more than any other in my unfoldment was in embracing my uniqueness.
I realised that I would never be another Tony Stockwell, or Colin Fry, or Derek Acorah. I won’t have that presence of Paul Jacobs, or Minister Simone Key, or an Eamonn Downey, or Minister Val Williams. Instead, I began to come to terms that I didn’t want to be anyway! I could most certainly learn from them all. But I am Trevor, a unique medium with my own strengths and weaknesses. I’m not a clone or a droid, I am the one and only me. God, forbid anyone from cloning me!
This uniqueness is something each of us have. We are not the same as anyone else. We are our own creations, different in many ways, though following a common cause. I know several incredible unique individuals that read my work that I’d be honoured to mention. I like to call them ‘spirit warriors’, each with their own personalities and set of abilities.
Ann B. has followed my work for a number of years. She is about as unique as someone could be in this field of work. She openly displays her uniqueness and that is such an healthy quality. She acts like my earth spirit mother, displaying her care, concern and yet her own take on spiritualism.
Judith G. is devoted to her personal journey with this work with spirit. She has remained humble to learn, yet excited about what she has discovered for and about herself in this process. She likes to share what she’s learnt, yet daily continues to pursue her unfoldment in her own way.
Bill C. is a gentleman that is striving through his own struggles with this work and isn’t too proud to remain humble. An intelligent student that works with an open mind and a willingness to expand his knowledge. I admire his determination to succeed in this work and yet never displays any negative characteristics. I learn from that.
Marianne B. is a lady I’ve come to know through my work. Although English is not her first language, she remains open minded and often questions some of my work, which is a very healthy stance to take. She is devoted to her work with spirit and has encapsulated her knowledge with her other work. That’s a wonderful unique ability.
There are many other wonderful people I have come to be connected to because of my public work. Each of them inspire me to better myself whilst embracing my uniqueness.
When I look at the well-known people that inspire me, I can clearly distinguish each of their unique qualities that make them stand out from others. I’m not talking about people with inflated egos, though there are a few of those on display. I’m talking about talented individuals that offer something unique to this cause.
I remember talking to Andre Djordjevitch for an interview with Spirited Talk. This man left a burning impression on me. His sincereness, his abilities, his knowledge and his humbleness were inspiring. He left me wanting to be like him, but in my own unique way. For me, he displayed a natural down-to-earth approach that blended so well with his outstanding talents as a trance healer.
Am I the unique person I desire to be nowadays? I think so, and if not entirely, I am most certainly heading in the right direction. But more important is where you are with it. Do you recognise your uniqueness? Do you embrace it as a strength and not as a weakness? Have you found your niche in this busy industry? Surely that is your uniqueness?
Allow others to inspire you, without the need to be like them. Learn from the words of others, yet arrange them in your own sentences. Stay humble to grow and to improve whilst enrichening your work with your personality. When you’ve left this world, you won’t be replaced. Your identity is your strength. Your face is your brand. Your words are your Bible.
A home is not a home without a bookshelf full of loved books. In my sanctuary there is one very large pine bookcase filled entirely with my spirit-books. Even the top has many more that I could find room for in the shelves.
There are several other piles of books nearby awaiting to be filed away somewhere, eventually. It was during moving one of those stacks that I thought of the outline for this article.
I’m a slow reader. As an example, when we go on holiday both Jane and I do a lot of reading. Either from our Kindles or from actual books I’ve smuggled into my suitcase. (Jane doesn’t like me weighing the case down with books!)
Over a two week vacation I would expect to read somewhere between 1 and 3 books, depending on their size and the quality of the content. Jane, on the other hand can read a book in a day, apparently.
But not every book in my collection deserves a place in it. I would suggest that around forty percent of the books on my shelves are frankly rubbish and hold no valuable content. I have, for example, a collection of Diana Cooper books on the bottom shelf that I wish I’d never bought! Just saying!
I have a plan to thin the books out at some time and give those I don’t want to a charity shop, but I can’t bring myself to parting with them just yet. I love my books, as you can tell.
During this recent redistribution of the few stacks I’ve read recently, I thought it might be a good idea to name the top ten books I have read over the past year that I would highly recommend to others. I’ve even ended this article with two books that I would not recommend.
The following list is not in any particular order. Every one of these books have given me something of value and as I student I would thoroughly recommend you put them on your own bucket list. To make this list complete, I have browsed through my eBooks on the Kindle and included one or two of those in this list.
I’m not going to waste time giving you a review of each book, other than a few key words. You are most welcome to copy this list to your journal for future reference and for ticking off as you read each one.
SHOW YOUR SUPPORT WITH A DONATION
MY COMPLETED BUCKET LIST OF READING
2022/2023
ON THE EDGE OF THE ETHERIC
Arthur Findlay *Essential | Informative | Timeless Classic
MEDIUMSHIP- RAISING THE STANDARDS (1 & 2)
Tim Abbott
Tutorial | Workshop | Dipping Books (pick up and read when you want)TWO WORLDS AS ONE
Val Williams
Powerful | Educational | CompulsiveVOICES IN THE DARK
Leslie Flint
Historic | Pioneer | InspiringBETWEEN TWO WORLDS
Tyler Henry
Surprising | Modern | DetailedWHAT THE GREAT MEDIUMS HAVE TAUGHT US ABOUT SPIRIT GUIDES
Maxine Meilleur
Accurate | Researched | Must ReadDYING TO SEE YOU
Micky Havelock
Easy-To-Read | Emotional | InsightfulI AM, I CREATE
Erin Werley
Fascinating | Trustful | InspirationalWAKING UP IN THE EYE OF THE STORM
Kavya Jaiswal
Deep & Meaningful | Detailed | PhilosophicalPSYCHIC – THE DARK SIDE OF THE LIGHT
Rosie Shalhoub **
Hugely Truthful | Negatively Charged | Reflective
* I revisit this book every few years.
BONUS BOOK
After I’d compiled the list above, I came across this wonderful book that I read last year. This is definitely one to read.
GHOSTS OF THE NHS
Glynis Amy Allen
Emotional | Informative | Heart-Warming
I would recommend every one of those books to students of this work, although, the one by author Rosie Shalhoub ** is an acquired taste and would not be recommendable to a naive student. Mature students however, might relate to some of the egos Rosie refers to!
Finally, here are two books I have bought and read this last year, and wish I hadn’t! There are actually quite a few, but I’ve narrowed it down to just these two. The last one came from a charity shop, so cost is irrelevant. Of course, it is a case of each to their own and some readers might find something in one of them of use. For me though – waste of time and money!
PENDULUM HEALING
Erich Hunter
Inaccurate | Unhelpful | UnrealisticCONTACTING YOUR SPIRIT GUIDE
Sylvia Brown
Shallow | Pointless | Delusional
Why not follow the format I have used above and share your favourite read of the past year.

If you have any comments or feedback about this presentation, please do leave them below.

I suspect that I’m not on my own with this problem! It’s about meditation. More to the point, it’s about where my mind often is during meditating.
I used to believe I must be lacking some obvious ability when it came to meditation. I would hear comments such as, “Just clear your mind and focus.” Or “focus on your breath and follow it with your thoughts.” What? How on earth can I clear my mind?
I knew this issue was not just one that I possessed. If truth be known, the reason why so many people choose not to meditate is because of this apparent lack of control over their thoughts. When asked why they don’t meditate, the excuses range from, “I just don’t need to.” Or “I can’t. I have a monkey mind.”
Well, from my consistent failing of the basic principles of meditation over many years, I have found several techniques that work for me and I want to share with you. As you should be aware by now, meditation is NOT about emptying the mind, that is an impossibility for beginners and intermediate students. It takes many years to master the ability to go into the nothing of an empty mind, and even then there is still some activity you’re aware of at a deeper level. I have only managed to reach the empty stage a few times. Perhaps because I’m an impatient person with always more important things I need to be doing, apparently!
Meditation is a state of intense focus. Tutors will often suggest staring at a candle flame with your eyes open for several minutes before letting your eyes close naturally and continuing to see the flame with your mind’s eye. This is a good technique and works for me, but usually only for a short time. My mind gets bored!
Similar suggestions include focusing on your breathing pattern. The in-breath and the out-breath. But the challenge with this technique is avoiding changing the rhythm of the breathing and that is hard, when your mind is focused on it. And as I said a moment ago, my mind gets bored and wanders off!
I have devised my own system of focus for meditation. It works for me and it might work for you. Before I share two versions with you, you will have to develop some discipline with your thoughts. Don’t worry, with practise this comes quite easily and naturally, and you should experience an improvement from the first time.
Both of the techniques I’m going to share with you are based on the same principle – going somewhere with your thoughts deliberately. A few years ago, I released a podcast with a detailed set of instructions that could help you reach a very special place in your mind. But the feedback I received, by the lack of interest in it, told me that people didn’t take to it in the way I had set it out. Even though it worked for me, it was not accepted by others.
In my determination to find a simpler way to control my mind’s thoughts, I came up with these next two methods. I use either one of them on a regular basis and always achieve success. I will describe them to you now, as if you are participating.
METHOD 1 – THE INVISIBLE WALLS
After you’ve settled comfortably, close your eyes.
Imagine that there is an invisible wall or barrier forming in your mind between you (your mind), and the real world (the sounds around you).
Know that with every breath, you are creating the power to build the barrier stronger and thicker.
Focus on the barrier building with every breath whilst allowing your focus to gently remain within this space you have now created.
Allow the sounds of the outside world to become ‘blurred’ and no longer your main focus. Yes you will still hear the sounds, but your focus will not be directly on them.
Keep repeating this with every breath. Building your own invisible walls to the outside world, whilst improving your inner focus all the time.
That’s all there is to it. After a few practice sessions, you’ll be amazed at how much longer you can maintain that perfect focus for meditation. Within a few sessions you’ll be able to sit for 15 minutes or longer and will be so impressed with your results.
METHOD 2 – THE CATHEDRAL (my personal favourite)
After you’ve settled comfortably, close your eyes.
With your mind’s eye, see yourself stood outside your special cathedral, staring at the doors to enter that are just 20 feet in front of you. The cathedral is wherever you want it to be.
Hear all the sounds of the ‘real world’ as normal and accept them as part of your mind’s place.
Walk towards the cathedral doors and open them, before stepping inside, turning around and appreciating a last view of the people and things causing the sounds you can hear.
Close the doors and walk into the centre of the cathedral. Find yourself a seat. It can be a comfortable one that is there especially for you, or it can be one of the pews, that’s your choice. You can sit where you like.
Whilst seated, take time to allow your mind to reveal all the details of the building and the furniture, the alter, the paintings on the walls, the slabs with engraved writing on them on the floor in front of you. Observe the brass ornaments, the old pulpit, the vases with flowers, the columns and the high ceilings.
Allow your mind to build the details. It’s your cathedral, so your mind can see what it wants to see.
Sense the special energy within this vast space. Feel the energy within it. Allow the unique smell to form in your mind.
Appreciate the peace, the tranquillity, and the holiness of this building where you come whenever you want to.
Feel how welcoming this place is and how much you feel at ease here.
This is your place for meditation. It is your space, yours and only yours. It is your safe haven, your special place for connecting with your higher Self – the real you.
You will soon be aware that the sounds of the ‘real’ world are outside of the walls. You have found a peace. The sounds may be there, but they are blurred and remain outside of your cathedral.
Spend as long as you can here. Focusing on the details and appreciating how wonderful this place is for you, and you alone.
In your mind’s eye, choose to close your eyes and talk to your higher spirit, those working with you in the other realms, and the Divine power.
Spend as long as you feel comfortable in this place. When you are ready to leave, continue focus and visualise yourself walking back towards the big wooden doors where you came in.
Open them and embrace the sounds of this world that you had left behind for those minutes alone.
Open your eyes and allow yourself to contemplate what you just achieved.
This cathedral is always there for you, waiting for you to enter, close the doors and enjoy time alone with the Divine’s power.
If you’re a good student and keep a journal of your spiritual unfoldment, you might choose to write down what you experience whenever you go to your cathedral. Make a note of how your personal discipline is improving, how much longer each sitting is becoming, how happy you are when you find this peace, and any other observations you feel worth recording to your journal.
This is a key tool to use for your unfoldment. You will learn so much about yourself and your potential. With repetition and discipline, you will master the ability to meditate – and enjoy every session.
I’ll finish with one final and important detail. You’ve just read this article to this point, and I suspect you like the idea of this method. But the onus is now on you. Do it. Find time and promise yourself you will do it. It’s for your own benefit. A cathedral of your making is waiting. Who knows who you will meet there.
Your comments, observations and thoughts are always welcome. Use the comments below, or if you’re a member of our Facebook group, share your comments with our community.
I am well aware that sometimes I will say something that upsets others. This may be one such occasion, and for good reason. As the reader, I hope you make your own mind up in what fits with you best. The opinions I am about to share with you are my own and is not endorsed by any leading authorities on the subject. Read my words and allow them to be digested before you rush to condemn me.
My subject of this presentation is regarding the giving of holistic, natural energy, or spiritualist healing, of which I hold no qualifications. I am however, involved in administering energy and spirit based healing many times each week, as my partner suffers great pain with RA.
When I was a newer student and part of a private circle, I was learning from an established and well respected, certificate-holding medium, of the old-school type. She was very much an advocate of teaching us the spiritual foundations for our mediumship. Every few weeks, she would have our group sit in a circle and focus on healing each other. She taught us ways to scan for ailments and ways to visualise the energy as it manifested and went to work on us. She would combine that with suggesting we ask the Divine for help in the process.
At the end of the fifteen minute sessions we were then invited to individually share with the others in the group what we had discovered during the healing, what we sensed ourselves and what messages we might have received from the other side during that connection.
Wait a minute! Yes you read that correct. A well respected medium with accreditations from the SNU, encouraging her naive students to, not just be involved with the process of healing, but also to be aware of any communications from the spirit world during the process.
Twenty plus years later I am still passionate about the process of healing and still use those foundations I was taught for healing. I could share with you many stories of times I have administered healing on someone and after, passed on an often incredible communication from someone in the spirit world that wanted to be heard at that moment. I have never had a complaint – except from apparent expert teachers. In fact, my subjects have always left me refreshed with the healing and comforted by the communication they received. In my world, that is what a medium is supposed to do.
But this does not, apparently, sit well with major spiritualist organisations.
“Healing is healing and should not involve you connecting to the spirit world and relaying messages. Healers are forbidden to give readings during a spiritualist healing session.”
I have been told this by several ‘big name’ certificate holding healers.
“When someone comes to you for spiritualist healing, that is all you should administer. Anything you receive in the form of communication from the spirit world should not be shared with the patient. You should also not even be involved with the healing process. You should leave that to the Divine, so you should not be sensing any ailments and should be staying well out of the process.”
One certified healer further suggested to me:
“Do you think that you are more powerful than the Spiritual energy? Why would you want to be involved? And anyway, you would be breaking the working terms and conditions of your insurance policies. You would be opening yourself to law suits if something you said was deemed not appropriate.”
This may be why I would never be interested in working to qualify as a certified healer under such terms and conditions. Healing comes in many forms and is most certainly not limited to administering spiritualist healing. If that is something that some want to do, then I admire and respect them for it. But for me, there is far more to giving healing than just leaving it to the Divine, or saying on social media “Healing sent!”. If that was all that was needed, why doesn’t that healing relief come without our prompting?
These apparent experts have suggested that there are two types of energy we can attune to. Healing energy and energy for communicating with the spirit world. Really? I have questioned that, time and time again. I’ve asked to be shown how these two energies differ and how should I connect to only one type. I have asked this of many tutors over twenty years. Not one has blessed me with a concise definition or a way to recognise these two energy states. In my mind therefore, I believe it is nonsense. I therefore firmly believe that when we sit in the power of the spirit, it is one source of energy to do with as we choose for the purpose of healing and communication.
As you can now read, I am passionate about healing within my mediumship work. Healing is a deep and varied form of work, from the magnetic energy induced relief brought on by visual means, systems, and hands, to the important message from someone watching over the patient. Both are offering healing to the person.
Am I correct in my argument? That depends who you are. If you’re a certified spiritualist healer with the SNU for example, you’re likely to disagree with me, either in part or entirely. If you’re a medium working with spirit for the greater good without an affiliation to any organisation, you’ll probably agree with my sentiments.
I know without question that the healing I administer works at some level. I also have the intelligence to know when and how to pass on anything I receive from the spirit world after the healing process. I’m not stupid or uncaring. I believe I’m intelligent enough to know what is right and what isn’t.
I would like to conclude this article with a couple of stories on this subject that were shared with me from readers.
This first story was from A.B. and can be found in the comments of a recent edition.
A very close and dear friend of mine (now in Spirit) was being used for hands on Spiritual Healing. Prior to her getting to the church and healing sanctuary, whilst still at home, she was inspired to pick up a small cross and chain from her shelf, and put it in her pocket.
Later, a lady turned up at the church for healing and it was her first time. She was a little nervous. It was my friend that was going to be the channel for the healing. After my friend has administered the healing to the lady, my friend put her hand into her pocket, felt the cross and chain and chose to gently place in into the lady’s hand. No words were spoken, she just knew she had to give the lady the cross.
Later, when they both left the healing sanctuary, the lady turned to my friend and thanked her so very much.
“It means a great deal to me being given this Cross, I am a Roman Catholic and wasn’t sure whether I should come to have healing as it is against my religion. But I felt drawn to come anyway. This is proof for me that I was right to come. Thank you so very much.”
Needless to say it made my friend feel a whole lot less guilty about doing what she did, plus was confirmation that it was what was needed for the lady. Don’t we always say that spirit intelligence is a lot wiser than us? I think I will leave it there for you to judge.
This last story was also shared with us and was from Judith G.
The issue of healing and mediumship was one that effected my husband personally. I completed the healing training and got my certificate etc. My husband started his training at the same time but he always got a message for the person he was healing.
One of the healer tutors kept telling him off for giving off the message. After a few heated arguments with everyone involved my husband decided to stop his training. As he believed the message was meant to be passed on to the client. This particular tutor did not believe so, and she refused to allow it, no matter what anyone else thought.
It’s a shame as my husband was able to help people especially with headaches. I always ask him to sort mine out. It works every time, takes10 minutes, and the headache is completely gone.
In summarising, I’ll remind you that rules are there for a reason. But what is good for one practice is often not the hard and fast for all practices. If you’re administering healing under the umbrella of a strictly controlled organisation, such as the Spiritualist National Union, then it is only right and proper that you abide by their rules and guidelines. However, if you find those rules limit or restrict your work, then I would suggest it might be time to broaden your education and stop using certification as some sort of endorsement of your abilities.
The concept of a “third eye” has been present in spiritual and religious practices for thousands of years. It is often depicted as a mystical symbol, located in the centre of the forehead, and believed to have the ability to perceive beyond ordinary sight.

The history of the third eye can be traced back to ancient civilizations such as the Egyptians and Hindus. In Hinduism, the third eye is known as the ajna chakra, and it is believed to be the seat of intuition and the connection between the physical and spiritual realms. The ancient Egyptians also had a concept of a third eye, which they called the “udjat” or “wedjat” eye, and it was associated with the God Horus. A well known symbol used in Egyptian beliefs to depict the third eye is commonly known as The Eye Of Horus.
In Buddhism, the third eye is regarded as the “eye of consciousness“, representing the vantage point from which enlightenment beyond one’s physical sight is achieved. Buddhism uses an “urna” to the same effect as Hindus. The third eye, or the “Eye of Wisdom”, is discerned on the deity Buddha.
In Taoism, third eye training involves focusing attention on the point between the eyebrows with the eyes closed, and while the body is in various “qigong” postures. The goal of this training is to allow students to tune into the correct “vibration” of the universe and gain a solid foundation on which to reach a more advanced meditative state.
Taoism teaches that the third eye, also called the mind’s eye, is one of the main energy centres of the body located at the sixth Chakra, forming a part of the main meridian, the line separating left and right hemispheres of the body.
Scientifically, the pineal gland is also known as the “epiphysis cerebri,” and has been proven to have some similarities with the third eye. The pineal gland contains photoreceptor cells that can detect light, and it is also responsible for producing the neurotransmitter serotonin, which is associated with feelings of well-being and happiness. Several experts in this field believe the third eye’s microscopic vision can detect and observe objects as small as quarks.
Evidence suggests that the pineal gland may also play a role in spiritual experiences. Some studies have shown that people who meditate regularly have increased levels of melatonin and greater activity in the pineal gland. Other research has suggested that the pineal gland may be involved in the release of dimethyltryptamine [DMT], a powerful psychedelic substance that is believed to be produced naturally in the brain.
Despite the scientific evidence, the concept of the third eye remains primarily a spiritual and mystical one. Many people believe that by awakening the third eye, they can achieve spiritual enlightenment and perceive the world in a new way. Some spiritual practices, such as yoga and meditation, are known to help open the third eye by increasing the flow of energy in the body and activating the pineal gland.
|| PRACTICAL METHODS FOR LEARNING TO OPEN THE THIRD EYE
Meditation
Meditation helps to calm the mind and focus your attention on your inner self, allowing you to tap into your intuition and increase your spiritual awareness. To open your third eye through meditation, find a quiet and comfortable place to sit and close your eyes. Focus your attention on your breath, and allow your mind to become still. As you meditate, visualize the third eye opening, and allow yourself to become aware of any images or insights that come to you.
Yoga
Yoga is another effective way to open the third eye. Yoga postures, or asanas, help to open up the energy channels in the body, allowing the energy to flow more freely. Some of the most effective yoga postures for opening the third eye include, child’s pose, eagle pose, and the shoulder stand. Practising yoga regularly can help to increase your spiritual awareness and awaken your intuition.
Visualisation
Visualisation is a powerful technique for opening the third eye. Visualisation involves using your imagination to create a mental picture of what you want to achieve. To open the third eye using visualisation, visualise a bright light in the centre of your forehead, and imagine it getting brighter and brighter with each breath. As you visualise this light, allow yourself to become aware of any images or insights that come to you.
Crystals
Crystals have been used for centuries for their healing properties. Certain crystals are believed to be particularly effective for opening the third eye. Some of the most effective crystals to use include, amethyst, clear quartz, and lapis lazuli. To use crystals for this purpose, place the crystal on your forehead or wear it as a necklace.
Aromatherapy
Aromatherapy is another effective way. Certain scents are believed to be particularly effective for opening the third eye, including, lavender, frankincense, and sandalwood. To use aromatherapy, burn these scents in an essential oil diffuser or use them in a meditation practice.
Sound Healing
Sound healing and mantras can help awaken your third eye chakra by activating your intuition and connecting you to your spiritual self. Chanting the mantra, Om, can help balance your chakras and enhance your spiritual practice. Tibetan sound bowls or tuning forks can also be used for sound healing and chakra balancing.
Balancing the third eye chakra is allegedly essential for achieving spiritual growth and developing your intuition. It is said that when this chakra is in balance, you’ll feel a greater sense of self-awareness, clarity, and focus. It can also help you feel more connected to your intuition and increase your ability to make decisions with confidence.
Experts on opening the third eye suggest that an imbalanced or blocked third eye chakra can manifest in many ways, including difficulty focusing, feeling disconnected from your intuition and spiritual practices, and lack of clarity in decision-making. Physical symptoms can include headaches, eye strain, and sinus problems.
Practitioners in this field suggest that the cleansing is an essential step when it comes to activating your third eye. According to the experts, cleansing allows you to release any negative energy or emotions that may be blocking your chakra and prepare yourself for spiritual growth and intuitive development.
As with so many practices within spiritual work, setting intentions and creating a sacred space is an essential part of preparing yourself for third eye activation. Take the time to connect with yourself and your intuition, and set your intentions. Creating a sacred space as a ritual can also help you feel more grounded and connected to your spiritual journey.
Opening your third eye may seem like a mystical and exciting adventure, but it’s important to acknowledge the challenges and fears that may arise along the way. Some people have reported challenges include feeling overwhelmed with information, experiencing anxiety or paranoia, or even feeling detached from reality. It’s important to remember that everyone’s experience is unique, and there’s no one-size-fits-all approach to third eye-opening. It’s always good advice to get support and guidance from those that have experience and can offer genuine help.
Learning to open your third eye can bring a range of benefits, such as heightened intuition and awareness, improved mental clarity and focus, and deeper spiritual connection and understanding. When your third eye is open, you’ll be able to access higher states of consciousness and tune into a more profound understanding of the world around you.
Opening your third eye is a deeply transformative process that requires patience, dedication, and an open mind. By following the techniques and practices outlined in this edition, you can begin to activate and balance your third eye chakra and discover the profound benefits that come with heightened spiritual awareness and intuition.
Remember to listen to your body, trust your intuition, and seek support and guidance whenever you need it. With practice and perseverance, you can unlock the full potential of your third eye and embark on a journey of self-discovery and spiritual growth.
The great news is that anyone can open their third eye with practice and dedication. However, it’s important to note that everyone’s journey is unique, and some people may experience a more effortless process than others. It’s important to trust your own experience and not get involved in comparing your journey.
While opening your third eye is generally considered safe, it’s important to approach any spiritual practice with caution and self-awareness. If you have a history of mental health issues or trauma, it’s recommended to seek guidance from a mental health professional or spiritual teacher before beginning any spiritual practice. It’s also important to practice grounding techniques and self-care to avoid becoming ungrounded or disconnected from reality.
Some common signs of an opening third eye include increased intuition and psychic abilities, heightened sensory experiences, and a greater sense of spiritual awareness. You may also experience physical sensations in the forehead or crown area, such as pressure or tingling. It’s important to listen to your body and trust your intuition when navigating these experiences.
While there are many techniques for opening the third eye, it is important to remember that this process takes time and dedication.
Researched & Written by Trevor Baldwin – MAY 2023
1513 words | 7 minute reading time
This article was also used to produce an AI Podclass for Spirited Talk Podcasts

For many years I have incorporated a pendulum into my healing sessions on my partner Jane. She suffers with swollen ankles which is caused by a combination of issues, rheumatoid arthritis and water retention due to lymph gland issues. The condition is painful and renders her unable to spend too long on her feet during the day without experiencing severe pain as well as unsightly swellings.
When the condition is ‘flaring’, Jane desperately wishes for some relief from the pain. During these regular phases, I spend up to 30 minutes every night administering spiritual healing. The method I use is one I’ve learnt from my own experience over time that brings the best results.
The eradication of Jane’s issues is not possible, even with all the medical intervention from experts of the condition. She has been told that this is an issue she will have to live with and although she is taking a variety of tablets and treatments, none get rid of the pain entirely, or for very long. My natural healing helps, but is unlikely to bring on a miracle cure. That is something all holistic healers should accept. Medical assistance helps with the physical body, while the spiritual & natural healing helps with the energies around the body, particularly the areas of concern. The two healing methods compliment each other with each serving a specific purpose.
In sharing my words with you, I have to be careful in making a few points clear. One, like most physical ailments, medical intervention is important. Spiritual or natural holistic healing is not a substitute on its own. Two, the methods I describe below are based on my own experiences and may be entirely different to methods taught by spiritualist healing experts, of which I am not one. The final point is that I have been doing this for many years and always follow a strict routine whilst expecting limited physical results.
What I have come to expect from the healing sessions is an eventual short-term recession from the pain. After a number of sessions, Jane’s pain disappears and her ankles return to a more normal state whilst the flaring subsides and the ailment is in regression. The length of the regressive state can be anything from a few days to a month or more. During this time, I tend not to continue healing.
I’m about to share with you my routine for administering holistic healing to Jane. As a reminder, this is my method and is not necessarily one recommended for others without a full understanding of the process.
I start by getting comfortable, sitting cross-legged at the foot of the bed, with my lower arms able to move freely over Jane’s swollen ankle. I have a tiny torch with me that casts a tiny amount of light over the work area. A random piece of my healing music is used as a background focus, though very quietly playing.
This is important – I always start the session by saying The Lord’s Prayer. This is my way of setting the intent to be good and right. For a short period of time after, I talk to the Divine force and those in the spirit world that may choose to assist with the healing. From my own experiences, I am aware of when those people are assisting.
During this time, I am attuning to my senses and heightening my awareness as I would during a sitting in the power session. When I feel ready, I pick up my pendulum to start the session. I have many pendulums to choose from, but recently I have been using either a brass pendulum, exactly as in the photo above, or a similar copper one. These metal ones have proven to be very powerful.

I hold the pendulum by the bead at the end of the chain, using the tip of my thumb and first finger. I prop my elbow on a pillow or my knee, but make sure the lower arm is free to move without obstruction.
This next part is important, and will take some people many weeks of practice to experience. I imagine the universal healing energy flowing through my arm, down the chain and out through the tip of the pendulum. At the same time, I place my mind on sensing any forces, pulls or blocks to the pendulum. Slowly and with a deliberate gentleness I move the pendulum around the foot and ankle, paying attention to any forces that are varying the movement of the pendulum.
I have learnt to detect areas where the energy give off from the foot can be felt through the pendulum, like a resistance to move. These feeling are extremely subtle and may take newcomers to this work many sessions to develop a sensitivity for.
When I have established a point of resistance, I allow the pendulum to swing around it in a clockwise motion. Very little force is required to keep the pendulum swinging in the circular motion. It is during this stage that Jane often reports being able to sense where I am working, even though I am working up to 4 inches above the area. She will report feeling a tingling sensation. This sensation can and often does become quite severe, as the swinging stage continues.
The swinging stage can last up to 10 minutes, though often a little shorter. I instinctively know when to stop the pendulum. That part I cannot explain, I just know that enough has been done. I don’t know what has happened though this process, except that the point of resistance to the pendulum has now vanished. Something has happened to the energy. According to experts on pendulum healing, there is a balancing of energies that happens during the swinging period.
After the swinging pendulum has stopped, I place it alongside me and continue with healing with my dominant healing hand. I start with the hand above the area and again I use my sensitivity to narrow down an exact point where I should place my palm.
Activity is easily sensed during this phase and is often where Jane feels the most from the changing energies. Sometimes I’m made aware that there might be some pain or discomfort felt by Jane and I usually advise her of so. She will respond accordingly when she feels it.
Jane will often believe I am pressing very hard on the ankle during the healing. This is not so, and often my hands are not actually on her. It is the result of the energy changes that she is feeling. Again, I intuitively or instinctively know when the healing is over. To finish the session, I thank the Divine for the help and then suggest that Jane moves her foot around a little before she rests to sleep.
Questions You Might Ask
Does the healing work?
Yes, at some level, it always works. It cannot cure, but it can bring ease of pain, even if only for a short while of a few hours or days. When consistently done over many nights, the pain often goes away for days and weeks at a time, before it returns, as is the nature of the disease.
Do you have to get involved in the actual healing?
Spiritualist healers will have no need to get involved, however, I am not administering that type of healing. I have attuned myself to my healing work and am able to be actively involved with the process. If I’m not able to be involved, I will leave the work to the Divine forces.
Why are the metal pendulums working better for you?
Through the subtle light, I am able to see an aura around the pendulum and a ray of light leaving the pendulum tip into the foot. Through my experience, I have found better results coming from the brass or copper pendulums. Understand though, I have become very sensitised to this work due to the many years of administering it.
How do you know people in spirit are helping with the healing?
This is very subjective, but they occasionally give me instructions. I was once advised by a doctor in spirit that the healing energy I give is a good medium for them to do their work through. The energy is something they use for the process from their side. The spirit guides also make me aware of when the healing energy is going to some other part of the body, (usually confirmed by Jane) and what sensations Jane might feel. They even tell me when Jane is likely to feel intend discomfort during the process. Again, all of these are confirmed by Jane during the healing session.
Are your methods of administering healing the best ways?
I’ve no idea! I just know that they work for me and Jane, and the results are often tangible. I do know that there are thousands of holistic healers across the globe, each either following a taught system of healing, or working their own ways that they have developed for themselves. My methods are mine and I would not expect others to either believe them to be correct, or in align with authorities, such as the Spiritualist National Union’s healing policies.
How important is healing in your unfoldment?
It is the most important aspect of my work and the foundations for any good mediumship. Communication with the spirit world is often underestimated for its healing powers and in my personal journey, I couldn’t imagine being without the ability to administer healing. As I said, it is the foundations of my work with spirit.
As a bonus, here is a track of music from my collection that I often use. I don’t own it, but it is freely available on YouTube.
This track can be found HERE
CAVEAT
The methods and instructions contained in this article do not represent a commonly known method of healing. They are the methods used by the author. If they vary from your beliefs, go with what you believe most.
So many people will say the same old arguments about why they don’t meditate. It is often because of a few misguided notions they believe, yet they are often wrong.
BUT I CAN’T MEDITATE, I DON’T HAVE THE TIME TO
Sounds like a reason to meditate rather than to not. You have the same amount of time in a day as everyone else and anyway, you only need a few minutes to begin with. Everyone can find a few minutes every day.
MY MIND IS ALWAYS TOO ACTIVE
That’s good, but everyone’s is. You’d be dead if it wasn’t active!
DON’T YOU HAVE TO CLEAR YOUR MIND TO BE ABLE TO MEDITATE?
Not as such. That is an impossibility. Meditation isn’t about clearing the mind, it’s about focusing the mind instead.
I’M SO TIRED, I WOULD PROBABLY FALL ASLEEP
Well, some might consider that as success. All you need to learn is a small discipline of not allowing yourself to fall asleep. But it’s no big deal if you do, unless you do it at work!
BUT I WOULDN’T KNOW WHAT TO FOCUS ON
Come on, help yourself! A candle flame is a good starter. You can stare at that with your eyes open until you’re ready to shut them. Then continue to see the candle with your mind.
I DON’T BELIEVE MEDITATION IS IMPORTANT
Oh boy, the age-old argument. Believe me, it really is. Meditation is an important discipline , especially in our work with the spirit world.
BUT I’M A GOOD MEDIUM AND I DON’T MEDITATE
Good for you. But you could be even better if you committed some time to meditating once in a while.
MEDITATION WON’T HELP TO IMPROVE MY SPIRITUAL WORK
Wanna bet? It is one of the best tools to unfolding a deeper connection, attuning to the spirit world and heightening your senses.
SO, MEDITATION IS ABOUT CONNECTING TO THE SPIRIT WORLD?
Absolutely not, though you might! Meditation is about focus. Meditation is about destressing, rest, recharging, opening other avenues, introducing calmness, relaxing and a thousand other benefits. You can sit for a spirit connection, but you’re going to gain more in the long term by sitting for your own benefits.
THE PROBLEM IS I GET DISTRACTED BY THE SOUNDS AROUND ME
Then you need to practice more! You can use a piece of tuneless music, of which there are thousands to choose from free on YouTube. You can use a guided meditation performed by someone of well standing in the field. You can build mental walls to defocus the noise and focus inwards. You can even acknowledge the noises and let them pass by bringing your focus back to your meditation.
It’s all about a bit of discipline, a desire and commitment to keep practising. You may start off by sitting for only a few minutes at a time. That is perfectly ok. Over time and with practice, you’ll soon find yourself enjoying the experience and sitting for much longer periods each time. You don’t have to sit in an uncomfortable position with your legs crossed. You don’t need to sit with your hands open and looking like some kind a reborn guru. You don’t need anything or anywhere. You just need to do it.
Establishing a regular practice of meditation is one of the best personal disciplines you can undertake. Not just for your work with the spirit world, but for the other benefits I mentioned.
The greatest of all benefits with meditation is. . . it’s completely free!

As a bonus for you to enjoy, here is the A.I Version of this article. Click the banner above if you wish to hear over 100 more episodes like this one.

I’m going to start this article with a personal confession. I’ve not always been the sharpest knife in the drawer! So, what am I saying in that opening sentence? Do the words “I’ve not always been . . .” suggest that I am sharper now?
Bear with me with my emotive opening! Let me open with a confession instead. As a child, I was not encouraged to take education seriously. I was immature and made loads of mistakes in my early life. Was it all my parents’ fault or was it mine alone? My belief is that it was largely because of my parents, but that is only my emotive opinion.
Until a couple of years ago I had no idea what the word “emotive” meant, yet already I have used the word three times in this opening! Like so many other big words, until I took the time to learn the meaning of emotive it was just another fancy word that was used by others that understood its meaning. But like so many other aspects of my education, one day, I took the time to find out what the meaning was. And what a powerful and rich word it is.
The word emotive is derived from the term emotion, which refers to a strong feeling or mood that is often intense and short-lived. The use of emotive language is specifically designed to evoke an emotional response in the reader or listener. This can be accomplished through the use of certain words or phrases that are associated with strong emotions or by using persuasive techniques that appeal to the reader’s emotions.
In literature, emotive language is often used to create a particular mood or atmosphere in a story or poem. For example, the use of words like “bleak,” “desolate,” and “dreary” in a description of a landscape can evoke feelings of sadness or melancholy in the reader. Similarly, the use of vivid imagery and sensory details can help to create a sense of realism and emotional depth in a literary work.
In advertising and marketing, emotive language is often used to persuade consumers to buy a particular product or service. Advertisements may use words and phrases like “luxurious,” “premium,” or “exclusive” to create a sense of desire or aspiration in the consumer. Similarly, charity appeals may use emotive language to create a sense of empathy and urgency in the reader or viewer, encouraging them to donate to a particular cause.
Emotive language can also be used in political and social contexts to persuade or influence people’s opinions and beliefs. Politicians may use emotive language to appeal to voters’ emotions, using words and phrases that are associated with values like patriotism, freedom, or justice. Similarly, activists may use emotive language to create a sense of outrage or anger around a particular issue, motivating people to take action or to support a particular cause.
Overall, emotive language is a powerful tool that can be used to create strong emotional responses in the reader or listener. Whether used in literature, advertising, politics, or social activism, emotive language has the ability to capture people’s attention and to influence their attitudes and behaviours. As such, it is important for writers and speakers to be mindful of the emotional impact of their words and to use emotive language ethically and responsibly.
The speaker that is using an emotive word or phrase is often doing so to relay their own opinion. But opinions are not facts, and in using emotive words we are usually only doing so in the hope of bolstering our point of view.
Do we, and should we use emotive words in our mediumship?
Yes, we do and yes it is okay to do so, but be careful. Using emotive phrases is often part of the medium’s natural vocabulary.
“He tells me that he’s always loved you and now he can appreciate how badly he treated you when he was alive.”
Two emotive phrases in one straightforward message. Perfectly usable and necessary. But what about this rewording of the same message. . .
“He tells me that he’s always loved you. I think you believe he treated you wrong, and if he did, he’s sorry for that.”
That last wording attempts to shift the blame over the issues and suggests that if the recipient believes he treated them wrong, he is sorry. But only if? Also, the medium has introduced his or her’s own opinion into the message with the words, “I think”.
The truth is that we all use emotive language every day of our lives. But the challenge with introducing emotive words is being aware if the use of the words is necessary.
I MADE A MISTAKE USING EMOTIVE LANGUAGE
I used an emotive sentence in a recent article in The Inspired Spirit. In the specific piece, I was discussing ‘The Greater Good’ and used an example of emotive language that appeared unsubstantiated. Here’s the quote:
Another example of the greater good is the idea of herd immunity in public health. Vaccination is a crucial tool in protecting individuals from infectious diseases, as we recently discovered with the covid pandemic. But it also has wider benefits for society as a whole. Those that chose not to be vaccinated, now benefit from the greater good of the others that did. When enough people are vaccinated, the risk of an outbreak is reduced, which protects vulnerable individuals who may not be able to receive the vaccine.
I wrote that incorrectly and was pulled up over it by a reader, thankfully. Here’s the sentence I’m referring to:
Those that chose not to be vaccinated, now benefit from the greater good of the others that did.
There is some evidence to substantiate my claim, but I did not offer any. What I wrote was my educated opinion and it came across as strongly emotive. If I had been more careful in the wording of that sentence, I could have made the same point, but without opinionising it.
EMOTIVE STATEMENTS ARE PART OF OUR DAILY LANGUAGE
Let’s be completely honest here. Few of us are alert enough to think about everything we say before we say it. Least of all me! But that does not excuse us when expressing our opinions in an emotive way.
If I were to write, “some mediums are rubbish and don’t show much evidence of life after death”, I am stating a very emotive sentence that is based on an opinion. It is downright inaccurate and lacks any understanding of our work, even if there might be a tiny bit of truth in it.
But if I write, “ mediums vary in their depth of connection with the spirit world, and this is often reflected in the power of the message,” I’ve made the same point without offending anyone, even though it remains partially an opinion.
In conclusion, understanding the power of emotive language is a useful skill in communicating. Emotive words and phrases can be comforting and enlightening. But they can also be wrong and damaging to the recipient.
Has this article been interesting or useful to you? I would love to read your comments.
Sympathy and empathy are two words that are often used interchangeably, but they have distinct meanings and implications. Both are emotions that are often directed toward other people, but they differ in their level of emotional engagement and understanding. In this episode, we’ll explore the differences between sympathy and empathy, including their definitions, characteristics, and examples.
Sympathy is defined as the feeling of concern or sorrow for another person’s misfortune. It involves recognising someone’s pain or suffering and feeling sorry for them, without necessarily sharing in their emotional experience. In other words, sympathy is a more passive emotion, where one acknowledges someone else’s emotions but does not necessarily feel the same way. It is often expressed through words of comfort or a kind gesture, such as sending flowers or offering condolences.
Empathy, on the other hand, is defined as the ability to understand and share the feelings of another person. It involves putting oneself in someone else’s shoes and experiencing their emotions as if they were one’s own. Empathy requires a deeper level of emotional engagement and understanding than sympathy. It is often expressed through active listening, verbal reassurance, or physical gestures of comfort.
Another difference between the two emotions is their potential impact on the person receiving them. Sympathy can be helpful and comforting, but it may not be enough to alleviate someone’s pain or suffering. Empathy, on the other hand, can be a powerful tool for healing, as it helps to create a deeper sense of connection and understanding between people.
To illustrate the difference between sympathy and empathy, let us consider a few examples. Imagine that someone close to you has recently lost a loved one. If you offer sympathy, you might say something like, “I’m so sorry for your loss.” This acknowledges the person’s pain and expresses your concern for them, but it does not necessarily require you to share in their emotional experience.
If, however, you offer empathy, you might say something like, “I can’t imagine what you’re going through, but I’m here for you.” This shows that you are trying to understand the person’s emotions on a deeper level and that you are willing to provide support and comfort.
Sympathy and empathy are two emotions that are often used interchangeably, but they have distinct meanings and implications. Sympathy is a more passive emotion that involves acknowledging someone else’s emotions, while empathy is a more active emotion that involves understanding and sharing the other person’s emotions. Both emotions can be helpful and comforting, but empathy has the potential to create a deeper sense of connection and understanding between people, which can be a powerful tool for healing and support.
In mediumship, the use of these emotional skills is often difficult to control. Often, the medium is fully emersed in the connection. The communication naturally involves at least three people. The recipient, the spirit connect and the medium. Although mediums are often taught to avoid ‘taking on’ the emotional states of their connection, that is not always easy to avoid.
Most mediums will be able to share stories of reading where both the person in spirit and the recipient have been in an upsetting emotional state. It takes great skill for a medium to leave such powerful emotions out of a reading, without investing some of their own in the process.
Both sympathy and empathy can be used in a reading situation. It remains with the medium to gauge which and by what proportions. Too much sympathy is often not very comforting to the recipient. Too much empathy will, more often than not, leave the medium drained of their own energy and laden with distress. Getting the balance correct takes great awareness.
Observing the more experienced mediums is often a useful way to understand the balance of sympathy and empathy they use. Their skill is in knowing how much of themselves they should naturally invest in their reading.
To observe this in action, go watch a YouTube video from one of the great mediums, Gordon Higginson. See how much of each emotional state he uses during his readings. You’ll be surprised at what you learn!
This article has also been produced as an AI Podclass for The Spirited Talk Podcasts, for paid subscribers.

Your comments are most welcome. If you have any thoughts about this article, please share them below.
OTHER WFSIW STILL TO IMPORT TO NEW SITE
ISSUE 86 – not on substack


I studied Reiki 1 and 2 and was fortunate that my teacher had learned Reiki in Japan as this is where she grew up. It has a certain ‘reverence’ which seems to have been lost in a lot of practitioners these days. My teacher would only allow us to learn each level with several months in between. It taught us discipline as well as respect for the knowledge shared. By the time I had completed Reiki 2 it seemed ‘everyone’ was a Reiki Master, yet few showed respect for this wonderful method of healing. I decided I didn’t want to be a Reiki Master, I just wanted to be a healer. Besides, my own teacher told us that the role of a Reiki Master was to teach as well as to heal and I was teaching mediumship at the time as well as giving healing, running a home and bringing up children.
Incidentally, I also trained for two years with Sussex Healers. We had to know every bone, every ‘system’ (endocrine/digestive/reproductive etc) and its workings alongside everything else. I’ve never charged for healing and never will. I feel it’s something I’m privileged to offer those in need. It’s never been about the money spent on training. It’s only ever been about helping another soul. I guess we’re very alike in our thoughts and feelings on this subject, Trevor.